2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief ...... 1-1 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Lighting ...... 6-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Front Seats ...... 3-4 Interior Lighting ...... 6-7 Vehicle Features ...... 1-16 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Lighting Features ...... 6-8 Performance and Safety Belts ...... 3-14 Maintenance ...... 1-21 Airbag System ...... 3-23 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Child Restraints ...... 3-36 Introduction ...... 7-1 Keys, Doors, and Radio ...... 7-11 Windows ...... 2-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Audio Players ...... 7-19 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-35 Doors ...... 2-14 Additional Storage Features . . . 4-3 Phone ...... 7-47 Vehicle Security...... 2-18 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Trademarks and License Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-20 Agreements ...... 7-70 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-22 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Windows ...... 2-23 Controls ...... 5-2 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Roof ...... 2-27 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Indicators ...... 5-10 Air Vents ...... 8-6 Information Displays ...... 5-28 Maintenance ...... 8-7 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-40 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-46 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2012 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual M

Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Electrical System ...... 10-41 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Driving Information ...... 9-2 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-49 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Starting and Operating ...... 9-16 Jump Starting ...... 10-88 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Towing...... 10-92 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-26 Appearance Care ...... 10-96 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Drive Systems ...... 9-30 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Brakes ...... 9-30 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-18 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-34 General Information ...... 11-1 Vehicle Data Recording and Cruise Control ...... 9-37 Cadillac Premium Care Privacy...... 13-20 Maintenance ...... 11-3 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-40 OnStar ...... 14-1 Fuel ...... 9-46 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-4 Special Application OnStar Overview...... 14-1 Towing...... 9-52 OnStar Services ...... 14-2 Conversions and Add-Ons . . . 9-60 Services ...... 11-9 Additional Maintenance OnStar Additional Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 and Care ...... 11-10 Information ...... 14-5 General Information ...... 10-2 Recommended Fluids, Index ...... i-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-13 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Maintenance Records ...... 11-16 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Introduction iii

This manual describes features that Canadian Vehicle Owners may or may not be on your specific vehicle either because they are Propriétaires Canadiens options that you did not purchase or A French language copy of this due to changes subsequent to the manual can be obtained from your printing of this owner manual. dealer or from: Please refer to the purchase The names, logos, emblems, documentation relating to your On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, and specific vehicle to confirm each of ce guide en français auprès du vehicle body designs appearing in the features found on your vehicle. concessionnaire ou à l'adresse this manual including, but not limited For vehicles first sold in Canada, suivante: to, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC, substitute the name “General the CADILLAC Crest and Wreath, Helm, Incorporated Motors of Canada Limited” for and SRX are trademarks and/or P.O. Box 07130 Cadillac Motor Car Division Detroit, MI 48207 service marks of General Motors wherever it appears in this manual. LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, 1-800-551-4123 or licensors. Numéro de poste 6438 de langue française www.helminc.com

iv Introduction

Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information about The vehicle has components and the vehicle, use the Index in the These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number where information relating to a specific it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. This M : This symbol is shown when Cautions would not be covered by the you need to see your owner manual vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it hazard that could result in injury or is a safety symbol which means death. “Do Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Introduction v

Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control : : Oil Pressure that may be found on the vehicle g and what they mean. For more B : Engine Coolant Temperature : Outside Power Foldaway information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps Mirrors the Index. } # : Fog Lamps : Power 0 : Adjustable Pedals / . : Fuel Gauge : Remote Vehicle Start : Airbag Readiness Light > 9 + : Fuses : Safety Belt Reminders : Air Conditioning # 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Changer d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak % : Audio Steering Wheel ( : Heated Steering Wheel M : Windshield Washer Fluid Controls or OnStar® j : LATCH System Child $ : Brake System Warning Light Restraints Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

vi Introduction

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

In Brief 1-1

Throttle and Brake Pedal Performance and Maintenance In Brief Adjustment ...... 1-12 Traction Control Interior Lighting ...... 1-12 System (TCS) ...... 1-21 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-13 StabiliTrak® System ...... 1-22 Instrument Panel Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-13 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-22 Climate Controls ...... 1-15 Tire Sealant and Initial Drive Information Transmission ...... 1-15 Compressor Kit ...... 1-22 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-4 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-23 Vehicle Features Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-23 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Radio(s) ...... 1-16 System ...... 1-4 Driving for Better Fuel Satellite Radio ...... 1-17 Economy ...... 1-23 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-5 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-17 Door Locks ...... 1-5 ® Roadside Service ...... 1-24 Bluetooth ...... 1-18 OnStar® ...... 1-24 Liftgate ...... 1-5 Mobile Apps ...... 1-18 Windows ...... 1-6 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-18 Seat Adjustment ...... 1-7 Cruise Control ...... 1-19 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Navigation System ...... 1-19 Heated and Ventilated Driver Information Seats ...... 1-9 Center (DIC) ...... 1-20 Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-9 Rear Vision Safety Belts ...... 1-10 Camera (RVC) ...... 1-20 Passenger Sensing Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-20 System ...... 1-10 Storage Compartments ...... 1-20 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-11 Power Outlets ...... 1-21 Steering Wheel Universal Remote System . . . 1-21 Adjustment ...... 1-12 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

1-2 In Brief

Instrument Panel Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

In Brief 1-3

A. Air Vents on page 8‑6. I. Safety Locks on page 2‑13. P. Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5 4. B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. Power Door Locks on ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change page 2‑12. Rear Window Wiper/Washer on Signals on page 6‑6. Hazard Warning Flashers on page 5‑6. Driver Information Center (DIC) page 6‑5. Q. Heated and Ventilated Front Controls. See Driver Information J. Exterior Lamp Controls on Seats on page 3‑10 Center (DIC) on page 5 28. (If Equipped). ‑ page 6‑1. C. Cruise Control on page 9 37. R. Parking Brake on page 9 31. ‑ Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 ‑ Heated Steering Wheel on (If Equipped). S. Shift Lever. See Shifting Into page 5‑3 (If Equipped). Instrument Panel Illumination Park on page 9‑22. D. Instrument Cluster on Control on page 6‑7. T. StabiliTrak® System on page 5‑11. K. Data Link Connector (DLC) page 9‑35. E. Steering Wheel Controls on (Out of View). See Malfunction Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 5‑2. Indicator Lamp on page 5‑18. page 9‑40 (If Equipped). F. AM-FM Radio on page 7‑11. L. Steering Wheel Adjustment on Economy Mode (If Equipped). Navigation System page 5‑2. See Fuel Economy Mode on page 9 29 (If Equipped). See Navigation M. Horn on page 5‑3. ‑ System Manual. N. Adjustable Pedal Control U. Dual Automatic Climate Control G. Driver Information Center (DIC) (If Equipped). See Adjustable System on page 8‑1. Display. See Driver Information Throttle and Brake Pedal on Center (DIC) on page 5‑28. page 9‑17. H. Clock (Analog Clock) on O. Start/Stop Button. See Ignition page 5‑7 or Clock (Digital Positions on page 9‑18. Clock) on page 5‑7. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

1-4 In Brief

Initial Drive 8 : Press and hold to open the Information liftgate. L : Press and release to locate This section provides a brief the vehicle. overview about some of the important features that may or may Press and hold L for not be on your specific vehicle. three seconds to sound the panic alarm. For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be Press L again or start the vehicle found later in this owner manual. to cancel the panic alarm. Press the key release button near Remote Keyless Entry the bottom of the transmitter to (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door remove the key. The key can be or all doors depending on the used for the driver door and the The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) vehicle personalization settings. transmitter is used to lock and glove box. unlock the doors from up to Q : Press to lock all doors. See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Lock and unlock feedback can be Keyless Entry (RKE) System personalized. See Vehicle Operation on page 2‑3. Personalization on page 5‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

In Brief 1-5

Remote Vehicle Start Canceling a Remote Start Power Door Locks With this feature the engine can be To cancel a remote start, do any of There is a power door lock switch started from outside of the vehicle. the following: on the instrument panel and on the front door panels. Starting the Vehicle . Press and hold / until the parking lamps turn off. Q : Press to lock the doors. 1. Press and release on the Q . K : Press to unlock the doors. RKE transmitter. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Power Door Locks on 2. Within two seconds, press and . Turn the vehicle on and then off. page 2‑12. hold / until the turn signal lamps flash, or for at least See Remote Vehicle Start on Liftgate two seconds if the vehicle is page 2‑9. not in view. Manual Liftgate Operation Door Locks When the vehicle starts, the parking For vehicles without keyless access, lamps will turn on and remain on as To lock or unlock the doors from unlock the vehicle before opening long as the engine is running. The the outside, press Q or K on the the liftgate. doors will be locked and the climate Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Press the touch pad located in the control system may come on. transmitter. See Remote Keyless handle of the liftgate, above the The engine will continue to run for Entry (RKE) System Operation on license plate, and lift up to open. page 2 3. 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a ‑ Do not press the touch pad while 10-minute time extension. Remote To unlock a door from the inside, closing the liftgate. This will cause start can be extended only once. pull once on the door handle to the liftgate to be unlatched. unlock it, and a second time to open it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

1-6 In Brief

Power Liftgate Operation Windows Remote Window Operation

On vehicles with a power liftgate the Pushing or pulling the switch part of The vehicle may have remote switch is located on the driver door. the way will open or close the operating windows that will open all The vehicle must be in P (Park) to window as long as the switch is the windows from outside the use the power feature. The taillamps operated. vehicle by pressing and holding K flash when the power liftgate on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) moves. Fully push the front of the switch down and release it to express‐ transmitter. Choose the power liftgate mode by down the window. Fully pull the See Power Windows on page 2‑24. turning the dial on the switch until switch up and release it to express‐ the indicator lines up with the up the window. See Power Windows desired position. Press the center of on page 2‑24. the switch. See Liftgate on page 2‑14 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

In Brief 1-7

Seat Adjustment 4. Try to move the seat back and To adjust a power seat, if equipped: forth to be sure it is locked in . Manual Seats Slide control (A) forward or place. rearward, and up or down to To raise or recline the seatback, use adjust the power seat. the lever on the outboard side of See Power Seat Adjustment on the seat. page 3‑4. See Seat Adjustment on page 3 4 ‑ . Raise or recline the seatback by and Reclining Seatbacks on tilting control (B) forward or page 3‑6 for more information. rearward. Power Seats See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6. . Increase or decrease the lumbar support by pressing and holding the front or rear of control (C). See Lumbar Adjustment on To adjust a manual seat: page 3‑5. 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat cushion. 2. Move the seat forward or rearward to adjust the seat position. 3. Release the handle to stop the seat from moving. A. Seat Position Control B. Seatback Adjustment Control C. Lumbar Adjustment Control Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

1-8 In Brief

Memory Features The vehicle will also automatically To recall the manually saved Button save driver seat, outside mirror, and Memory positions, press and hold adjustable throttle and brake pedal “1” or “2.” The driver seat, outside positions to the current driver mirrors, and adjustable pedals, Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) if available, move to the positions transmitter when the ignition is stored to those buttons when turned off. These automatically pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” before stored positions are referred to as the stored positions are reached RKE Memory positions. stops the recall. Storing Button Memory Positions To automatically recall RKE Memory positions, unlock the driver door To save positions into Button with the RKE transmitter, and open Memory: the driver door. On vehicles with 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback Keyless Access, opening the driver recliner, both outside mirrors, door when an RKE transmitter is On vehicles with the memory and adjustable pedals, present will activate the RKE feature, the 1 and 2 buttons on “ ” “ ” if available, to the desired driving Memory recall. If the driver door is the outboard side of the driver seat positions. already open, pressing the RKE are used to manually save and transmitter K button will also recall the positions of the driver 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) activate the RKE Memory recall. seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable and “1” at the same time until a The driver seat, outside mirrors, and throttle and brake pedals, beep sounds. pedals, if available, will move to the if available. These manually stored 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a previously saved RKE Memory positions are referred to as Button second driver using “2.” positions. Memory positions. See Memory Seats on page 3‑7 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

In Brief 1-9

Easy Exit Driver Seat Heated and Ventilated Press C or {, if available, to This feature moves the seat Seats ventilate the driver or rearward allowing the driver more passenger seat. room to exit the vehicle. For more information, see Heated To activate, place the ignition in and Ventilated Front Seats on OFF and open the driver door. If the page 3‑10. driver door is already open, placing the ignition in OFF will activate the Head Restraint easy exit driver seat. Adjustment This feature is turned on or off using Do not drive until the head restraints the vehicle personalization menu. for all occupants are installed and See Vehicle Personalization on adjusted properly. page 5‑40 for more information. To achieve a comfortable seating Heated and Ventilated Seat position, change the seatback Buttons Shown, Heated Seat recline angle as little as necessary Buttons Similar while keeping the seat and the head restraint height in the proper If available, the buttons are near the position. climate controls on the instrument panel. To operate, the ignition must For more information see Head be in ON/RUN/START. Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Adjustment on page 3‑4. Press M or L to heat the driver or passenger seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

1-10 In Brief

Safety Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system will turn off the front outboard System passenger frontal airbag and seat-mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system. The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the United States overhead console when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑30 for more information.

Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use safety belts properly: Canada and Mexico . Safety Belts on page 3‑14. . How to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑15. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑16. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑45. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

In Brief 1-11

Mirror Adjustment Manual Folding Mirrors Vehicles with power folding mirrors, to fold the mirrors: Exterior Vehicles with manual fold mirrors are folded inward toward the vehicle 1. With the selector switch in the ) to prevent damage when going position, press the down arrow through an automatic car wash. on the control pad. Both mirrors Push the mirror outward to return it will automatically fold. to the original position. 2. Pressing the down arrow again Power Folding Mirrors will return the mirrors to their original position. See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑21. Automatic Dimming Mirror If the vehicle has the automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside mirror and the inside rearview mirror To adjust the mirror: automatically adjust for the glare of 1. Move the selector switch to headlamps behind you. See L (left) or R (right) to choose the Automatic Dimming Mirror on driver or passenger mirror. page 2‑21 or Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror on page 2‑22. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror to the desired position. 3. Return the selector switch to the center position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

1-12 In Brief

Steering Wheel Throttle and Brake Pedal 1 : The lamp comes on Adjustment Adjustment automatically when a door is opened. If the vehicle has this feature, the + position of the throttle and brake : Turns the dome lamp on. pedals can be adjusted. Reading Lamps The switch used to adjust the There are reading lamps located on pedals is located on the right side of the overhead console and over the the steering column, below the rear passenger doors. These lamps wiper stalk. Pull the switch toward come on automatically when any you to move the pedals further from door is opened. the floor, or push the switch away from you to move the pedals closer To manually turn the reading lamps to the floor. on or off: . See Adjustable Throttle and Brake For the overhead console reading lamps, press the button Pedal on page 9‑17. To adjust the steering wheel: next to each lamp. 1. Pull the lever down. Interior Lighting . For the rear passenger reading 2. Move the steering wheel up lamps, press the lamp lens. Dome Lamps or down. For more information on interior 3. Pull or push the steering wheel The dome lamp controls are located lighting, see Instrument Panel closer or away from you. in the overhead console. Illumination Control on page 6‑7. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the To change the dome lamp settings, steering wheel in place. press the following: * Do not adjust the steering wheel : Turns the lamp off, even when while driving. a door is open. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

In Brief 1-13

Exterior Lighting ; : Turns the parking lamps on Windshield Wiper/Washer together with the taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument panel lights. 5 : Turns the headlamps on together with the parking lamps, taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument panel lights. # : For vehicles with fog lamps, The windshield wiper/washer lever press to turn the lamps on or off. is located on the right side of the steering column. With the ignition in The exterior lamps control is located For more information, see: ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ on the instrument panel to the left of . Exterior Lamp Controls on START, move the windshield wiper the steering column. page 6‑1. lever to select the wiper speed. The exterior lamps control has four . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) HI: Use for fast wipes. positions: on page 6‑3. LO: Use for slow wipes. O : Briefly turn to this position to turn the automatic light control off or on again. AUTO: Turns the headlamps on automatically at normal brightness, together with the parking lamps, taillamps, license plate lamps, and instrument panel lights. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

1-14 In Brief

Windshield Washer Rear Window Wiper/Washer Pull the windshield wiper lever The rear wiper controls are on the toward you to spray windshield end of the windshield wiper lever. washer fluid and activate the wipers. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑4 and Rear Window Wiper/ INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move Washer on page 5‑6, if equipped. the lever up to INT for intermittent Rainsense™ wipes, then turn the x INT band For vehicles with Rainsense: up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If the INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity ON: Press the upper portion of the vehicle has Rainsense™, see the Control): Move the windshield button for continuous rear window following Rainsense information. wiper lever to INT. Turn the x INT wipes. band on the wiper lever to adjust the OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. OFF: The rear wiper turns off when sensitivity. 8 : For a single wipe, briefly move the button is returned to the middle the wiper lever down. For several . Turn the band up for more position. sensitivity to moisture. wipes, hold the wiper lever down. INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): . Turn the band down for less Press the lower portion of the button sensitivity to moisture. to set a delay between wipes. . Move the windshield wiper lever = : Push the windshield wiper out of the G position to lever forward to spray washer fluid deactivate Rainsense. on the rear window. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑4 and Rear Window Wiper/ Washer on page 5‑6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

In Brief 1-15

Climate Controls See Dual Automatic Climate Control System on page 8‑1 and Rear The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control System on this system. page 8‑5, if equipped. Transmission Driver Shift Control (DSC) Notice: Driving with the engine at a high rpm without upshifting while using Driver Shift Control (DSC), could damage the vehicle. Always upshift when necessary while using DSC. Driver Shift Control (DSC) allows you to shift an automatic transmission similar to a manual A. Fan Control H. Driver and Passenger Heated transmission. To use the DSC feature: B. Power and Ventilated Seats I. Air Conditioning 1. Move the shift lever to the left C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) from D (Drive) to D. ZONE J. Recirculation M (Manual Mode). E. Defrost K. Outside Air 2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press the shift lever forward (+) to F. Air Delivery Mode Control L. Rear Window Defogger upshift or rearward (−) to G. Driver and Passenger downshift. Temperature Control See Manual Mode on page 9‑28. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

1-16 In Brief

Vehicle Features For more information about these Turning the Digital Clock On or Off and other radio features, see 1. Press the CONFIG button. Operation on page 7‑7. Radio(s) 2. Select Time and Date Settings. Storing a Favorite Station VOL/ O : Press to turn the system 3. Select Clock Displayed. Stations from all bands can be on and off. Turn to increase or 4. Press the MENU/SELECT decrease the volume. stored in the favorite lists in any order. Up to six stations can be button to turn the clock on or off. RADIO/BAND: Press to choose stored in each favorite page and the Setting the Time and Date between FM, AM, or XM™, number of available favorite pages if equipped. can be set. 1. Press the CONFIG button. TUNE or TUNE/INFO : Turn to To store the station to a position in 2. Select Time and Date Settings. select radio stations. the list, press the corresponding 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. numeric button 1-6 until the station Press the TUNE or TUNE/INFO 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to button to show available information can be heard again. adjust the highlighted value. about the current station or track. For more information, see “Storing a 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob g SEEK: Press to seek the Station as a Favorite” in AM-FM to select the next value. previous station or track. Radio on page 7‑11. 6. To save the time or date and l SEEK: Press to seek the next Setting the Clock return to the Time and Date station or track. The vehicle has a digital and an Settings menu, press the / BACK or BACK / : Press to exit analog clock. BACK button at any time or or move backwards in a menu. press the MENU/SELECT knob For detailed instructions on setting after adjusting the minutes Buttons 1 ‐ 6: Press to save and either clock, see Clock (Analog or year. select favorite stations. Clock) on page 5‑7 or Clock (Digital Clock) on page 5‑7. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

In Brief 1-17

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format Satellite Radio Portable Audio Devices 1. Press the CONFIG button. Vehicles with an XM™ satellite radio Some vehicles have a 3.5 mm 2. Select Time and Date Settings. tuner and a valid XM satellite radio (1/8 in) auxiliary input and a USB subscription can receive XM port located in the center console. 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. ® programming. External devices such as iPods , 4. Press the MENU/SELECT laptop computers, MP3 players, CD button to select the 12 hour or XM Satellite Radio Service changers, and USB storage devices 24 hour display format. XM is a satellite radio service based may be connected, depending on the audio system. Setting the Month & Day Format in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces. XM For more information, see Auxiliary 1. Press the CONFIG button. satellite radio has a wide variety of Devices (Radio with CD) on 2. Select Time and Date Settings. programming and commercial-free page 7‑28 or Auxiliary Devices music, coast to coast, and in 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) on digital-quality sound. A fee is page 7‑33. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob required to receive the XM service. to select MM/DD (month/day) or For more information refer to: DD/MM (day/month). . www.xmradio.com or call Setting the Auto Time Adjust 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.). (If Equipped) . www.xmradio.ca or call 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada). 2. Select Time and Date Settings. For more information, see Satellite 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. Radio on page 7‑14. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to turn Auto Time Adjust on or off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

1-18 In Brief

Bluetooth® Mobile Apps Steering Wheel Controls The Bluetooth system allows users Mobile apps are available for with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone download through iTunes® to then to make and receive hands-free access the iPhone® App Store calls using the vehicle audio system and Google™ Marketplace for and controls. Android™. Search for the apps The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to download. must be paired with the in-vehicle The apps are free of charge; Bluetooth system before it can be however, myCadillac requires the used in the vehicle. Not all phones user to link their own vehicle and will support all functions. OnStar MyLink requires an active OnStar subscription. See Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7‑47 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) on If available, some audio controls page 7‑49 or Bluetooth (Voice can be adjusted at the steering Recognition) on page 7‑53 or wheel. Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) on page 7‑59. y or z : Press y to select the next favorite radio station or next CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. Press z to select the previous favorite radio station or previous CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

In Brief 1-19

+ x −: Press + to increase the Cruise Control J OFF : Press to disengage volume, press − to decrease the cruise control without erasing the volume. set speed from memory. b / g : Press to interact with the See Cruise Control on page 9‑37. available Bluetooth, OnStar, or Navigation system. Navigation System 0 / c : Press to silence the If the vehicle has a navigation vehicle speakers only. Press again system, there is a separate to turn the sound on. For vehicles navigation system manual that with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, includes information on the radio, press to reject an incoming call, audio players, and navigation or end a current call. system. SRCE: Press to select an audio The navigation system provides source. J : Press to turn cruise control on detailed maps of most major For more information, see Steering and off. freeways and roads. After a Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. + RES: Press briefly to make the destination has been set, the vehicle resume to a previously set system provides turn-by-turn speed or press and hold to instructions for reaching the accelerate. destination. In addition, the system can help locate a variety of points of −SET: Press to set the speed and interest (POIs), such as banks, activate cruise control or make the airports, restaurants, and more. vehicle decelerate. See the navigation system manual for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

1-20 In Brief

Driver Information C. MENU: Press to display the Ultrasonic Parking Assist Trip/Fuel menu and the Vehicle Center (DIC) Information menu. This button is If available, Ultrasonic Front and The DIC display is located in the also used to return to or exit the Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) uses center of the instrument panel last screen displayed on sensors on the front and rear cluster. It shows the status of many the DIC. bumpers to detect objects while vehicle systems. The controls for parking the vehicle. It operates at For more information, see Driver speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). the DIC are located on the turn Information Center (DIC) on signal lever. UFRPA uses audio beeps to provide page 5‑28. distance and system information. Rear Vision Keep the sensors on the vehicle's front and rear bumpers clean to Camera (RVC) ensure proper operation. If available, the RVC displays a view See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on of the area behind the vehicle when page 9‑40 for more information. the vehicle is shifted into A. SET/CLR: Press to set or clear R (Reverse). The display will appear Storage Compartments the menu item when it is on either the inside rearview mirror displayed. or navigation screen, if equipped. The glove box is air conditioned and can be used to store items at a B. w x: Use the thumbwheel to To clean the camera lens, located lower temperature. Move the slide scroll through the items in above the license plate, rinse it with control to open or close the opening each menu. water and wipe it with a soft cloth. to adjust the air flow. See Glove Box See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on on page 4‑1 for more information. page 9‑43. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

In Brief 1-21

Power Outlets Universal Remote System Performance and The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. Traction Control The vehicle has four accessory System (TCS) power outlets. The power outlets located below the climate control The traction control system limits system inside the front storage bin, wheel spin. The system is on when inside the center floor console, and This system provides a way to the vehicle is started. replace up to three remote control on the rear of the center floor . To turn off traction control, press console are powered while the transmitters used to activate and release located on the vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or devices such as garage door g ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until openers, security systems, and console. i illuminates and the the driver door is opened within home automation devices. appropriate DIC message 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. Read the instructions completely displays. See Vehicle Messages on page 5 32. The power outlet located in the rear before attempting to program the ‑ cargo area is powered at all times. Universal Remote System. Because . Press and release g again to of the steps involved, it may be turn traction control back on. Open the protective cap to use the helpful to have another person accessory power outlet. available to assist you with For more information, see Traction See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. programming the Universal Remote Control System (TCS) on System. page 9‑34. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑46. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

1-22 In Brief

StabiliTrak® System Tire Pressure Monitor indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and the tires need to be The StabiliTrak system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire inflated to the proper pressure. directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). difficult driving conditions. The The TPMS does not replace normal system is on when the vehicle is monthly tire maintenance. It is the started. driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressures. . To turn off both Traction Control and StabiliTrak, press and hold See Tire Pressure Monitor System g until g and i illuminate and on page 10‑58. the appropriate DIC message displays. See Vehicle Messages The TPMS warning light alerts you Tire Sealant and on page 5‑32. to a significant loss in pressure of Compressor Kit one of the vehicle's tires. If the . Press g again to turn on both warning light comes on, stop as This vehicle may come with a spare systems. soon as possible and inflate the tire and tire changing equipment or a tire sealant and compressor kit. For more information, see tires to the recommended pressure The kit can be used to temporarily StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑35. shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load seal small punctures in the tread Limits on page 9‑12. The warning area of the tire. light will remain on until the tire See Tire Sealant and Compressor pressure is corrected. Kit on page 10‑73 for complete During cooler conditions, the low tire operating information. pressure warning light may appear If the vehicle came with a spare tire when the vehicle is first started and and tire changing equipment, see If then turn off. This may be an early a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑71. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

In Brief 1-23

Engine Oil Life System The oil life system can also be reset Driving for Better Fuel as follows: The engine oil life system calculates Economy engine oil life based on vehicle use 1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. Driving habits can affect fuel and displays the CHANGE ENGINE mileage. Here are some driving tips OIL SOON message when it is time 2. Fully press and release the to get the best fuel economy to change the engine oil and filter. accelerator pedal three times possible. The oil life system should be reset within five seconds. to 100% only following an oil . Avoid fast starts and accelerate If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL change. smoothly. SOON message is not on, the . Resetting the Oil Life System system is reset. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. 1. Using the DIC MENU button and See Engine Oil Life System on . Avoid idling the engine for long thumbwheel on the turn signal page 10‑10. lever, display REMAINING OIL periods of time. LIFE on the DIC. See Driver Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . When road and weather Information Center (DIC) on conditions are appropriate, use Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge page 5‑28 and Engine Oil cruise control. and a yellow fuel cap can use either Messages on page 5‑35. unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel . Always follow posted speed 2. Press the SET/CLR button to containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). limits or drive more slowly when reset the oil life at 100%. See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on conditions require. Be careful not to reset the oil life page 9‑49. For all other vehicles, . Keep vehicle tires properly display accidentally at any time use only the unleaded gasoline inflated. other than after the oil is described under Recommended changed. It cannot be reset Fuel on page 9‑47. accurately until the next oil change. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

1-24 In Brief

. Combine several trips into a Roadside Service and OnStar OnStar® single trip. (U.S. and Canada) If equipped, this vehicle has a . Replace the vehicle's tires with If you have an active OnStar comprehensive, in-vehicle system the same TPC Spec number subscription, press the Q button that can connect to a live Advisor molded into the tire's sidewall and the current GPS location will be for Emergency, Security, Navigation, near the size. sent to an OnStar advisor who will Connection, and Diagnostic . Follow recommended scheduled assess your problem, contact Services. See OnStar Overview on maintenance. Roadside Service, and relay your page 14‑1 for more information. exact location to get the help Roadside Service you need. U.S. or Canada: 1-800-882-1112 Online Owner Center TTY Users (U.S. or Canada): (U.S. and Canada) 1-888-889-2438 The Online Owner Center is a Mexico: 01-800-466-0805 complimentary service that includes online service reminders, vehicle As the owner of a new Cadillac, you maintenance tips, online owner are automatically enrolled in the manual, special privileges, Roadside Service program. and more. See Roadside Service (U.S. and Sign up today at: Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside www.cadillacownercenter.com Service (Mexico) on page 13‑9 for (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-1

Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors, and Liftgate ...... 2-14 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-22 Windows Automatic Dimming Rearview Vehicle Security Mirror ...... 2-22 Vehicle Security ...... 2-18 Windows Keys and Locks Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-18 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Windows ...... 2-23 Keys ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-19 Power Windows ...... 2-24 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors ...... 2-26 System ...... 2-3 Exterior Mirrors Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Convex Mirrors ...... 2-20 Roof System Operation ...... 2-3 Power Mirrors ...... 2-20 Sunroof ...... 2-27 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-9 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Door Locks ...... 2-11 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-21 Power Door Locks ...... 2-12 Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . 2-21 Safety Locks ...... 2-13 Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-22 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

2-2 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks WARNING (Continued)

Keys injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Do not { WARNING leave the RKE transmitter in a vehicle with children. Leaving children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous for many reasons; children or others could be badly injured or even killed. They could operate the power This key, located inside the Remote windows or other controls or even Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, is make the vehicle move. The used for the driver door and windows will function with the glove box. RKE transmitter in the vehicle and they could be seriously (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-3

With an active OnStar subscription, . Check the transmitter's battery. an OnStar Advisor may remotely See “Battery Replacement” later unlock the vehicle. See OnStar in this section. Overview on page 14‑1. . If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your Remote Keyless Entry dealer or a qualified technician (RKE) System for service. See Radio Frequency Statement on Remote Keyless Entry page 13‑21 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal (RKE) System Operation Communications Commission (FCC) The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) rules and Industry Canada transmitter functions will work up to To remove the key, press the button Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. near the bottom of the transmitter, 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. and pull the key out. Never pull the If there is a decrease in the RKE Keep in mind that other conditions, key out without pressing the button. operating range: such as those previously stated, can See your dealer if a new key is . Check the distance. The impact the performance of the needed. transmitter may be too far from transmitter. the vehicle. Notice: If the keys get locked in the vehicle, it may have to be . Check the location. Other damaged to get them out. Always vehicles or objects may be carry a spare key. blocking the signal. Contact Roadside Service if locked out of the vehicle. See Roadside Service (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Service (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

2-4 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Pressing Q may also arm the On some models, pressing and theft-deterrent system. See holding K will open all of the Anti-theft Alarm System on windows. page 2‑18. / (Remote Start): For vehicles K (Unlock): Press to unlock the with this feature, press Q and then driver door or all doors, see Door “ press and hold / within Unlock Options” under Vehicle two seconds to start the engine from Personalization on page 5‑40. When remotely unlocking the vehicle at outside the vehicle using the RKE night the fog lamps and reverse transmitter. See Remote Vehicle lamps will come on for about Start on page 2‑9 for additional 20 seconds to light your approach to information. With Remote Start and Power the vehicle. The turn signal L (Vehicle Locator/Panic Liftgate Shown, Without Similar indicators may flash and/or the horn Alarm): Press and release one Q (Lock): Press to lock all doors. may sound to indicate unlocking. time to locate the vehicle. The The turn signal indicators may flash See “Unlock Feedback” under exterior lamps flash and the horn and/or the horn may sound to Vehicle Personalization on chirps. Press and hold L for indicate locking, see “Locking page 5‑40. three seconds to sound the panic Feedback” under Vehicle Memory seat positions may be alarm. The horn sounds and the Personalization on page 5‑40. recalled when unlocking the vehicle. turn signal lamps flash for If the driver door is open when Q is See “Memory Remote Recall” under 30 seconds, or until L is pressed Vehicle Personalization on pressed, all doors lock except the again or the vehicle is started. page 5‑40 for more information. driver door, if enabled through the 8 (Remote Liftgate Release): vehicle personalization. If the Pressing K will disarm the Press until the liftgate begins to passenger door is open when Q is theft-deterrent system. See move to open or close the power pressed, all doors lock. Anti-theft Alarm System on liftgate. page 2‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-5

Keyless Access Operation To customize which doors unlock outside of the locked vehicle without when the driver s door is opened, an authorized keyless access Some vehicles have the keyless ’ see Passive Unlock under Vehicle transmitter will not be able to open access system that lets you lock “ ” Personalization on page 5 40. the door, even with the transmitter in and unlock the doors and access ‑ the vehicle. the liftgate without removing the Keyless Locking remote transmitter from your pocket, You may temporarily disable the If the vehicle has the keyless purse, briefcase, etc. The keyless keyless locking feature by pressing access system, this feature allows entry transmitter must be within 1 m and holding the power door unlock you to select whether the doors (3 ft) of the door being opened. button on the instrument panel for automatically lock during normal If the vehicle has this feature, there several seconds with a door open. vehicle exit. When the vehicle is will be a body colored touch pad on Keyless locking will then remain turned off and all doors become the outside front door handles. disabled until the door lock switch is closed, the vehicle will determine pressed, or until the vehicle is Keyless Unlocking how many keyless access turned on. transmitters remain in the vehicle With the transmitter within 1 m (3 ft), interior. If at least one keyless To customize whether the doors approach the front door and pull the access transmitter has been automatically lock when you exit the handle. If the transmitter is removed from the interior of the vehicle, see “Passive Locking” recognized, the door will unlock vehicle, the doors will lock after under Vehicle Personalization on and open. eight seconds. page 5‑40. Entering any door other than the If there are two keyless access driver door will always cause all of transmitters in the vehicle and one the doors to unlock. This is not is removed, the other will be locked customizable. in. A person approaching the Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

2-6 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Lock Sensor Programming Transmitters to To program, the vehicle must be off the Vehicle and all of the transmitters, both currently recognized and new, Only keyless entry transmitters must be with you. programmed to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a 1. Place the recognized replacement can be purchased and transmitter(s) in the cupholder. programmed through your dealer. 2. Insert the vehicle key of the new The vehicle can be reprogrammed transmitter into the key lock so that lost or stolen transmitters no cylinder located on the outside longer work. Each vehicle can have of the driver door and turn the up to eight transmitters matched key to the unlock position five to it. times within ten seconds. Programming with a Recognized The Driver Information Center When all doors are closed and the Transmitter (Keyless Access (DIC) displays READY TO ignition is off, the vehicle can be Vehicles Only) LEARN ELECTRONIC locked by pressing this area on the A new transmitter can be KEY #2, 3, 4, ETC. door handle. This feature will be programmed to the vehicle when available for several minutes after there is one recognized transmitter. the vehicle has been turned off. Keyless Liftgate Opening Press the touch pad on the liftgate handle to open the liftgate if the keyless entry transmitter is within range. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-7

5. Remove the transmitter from the of the driver door and turn the transmitter pocket and press K key to the unlock position five on the transmitter. times within ten seconds. To program additional The Driver Information Center transmitters, repeat Steps 3 (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN through 5. PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. When all additional transmitters 2. Wait for ten minutes until the are programmed, press and hold DIC displays PRESS ENGINE the ignition for 10 seconds to START BUTTON TO LEARN exit programming mode. and then press the ignition. Programming without a The DIC displays will again 3. Place the new transmitter into Recognized Transmitter show REMOTE LEARN the transmitter pocket. The (Keyless Access Vehicles Only) PENDING, PLEASE WAIT. transmitter pocket is inside the If there are no currently recognized 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional center console storage area transmitters available, follow this times. After the third time all located between the driver and procedure to program up to eight previously known transmitters front passenger seats. The transmitters. This feature is not will no longer work with the storage area will need to be available in Canada. This procedure vehicle. Remaining transmitters opened and the storage tray will take approximately 30 minutes can be relearned during the lifted up to access the to complete. The vehicle must be off next steps. transmitter pocket. and all of the transmitters you wish The DIC display should 4. Press the ignition. When the to program must be with you. now show READY FOR transmitter is learned the DIC 1. Insert the vehicle key of the REMOTE # 1. display will show that it is ready transmitter into the key lock to program the next transmitter. cylinder located on the outside Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

2-8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

6. Remove the transmitter from the transmitter pocket and press K on the transmitter. To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 4 through 6. When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and hold the ignition for 10 seconds to exit programming mode. Starting the Vehicle with a 4. Place the new transmitter into Low Transmitter Battery 2. Place the transmitter in the the transmitter pocket. The transmitter pocket. If the transmitter battery is weak, transmitter pocket is inside the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or center console storage area the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED when you try to start N (Neutral), press the brake located between the driver and pedal and the START button. front passenger seats. The the vehicle. The REPLACE storage area will need to be BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY Replace the transmitter battery opened and the storage tray message may also be displayed as soon as possible. lifted up to access the at this time. transmitter pocket. To start the vehicle: 5. Press the ignition. When the 1. Open the center console transmitter is learned the DIC storage area and the display will show that it is ready storage tray. to program the next transmitter. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-9

Battery Replacement Remote Vehicle Start Notice: When replacing the If available, this feature allows you battery, do not touch any of the to start the engine from outside the circuitry on the transmitter. Static vehicle. from your body could damage the / transmitter. (Remote Vehicle Start): This button will be on the Replace the battery if the REPLACE RKE transmitter if the vehicle BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY has remote start. message displays in the DIC. Vehicles with an automatic climate 1. Press the button near the control system will automatically bottom of the transmitter and change to a heating or cooling pull the key out. 2. Use the key blade to separate mode depending on the outside the two halves of the transmitter. temperature during a remote start. 3. Remove the old battery. Do not When the ON/RUN/START ignition use a metal object. mode is selected, the climate control system will return to its 4. Insert the new battery, positive setting from when the vehicle was side facing down. Replace with a last turned off. CR2032 or equivalent battery. Laws in some local communities 5. Snap the transmitter back may restrict the use of remote together. starters. For example, some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for any requirements. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

2-10 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Other conditions can affect the During the remote start the For example, if the vehicle has performance of the transmitter. doors will be locked and the been running for five minutes, and See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) parking lamps will remain on as 10 minutes are added, the engine System on page 2‑3 for additional long as the engine is running. will run for a total of 15 minutes. information. The engine will shut off after A maximum of two remote starts, Starting the Engine Using Remote 10 minutes unless a time or a remote start with an extension, Start extension is done or the ignition are allowed between ignition cycles. is put in ON/RUN/START. 1. Press and release Q on the The vehicle's ignition must be RKE transmitter. 3. Press the brake pedal and select changed to ON/RUN/START and the ON/RUN/START ignition then back to OFF before the remote 2. Within two seconds, press and mode to drive the vehicle. start procedure can be used again. hold / until the turn signal Extending Engine Run Time Shutting the Engine Off After a lamps flash. This confirms the Remote Start request to remote start the For a 10-minute extension, repeat vehicle has been received. If the Steps 1 and 2 while the engine is To cancel a remote start, do any of vehicle' s lamps are not visible, still running. The remote start can the following: only be extended once. press and hold / for at least . Press / until the parking lamps two seconds. When the remote start is extended, turn off. the second 10-minute period will start immediately. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Turn the vehicle on and then back off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-11

Conditions in Which Remote Start Door Locks Will Not Work WARNING (Continued) The remote start will not operate if { WARNING . Outsiders can easily enter any of the following occur: through an unlocked door Unlocked doors can be . The ignition is in any mode other when slowing or stopping the than OFF. dangerous. vehicle. Lock the doors to . help prevent this from . The transmitter is in the vehicle. Passengers, especially children, can easily open the happening. . The hood is not closed. doors and fall out of a moving . The hazard warning flashers vehicle. The chance of being To lock or unlock the doors from are on. thrown out of the vehicle in a the outside, press Q or K on the crash is increased if the . Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) There is an emission control doors are not locked. So, all transmitter. See Remote Keyless system malfunction. passengers should wear Entry (RKE) System Operation on . The engine coolant temperature safety belts properly and the page 2‑3. is too high. doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is To unlock a door from the inside, . The oil pressure is low. driven. pull once on the door handle to . Two remote vehicle starts have unlock it, and a second time to . Young children who get into already been used. open it. unlocked vehicles may be . The vehicle is not in P (Park). unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

2-12 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Door Locks Lockout Deterrent Lockout deterrent decreases the chances that the keys may be accidentally locked in the vehicle. When door locking is requested by pressing Q on the instrument panel or Q on the RKE transmitter and the driver door is open, all doors will lock and the driver door will immediately unlock. The driver door must be closed when is pressed Front Door Panels Q for all doors to remain locked. (Lock): Press to lock the doors. Instrument Panel Q This feature can be programmed to K (Unlock): Press to unlock provide the lockout deterrent feature the doors. only when the ignition mode is ACC/ ACCESSORY, or ON/RUN/START. See “Power Door Locks” in Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-13

Delayed Locking Safety Locks When this feature is enabled and Rear door safety locks prevent the doors are locked with the power passengers from opening the rear lock switch on the instrument panel, doors from the inside. three chimes sound to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use. All doors lock five seconds after the last door is closed. When the delayed locking feature is in use, pressing Q on the instrument panel or Q on the RKE transmitter will override the Front Door Panels feature and lock all doors Press o { to activate the safety immediately. locks. The rear window lockout will This feature can be programmed by also activate and the LED light in using the Driver Information Center Instrument Panel the switch illuminates. (DIC). See “Delayed Door Lock” in { Vehicle Personalization on Press { to activate the safety locks, Press o to deactivate the safety page 5‑40. The delayed locking the LED light in the switch locks and the rear window lockout. feature is only available if “Unlocked illuminates. See Power Windows on page 2‑24 Door Anti-Lockout” is disabled. for more information about the rear Press { to deactivate the safety window lockout. locks. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

2-14 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Doors Notice: If you open the liftgate WARNING (Continued) without checking for overhead Liftgate obstructions such as a garage If the vehicle must be driven with door, you could damage the the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: liftgate or the liftgate glass. { WARNING Always check to make sure the . Close all of the windows. area above and behind the liftgate Exhaust gases can enter the . Fully open the air outlets on is clear before opening it. vehicle if it is driven with the or under the instrument Manual Liftgate liftgate or trunk/hatch open, panel. or with any objects that pass For vehicles without keyless access, . through the seal between the Adjust the Climate Control unlock the vehicle before opening body and the trunk/hatch or system to a setting that the liftgate. liftgate. Engine exhaust contains brings in only outside air and set the fan speed to the Press the touch pad located in the carbon monoxide (CO) which highest setting. See Climate handle of the liftgate, above the cannot be seen or smelled. “ Control Systems” in the license plate, and lift up to open. It can cause unconsciousness Index. and even death. Do not press the touch pad while . If the vehicle is equipped with closing the liftgate. This will cause (Continued) a power liftgate, disable the the liftgate to be unlatched. power liftgate function. Always close the liftgate before For more information about driving. carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust on page 9‑24. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-15

Power Liftgate OFF: The liftgate only operates { WARNING manually in this position. You or others could be injured if Manual operation of a liftgate that caught in the path of the power also has power operation requires liftgate. Make sure there is no one more effort than with a standard in the way of the liftgate as it is manual liftgate. opening and closing. In either the MAX or the 3/4 mode, the liftgate can be power opened and closed by: Choose the power liftgate mode by turning the dial on the switch until . Pressing 8 on the Remote the indicator lines up with the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter desired position. until the liftgate starts moving. The three modes are: See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on On vehicles with a power liftgate, MAX: The liftgate opens to the page 2‑3. the switch is on the driver door. The full open height. vehicle must be in P (Park) to use . Pressing 8 on the center of the power feature. The taillamps 3/4: The liftgate opens to a reduced flash when the power liftgate height that can be set by the vehicle the mode switch on the driver moves. operator in a range of approximately door, with the driver door three‐quarters open to full open. unlocked. Use this setting to prevent the . Pressing the touch pad switch liftgate from opening into overhead on the liftgate outside handle, obstructions such as a garage door with all doors unlocked, to open or roof mounted cargo during power the liftgate. operation. The liftgate can still be manually opened all the way. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

2-16 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Do not force the liftgate open or Obstacle Detection Features closed during a power cycle. If the liftgate encounters an obstacle The power liftgate may be during a power open or close cycle, temporarily disabled under extreme a warning chime will sound and the temperatures or low battery liftgate will automatically reverse conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate direction to the full closed or can still be operated manually. open position. After removing the If you shift the transmission out of obstruction, the power liftgate P (Park) while the power function is operation can be used again. in progress, the liftgate power If the liftgate encounters multiple function will continue to completion. obstacles on the same power cycle, If you shift the transmission out of the power function will deactivate. Press and release 8 on the P (Park) and accelerate before the After removing the obstructions, the liftgate next to the latch to close the power liftgate latch is closed, the liftgate will resume normal power liftgate. liftgate may reverse to the open operation. position. Cargo could fall out of the Pressing any liftgate button, or the The vehicle has pinch sensors vehicle. Always make sure the touch pad switch while the liftgate is located on the side edges of the power liftgate is closed and latched moving, stops it. Pressing the button liftgate. If an object is caught before you drive away. or RKE switch again reverses the between the liftgate and the body direction. There is a minimum If you power open the liftgate and and presses against this sensor, the distance that the power liftgate must the liftgate support struts have lost liftgate will reverse direction and already be open for the system to pressure, the turn signals flash and open fully. The liftgate will remain hold it open. If movement is stopped a chime sounds. The liftgate stays open until it is activated again or below that minimum, the liftgate open temporarily, then slowly closed manually. closes. closes. See your dealer for service before using the liftgate. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-17

Setting the Power Liftgate If you do not receive the audible and To open the liftgate, press the touch 3/4 Mode visual feedback when setting the pad on the handle on the outside of intermediate stop position, you are the liftgate, and lift the gate open. To To change the liftgate stop position. attempting to set the height below close the liftgate, use the pull cup to 1. Turn the liftgate switch to either the 3/4 open height minimum lower the liftgate and close. With the the MAX, or the 3/4 mode (approximately 1.52 m or 5 ft). power liftgate disabled, the liftgate position and power open the The liftgate cannot be set below electric latch will still power latch liftgate. that minimum and the new setting once contact is made with the will not be recorded. striker. Always close the liftgate 2. Stop the liftgate movement at before driving. the desired height by pressing Manual Operation of Power any liftgate switch. Manually Liftgate If the RKE button is pressed while adjust the liftgate position if power operation is disabled, the turn required. To change the liftgate to manual signals flash and the liftgate will operation, turn the mode switch to not move. 3. Press and hold the button on the the OFF position. liftgate next to the latch until the The liftgate has an electric latch. turn signals flash and a beep With the power liftgate disabled and If the battery is disconnected or has sounds to indicate that the new all of the doors unlocked, the liftgate low voltage, the liftgate will not setting is recorded. can be manually opened and open. The liftgate will resume closed. The effort required to operation when the battery is When power opened with the operate a power liftgate is greater reconnected and charged. 3/4 mode selected, the liftgate stops than the effort required to operate a at the new set position. non-power liftgate. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

2-18 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Vehicle Security If a door, the hood, or liftgate is . Always unlock a door with the opened without first unlocking with transmitter. Unlocking a door any This vehicle has theft-deterrent the transmitter, the turn signals will other way will not disarm the features; however, they do not make flash and the horn will sound for alarm. it impossible to steal. about 30 seconds. The alarm If you set off the alarm by accident, system will then re-arm to monitor turn off the alarm by pressing K on for the next unauthorized event. Anti-theft Alarm System the transmitter. The alarm will not This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm The theft-deterrent alarm system will stop if you try to unlock a door any system. not activate if the doors are locked other way. with the key. You can start the The LED light, located on the vehicle with a recognized transmitter How to Detect a Tamper instrument panel near the in the vehicle if the alarm has been Condition windshield, indicates the status of set off. the system. If K is pressed and the horn chirps Disarming the System three times, an attempted break-in Arming the System has occurred while the system was To disarm the system, either unlock armed. 1. Close all doors, liftgate, the doors using the transmitter, and hood. or start the vehicle with a If the alarm has been activated, the 2. Lock the vehicle using the recognized transmitter in the THEFT ATTEMPTED message will transmitter or the power door vehicle. appear on the DIC. See Key and Lock Messages on page 5 36 for lock button. The LED on the To avoid setting off the alarm by ‑ additional information. instrument panel should come accident: on and stay on for about 30 seconds. . Lock the vehicle with the transmitter after all occupants 3. After 30 seconds, the alarm have left the vehicle and all system will arm, and the LED doors are closed. will begin to slowly flash indicating the alarm is operating. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-19

Immobilizer If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a See Radio Frequency Statement on problem with the system. Turn the page 13‑21 for information ignition off and try again. regarding Part 15 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) If the vehicle will not change ignition rules and Industry Canada modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. The security light, located in the ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the instrument panel cluster, comes on RKE transmitter appears to be Immobilizer Operation if there is a problem with arming or undamaged, try another transmitter. disarming the theft-deterrent Or, you may try placing the This vehicle has a passive system. transmitter in the transmitter pocket theft-deterrent system. The system has one or more located in the center console. See The system does not have to be RKE transmitters matched to an “NO REMOTE DETECTED” under manually armed or disarmed. immobilizer control unit in your Key and Lock Messages on vehicle. Only a correctly matched page 5‑36. The vehicle is automatically RKE transmitter will start the immobilized when the vehicle is If the ignition modes will not change vehicle. If the transmitter is ever turned off. with the other transmitter, your damaged, you may not be able to vehicle needs service. If the ignition The immobilization system is start your vehicle. does change modes, the first disarmed when the pushbutton start When trying to start the vehicle, the transmitter may be faulty. See your is activated to enter the ACC/ security light comes on briefly when dealer who can service the ACCESSORY mode or the ON/ the ignition is turned on. theft-deterrent system and have a RUN/START mode and a valid new RKE transmitter programmed to transmitter is present in the vehicle. the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

2-20 Keys, Doors, and Windows

It is possible for the immobilizer Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors system to learn new or replacement RKE transmitters. Up to eight transmitters can be programmed for Convex Mirrors the vehicle. To program additional transmitters, see “Programming { WARNING Transmitters to the Vehicle” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) A convex mirror can make things, System Operation on page 2‑3. like other vehicles, look farther away than they really are. If you Do not leave the key or device that cut too sharply into the right lane, disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. you could hit a vehicle on the right. Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes. To adjust the mirror: The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Move the selector switch to shaped. A convex mirror's surface is L (left) or R (right) to choose the curved so more can be seen from driver or passenger mirror. the driver seat. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror in the desired direction. 3. Return the selector switch to the center position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-21

Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Foldaway Heated Mirrors Mirrors Power Foldaway Mirrors 1 (Rear Window Defogger): Reset the power foldaway mirrors if: Press to heat the mirrors. . The mirrors are accidentally See “Rear Window Defogger” under obstructed while folding. Dual Automatic Climate Control . They are accidentally manually System on page 8‑1 for more folded/unfolded. information. . The mirrors do not stay in the Automatic Dimming unfolded position. Mirror . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving speeds. If the vehicle has the automatic dimming mirror, the driver outside Fold and unfold the mirrors one time mirror automatically adjusts for the using the mirror controls to reset glare of headlamps behind you. them to their normal position. To fold the mirrors: A noise may be heard during the 1. With the selector switch in resetting of the power foldaway mirrors. This sound is normal after a the ) position, press the down manual folding operation. arrow on the control pad. Both mirrors will automatically fold. 2. Pressing the down arrow again will return the mirrors to their original position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

2-22 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Reverse Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors Automatic Dimming If the vehicle is equipped with Rearview Mirror memory mirrors, there is an option Manual Rearview Mirror The vehicle may have an automatic to have the mirrors tilt down, when Adjust the inside rearview mirror for dimming inside rearview mirror. in R (Reverse), to more easily see a clear view of the area behind your Automatic dimming reduces the the ground near the vehicle. vehicle. To avoid glare of the glare from the headlamps of the When the vehicle is shifted to headlamps from behind, push the vehicle behind you. The dimming R (Reverse), both the driver and tab forward for daytime and pull it feature and the indicator light come passenger mirrors will tilt downward. for nighttime use. on each time the vehicle is started. They will return to their previous Vehicles with OnStar® have three Vehicles with OnStar have three position when the vehicle is shifted control buttons at the bottom of the control buttons located at the out of R (Reverse), the ignition is mirror. See your dealer for more bottom of the mirror. See your turned to OFF, or the vehicle is left information about OnStar and how dealer for more information about in R (Reverse) for an extended to subscribe to it. See OnStar OnStar and how to subscribe to it. period of time. Overview on page 14‑1. See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1. This feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization on Cleaning the Mirror page 5‑40. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-23

Windows The vehicle aerodynamics are WARNING (Continued) designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a { WARNING Never leave a child, a helpless pulsing sound when either rear adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, window is down and the front Leaving children, helpless adults, especially with the windows windows are up. To reduce the or pets in a vehicle with the closed in warm or hot weather. sound, open either a front window windows closed is dangerous. or the sunroof (if equipped). They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

2-24 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Power Windows Pushing or pulling the switch part of the way will open or close the window as long as the switch is { WARNING operated. Leaving children in a vehicle with Express‐Down/Up Windows the RKE transmitter is dangerous for many reasons; children or Windows that have the express down/up feature allow others could be badly injured or ‐ the windows to be lowered and even killed. They could operate raised fully without holding the the power windows or other window switch. Press the window controls or even make the vehicle switch fully and release it to activate move. The windows will function The power windows: the express‐down feature. Pull the with the RKE transmitter in the window switch fully up and release . Can be operated with the vehicle and they could be it to activate the express‐up feature. seriously injured or killed if caught ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or The express mode can be canceled in the path of a closing window. ON/RUN/START. at any time by briefly pressing or Do not leave the RKE transmitter . Can be operated within pulling the switch. in a vehicle with children. 10 minutes of switching the ignition off. See Retained Programming the Power When there are children in the Windows rear seat, use the window lockout Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9 22. switch to prevent unintentional ‑ Programming the power windows operation of the windows. . Will stop operation when any may be necessary if the vehicle's door is opened. battery has been disconnected or discharged. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-25

If the window will not express up If there is something blocking the Overload after power has been restored and a window during automatic closing, If the windows are repeatedly message is displayed in the Driver the window will reverse direction for operated within a short time, the Information Center: a short distance. Weather conditions window operation is disabled for a such as extreme cold and/or 1. Close all doors. short time. ice may cause the window to 2. Place the ignition in ACC/ auto-reverse. The window will return Remote Window Operation ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ to normal operation once the object START. or condition is removed. 3. From any partial open position, If conditions prevent the window close the window and continue from closing and the window to pull the switch briefly after the continues to auto-reverse, it is window has fully closed. possible to close the window with Obstacle Detection Feature the ignition in ON/RUN/START by holding the window switch in the The Obstacle Detection Feature is partially or fully pulled up position. part of the express-up feature and is Release of the switch from the active: partially pulled up position will cause . In the middle and upper portions the window to stop. Release of the of the window opening. switch from the fully pulled up position will activate the express-up The vehicle may have remote . During window up movements. and related obstacle detection operating windows that will open all . In ignition OFF during all window features. the windows from outside the up movements and during vehicle by pressing and holding K express-up window movements on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) in ignition ON/RUN/START. transmitter. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

2-26 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Window Lockout Press o { to activate the rear Sun Visors window lockout. The rear safety locks will also activate and the LED light in the switch illuminates. Press o { to deactivate the rear window lockout and safety locks.

This feature prevents the rear Pull the sun visor down to block passenger windows from operating, glare. Detach the sun visor from the except from the driver position. center mount to pivot to the side window, or to extend along the rod, if available. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Keys, Doors, and Windows 2-27

Roof release again, to open the sunroof to the full open position. Press the front of the switch to second detent Sunroof and release, to express close the On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof. switches are on the overhead Press the front of the sunroof switch console. to the first detent and hold, to close The sunroof only operates when the the sunroof to a desired position at ignition is in ON/RUN/START or a normal speed. Press the front of ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained the switch to the second detent and Accessory Power (RAP). See release, to express close the Ignition Positions on page 9‑18 and sunroof. A. Sunroof Switch Retained Accessory Power (RAP) To open or close the sunshade, on page 9‑22. B. Sunshade Switch press the open or close sunroof To open the sunroof, press the back switch (B). of the sunroof switch (A) to the first Press the front or back of the detent and release, the sunroof will sunshade switch to the first detent open to the vent position. and hold, to open or close the Press the back of the sunroof switch sunshade to a desired position at a to the first detent and hold, to open normal speed. Press the switch to the sunroof to a desired position at the second detent and release, to a normal speed. Press the rear of express open or close the the switch to the second detent and sunshade. release, to express open the Fully close the glass before fully sunroof to an automatically adjusted closing the sunshade. comfort position. Press the rear of the switch to the second detent and Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

2-28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Anti-Pinch Feature Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose If an object is in the path of the debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and sunroof when it is closing, the roof sealing area using a clean anti-pinch feature detects the object cloth, mild soap, and water. and stops the sunroof from closing Do not remove grease from at the point of the obstruction. the sunroof. The sunroof then returns to the full-open position. Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation, noise, or plugging the water drainage system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-1

Rear Seats Airbag System Seats and Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Airbag System ...... 3-23 Restraints Heated Rear Seats ...... 3-13 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-25 Rear Seat When Should an Airbag Pass-Through Door ...... 3-13 Inflate? ...... 3-26 What Makes an Airbag Head Restraints Safety Belts Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Inflate? ...... 3-27 Safety Belts ...... 3-14 How Does an Airbag Front Seats How to Wear Safety Belts Restrain? ...... 3-28 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Properly ...... 3-15 What Will You See after an Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-16 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-28 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Safety Belt Use During Passenger Sensing Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . 3-5 Pregnancy ...... 3-21 System ...... 3-30 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-21 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Safety System Check ...... 3-21 Vehicle ...... 3-34 Heated and Ventilated Front Safety Belt Care ...... 3-22 Adding Equipment to the Seats ...... 3-10 Replacing Safety Belt System Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-34 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-22 Airbag System Check ...... 3-35 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 3-35 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

3-2 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints Head Restraints Older Children ...... 3-36 Infants and Young Children ...... 3-38 { WARNING Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-41 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-43 With head restraints that are not Lower Anchors and Tethers installed and adjusted properly, for Children (LATCH there is a greater chance that System) ...... 3-45 occupants will suffer a neck/ Replacing LATCH System spinal injury in a crash. Do not Parts After a Crash ...... 3-53 drive until the head restraints for Securing Child Restraints all occupants are installed and (Rear Seat) ...... 3-54 adjusted properly. Securing Child Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . 3-56 top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant's head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash. Front Seats The vehicle's front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-3

Rear Seats head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is The vehicle's rear seats have locked in place. adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. To raise or lower the head restraint, press the button located on the side of the head restraint, and pull up or push the The vehicle's rear seat has an head restraint down, and release adjustable headrest in the center The height of the head restraint can the button. Pull and push on the seating position that can be be adjusted. Pull the head restraint head restraint after the button is adjusted the same way as the up to raise it. Try to move the head released to make sure that it is outboard head restraints. locked in place. restraint to make sure that it is locked in place. If you are installing a child restraint The front seat outboard head in the rear seat, see Securing a To lower the head restraint, press “ restraints are not designed to be Child Restraint Designed for the the button, located on the top of the removed. LATCH System under Lower seatback, and push the head ” Anchors and Tethers for Children restraint down. Try to move the (LATCH System) on page 3‑45. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

3-4 Seats and Restraints

Front Seats Power Seat Adjustment Seat Adjustment

{ WARNING

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a To adjust a manual seat: pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when 1. Pull the handle at the the vehicle is not moving. front of the seat cushion. To adjust a power seat, if equipped: 2. Move the seat forward or . Move the seat forward or rearward to adjust the rearward by sliding the control seat position. forward or rearward. 3. Release the handle to stop the seat from moving. 4. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-5

. Raise or lower the front or rear Lumbar Adjustment Thigh Support part of the seat cushion by moving the front or rear of the Power Lumbar Adjustment control up or down. . Raise or lower the seat by moving the control up or down. To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑6. To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑5.

If available, press and hold the front If available, adjust the manual leg or rear of the control to increase or extension by pulling up on the lever, decrease lumbar support. Release and then pulling or pushing on the the control when the seatback support to lengthen or shorten it. reaches the desired level of lumbar Release the lever to lock it in place. support. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

3-6 Seats and Restraints

Reclining Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued)

{ WARNING For proper protection when the { WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the You can lose control of the Sitting in a reclined position when seatback upright. Then sit well vehicle if you try to adjust a the vehicle is in motion can be back in the seat and wear the manual driver seat while the dangerous. Even when buckled safety belt properly. up, the safety belts cannot do vehicle is moving. The sudden their job when reclined like this. movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a The shoulder belt cannot do its pedal when you do not want to. job because it will not be against Adjust the driver seat only when your body. Instead, it will be in the vehicle is not moving. front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt cannot do its job { WARNING either. In a crash, the belt could If either seatback is not locked, it go up over your abdomen. The could move forward in a sudden belt forces would be there, not at stop or crash. That could cause your pelvic bones. This could injury to the person sitting there. cause serious internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if Always push and pull on the (Continued) the vehicle is moving. seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-7

2. Push and pull on the seatback to Memory Seats make sure it is locked. Power Reclining Seatbacks

To recline a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. On vehicles with the memory 2. Move the seatback to the feature, the 1 and 2 buttons on desired position, and then “ ” “ ” the outboard side of the driver seat release the lever to lock the To adjust a power seatback, are used to manually save and seatback in place. if available: recall the positions of the driver 3. Push and pull on the seatback . Tilt the top of the control seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable to make sure it is locked. rearward to recline. throttle and brake pedal positions, To return the seatback to the . Tilt the top of the control forward if available. These manually stored upright position: to raise. positions are referred to as Button Memory positions. 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

3-8 Seats and Restraints

The vehicle will also automatically Recalling Button Memory Recalling RKE Memory Positions save driver seat, outside mirror, and Positions (Memory Remote Recall) adjustable throttle and brake pedal To recall the manually saved The Memory Remote Recall feature positions to the current driver Button Memory positions, press can recall the driver seat, outside Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and hold “1” or “2.” The driver seat, mirrors, and adjustable pedals, transmitter when the ignition is outside mirrors, and adjustable if available, to previously stored turned off. These automatically pedals, if available, move to the RKE Memory positions when stored positions are referred to as positions stored to those buttons entering the vehicle. RKE Memory positions. See when pressed. Releasing “1” or “2” Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Every time the ignition is placed in before the stored positions are OFF, the positions of the driver seat, System Operation on page 2‑3 for reached stops the recall. more information. outside mirrors, and adjustable If something has blocked the driver pedals, if available, are Storing Button Memory Positions seat and/or the adjustable pedals, automatically stored to the RKE To save positions into Button if available, while recalling a transmitter that was used to start Memory: memory position, the recall may the vehicle. These positions are stop. Remove the obstruction; then called RKE Memory positions and 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback press and hold the appropriate may be different than the previously recliner, both outside mirrors, manual control for the memory item mentioned Button Memory positions and adjustable pedals, that is not recalling for two seconds. saved to the “1” or “2” buttons. To if available, to the desired driving Try recalling the memory position automatically recall RKE Memory positions. again by pressing the appropriate positions, unlock the driver door 2. Press and hold MEM (Memory) memory button. If the memory with the RKE transmitter, and open and “1” at the same time until a position is still not recalling, see the driver door. On vehicles with beep sounds. your dealer for service. Keyless Access, opening the driver 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a door when an RKE transmitter is present will activate the RKE second driver using “2.” Memory recall. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-9

If the driver door is already open, Try recalling the memory position To stop recall movement, press one pressing the RKE transmitter K again by opening the driver door of the memory, power seat controls, button will also activate the RKE and pressing the RKE transmitter K or the adjustable pedal switch, Memory recall. The driver seat, button. If the memory position is still if available. outside mirrors, and pedals, not recalling, see your dealer for If something has blocked the driver if available, will move to the service. seat while recalling the exit position, previously saved RKE Memory Easy Exit Driver Seat the recall may stop. Remove the positions. obstruction; then press and hold the This feature is turned on or off using This feature moves the seat power seat control rearward for the vehicle personalization menu. rearward allowing the driver more two seconds. Try recalling the exit See Vehicle Personalization on room to exit the vehicle. position again. If the exit position is page 5‑40 for more information. To activate, place the ignition in still not recalling, see your dealer To stop recall movement, press one OFF and open the driver door. If the for service. of the memory, power mirror, driver door is already open, placing or power seat controls, or the the ignition in OFF will activate the adjustable pedal switch, if available. easy exit driver seat. If something has blocked the driver This feature is turned on or off using seat and/or the adjustable pedals, the vehicle personalization menu. if available, while recalling a See Vehicle Personalization on memory position, the recall may page 5‑40 for more information. stop. Remove the obstruction; then press and hold the appropriate manual control for the memory item that is not recalling for two seconds. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

3-10 Seats and Restraints

Heated and Ventilated Press M or L to heat the driver or Front Seats passenger seat. Press C or {, if available, to { WARNING ventilate the driver or passenger seat. If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the Press the button once for the seat heater may cause burns highest setting. With each press of even at low temperatures. To the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to reduce the risk of burns, people the off setting. The lights indicate with such a condition should use three for the highest setting and care when using the seat heater, Heated and Ventilated Seat one for the lowest. especially for long periods of Buttons Shown, Heated Seat The passenger seat may take time. Do not place anything on Buttons Similar the seat that insulates against longer to heat up. heat, such as a blanket, cushion, If available, the buttons are near the cover, or similar item. This may climate controls on the instrument cause the seat heater to panel. To operate, the ignition must overheat. An overheated seat be in ON/RUN/START. heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-11

Remote Start Heated and Rear Seats Ventilated Seats During a remote start, the heated or Split Folding Seatbacks ventilated seats can be turned on With this feature, either side of the automatically. They are canceled rear seatback can be folded down when the ignition is turned on. for more cargo space. Press the button to use the heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle Folding the Seatbacks is started. Notice: Folding a rear seat with The heated or ventilated seat the safety belts still fastened may indicator lights on the button do not cause damage to the seat or the turn on during a remote start. safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to A. Seatback Lock Indicator The temperature performance of an their normal stowed position 3. Lift the lever on the top of the unoccupied seat may be reduced. before folding a rear seat. seatback. The rear seatback This is normal. To fold the seatback: lock indicator (A) extends when The heated or ventilated seats will the seatback is unlocked. not turn on during a remote start 1. Unbuckle the rear safety belts 4. Fold the seatback forward. The unless they are enabled in the and move the front seatbacks to rear seatback lock indicator (A) vehicle personalization menu. See the upright position. See retracts when the seatback is Remote Vehicle Start on page 2 9 Reclining Seatbacks on ‑ locked. and Vehicle Personalization on page 3‑6 for more information. page 5‑40 for more information. 2. Make sure that there is nothing Keep the seatback in the upright, under, in front of, or on the seat. locked position when not in use. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

3-12 Seats and Restraints

Raising the Seatbacks To raise the seatback: Reclining the Seatbacks 1. Lift the lever on top of the To recline the seatback: { WARNING seatback. Raise the seatback 1. Lift and hold the lever on top of and release the lever. The rear the seatback. The rear seatback If either seatback is not locked, it seatback lock indicator (A) lock indicator (A) extends when could move forward in a sudden extends when the seatback is the seatback is unlocked. stop or crash. That could cause unlocked. injury to the person sitting there. 2. Tilt the seatback rearward, and 2. Push the seatback rearward until Always push and pull on the then release the lever when the it locks in the upright position. seatback is in the desired seatbacks to be sure they are The rear seatback lock position. The rear seatback lock locked. indicator (A) retracts when the indicator (A) retracts when the seatback is locked in place. seatback is locked in place. 3. Make sure the rear safety belts { WARNING are not twisted or caught between the seat cushion and A safety belt that is improperly the seatback. routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-13

Heated Rear Seats the off setting. Three lights indicate the highest setting, and one light indicates the lowest. { WARNING

If you cannot feel temperature Rear Seat change or pain to the skin, the Pass-Through Door seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures. See the Warning under Heated and Ventilated Front Seats on page 3‑10. If available, the buttons are on the Rear Sear Audio (RSA) panel on the rear of the center console. With the ignition in ON/RUN/START, press L or M to heat the left or right outboard seat cushion and seatback. An indicator on the RSA display appears when this Some vehicles have a rear seat feature is on. pass-through door in the center of the rear seatback. Fold down the Press the button once for the center armrest and push down on highest setting. With each press of the latch to open the door. the button, the heated seat changes to the next lower setting, and then Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

3-14 Seats and Restraints

Why Safety Belts Work Safety Belts WARNING (Continued) This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts It is extremely dangerous to ride properly. It also describes some in a cargo area, inside or outside things not to do with safety belts. of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas { WARNING are more likely to be seriously Do not let anyone ride where a injured or killed. Do not allow safety belt cannot be worn passengers to ride in any area of properly. In a crash, if you or your the vehicle that is not equipped passenger(s) are not wearing with seats and safety belts. safety belts, injuries can be much Always wear a safety belt, and check that all passenger(s) are worse than if you are wearing When riding in a vehicle, you travel safety belts. You can be seriously restrained properly too. as fast as the vehicle does. If the injured or killed by hitting things vehicle stops suddenly, you keep inside the vehicle harder or by This vehicle has indicators as a going until something stops you. being ejected from the vehicle. reminder to buckle the safety belts. It could be the windshield, the In addition, anyone who is not See Safety Belt Reminders on instrument panel, or the safety belts! buckled up can strike other page 5‑15 for additional information. passengers in the vehicle. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-15

When you wear a safety belt, you Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why How to Wear Safety Belts and the vehicle slow down together. should I have to wear safety There is more time to stop because belts? Properly you stop over a longer distance A: Airbags are supplemental This section is only for people of and, when worn properly, your systems only; so they work with adult size. strongest bones take the forces safety belts — not instead of There are special things to know from the safety belts. That is why them. Whether or not an airbag about safety belts and children. And wearing safety belts makes such is provided, all occupants still there are different rules for smaller good sense. have to buckle up to get the children and infants. If a child will be Questions and Answers About most protection. riding in the vehicle, see Older Safety Belts Also, in nearly all states and in Children on page 3‑36 or Infants all Canadian provinces, the law and Young Children on page 3‑38. Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle requires wearing safety belts. Follow those rules for everyone's after a crash if I am wearing a protection. safety belt? It is very important for all occupants A: You could be — whether you are to buckle up. Statistics show that wearing a safety belt or not. unbelted people are hurt more often Your chance of being conscious in crashes than those who are during and after a crash, so you wearing safety belts. can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. There are important things to know about wearing a safety belt properly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

3-16 Seats and Restraints

. Wear the shoulder belt over the Lap-Shoulder Belt shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best All seating positions in the vehicle able to take belt restraining have a lap-shoulder belt. forces. The shoulder belt locks if The following instructions explain there is a sudden stop or crash. how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. { WARNING 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is You can be seriously injured, adjustable, so you can sit up or even killed, by not wearing straight. To see how, see your safety belt properly. “Seats” in the Index. . Sit up straight and always keep . Never allow the lap or 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull your feet on the floor in front shoulder belt to become the belt across you. Do not let it of you. loose or twisted. get twisted. . Always use the correct buckle . Never wear the shoulder belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock if for your seating position. under both arms or behind you pull the belt across you very your back. quickly. If this happens, let the . Wear the lap part of the belt low belt go back slightly to unlock it. and snug on the hips, just . Never route the lap or Then pull the belt across you touching the thighs. In a crash, shoulder belt over an more slowly. this applies force to the strong armrest. pelvic bones and you would be If the shoulder portion of a less likely to slide under the lap passenger belt is pulled out all belt. If you slid under it, the belt the way, the child restraint would apply force on your locking feature may be engaged. abdomen. This could cause If this happens, let the belt go serious or even fatal injuries. back all the way and start again. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-17

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” later in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.

3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, just push the buckle until it clicks. button on the buckle. Pull up on the latch plate to Before a door is closed, be sure the make sure it is secure. If the belt safety belt is out of the way. If a is not long enough, see Safety door is slammed against a safety Belt Extender on page 3‑21. belt, damage can occur to both the Position the release button on safety belt and the vehicle. the buckle so that the safety belt 5. To make the lap part tight, pull could be quickly unbuckled if up on the shoulder belt. necessary. It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

3-18 Seats and Restraints

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster After the height adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it up or The vehicle has a shoulder belt down without pressing the release height adjuster for the driver and button (A) to make sure it has right front passenger seating locked into position. Press the positions. release button to lower the height Adjust the height so that the adjuster. shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How Move the height adjuster up to the to Wear Safety Belts Properly on desired position by pushing up on the height adjuster. page 3‑15. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-19

Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort This vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder occupants. Although the safety belt belt comfort guides for the outboard pretensioners cannot be seen, they passenger positions in the rear seat. are part of the safety belt assembly. If not, they are available through They can help tighten the safety your dealer. The guides may belts during the early stages of a provide added safety belt comfort moderate to severe frontal and near for older children who have frontal crash and will deploy in side, outgrown booster seats and for rear and rollover events if the some adults. When installed on a threshold conditions for pretensioner shoulder belt, and properly adjusted, activation are met. the comfort guide positions the belt 2. Place the guide over the belt, Pretensioners work only once. If the away from the neck and head. and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide. pretensioners activate in a crash, Here is how to install a comfort they will need to be replaced, and guide to the safety belt: probably other new parts for the 1. Remove the guide from its vehicle's safety belt system. See storage pocket on the side of Replacing Safety Belt System Parts the seat. after a Crash on page 3‑22. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

3-20 Seats and Restraints

4. Buckle, position, and release WARNING (Continued) the safety belt as described previously in this section. Make The person wearing the belt could sure the shoulder portion of the be seriously injured. The shoulder belt is on the shoulder and not belt should go over the shoulder falling off of it. The belt should and across the chest. These parts be close to, but not contacting, of the body are best able to take the neck. belt restraining forces. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide. Slide 3. Be sure that the belt is not the guide back into its storage twisted and it lies flat. The pocket located on the side of elastic cord must be under the the seat. belt and the guide on top.

{ WARNING

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-21

Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is Safety System Check to protect the mother. When a safety Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Now and then, check that the safety Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a belt reminder light, safety belts, including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for buckles, latch plates, retractors, and occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety anchorages are all working properly. be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them Look for any other loose or wear safety belts. properly. damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑15 for more long enough for you. To help avoid information. personal injury, do not let someone Keep safety belts clean and dry. else use it, and use it only for the See Safety Belt Care on page 3 22. seat it is made to fit. The extender ‑ A pregnant woman should wear a has been designed for adults. Never lap-shoulder belt, and the lap use it for securing child seats. To portion should be worn as low as wear it, attach it to the regular safety possible, below the rounding, belt. For more information, see the throughout the pregnancy. instruction sheet that comes with the extender. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

3-22 Seats and Restraints

Safety Belt Care Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. Keep belts clean and dry. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that Crash were used during any crash may { WARNING have been stressed or damaged. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety Do not bleach or dye safety belts. belt assemblies inspected or It may severely weaken them. In A crash can damage the safety replaced. a crash, they might not be able to belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be provide adequate protection. A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt Clean safety belts only with mild may not properly protect the system was not being used at the soap and lukewarm water. person using it, resulting in time of the crash. serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners crash. To help make sure the checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belt systems are working crash, or if the airbag readiness light properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag replacements made as soon Readiness Light on page 5‑16. as possible. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-23

Airbag System For frontal airbags, the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG is on the center of the to know about the airbag system: The vehicle has the following steering wheel for the driver and on airbags: the instrument panel for the front { WARNING . A frontal airbag for the driver. outboard passenger. For seat-mounted side impact You can be severely injured or . A frontal airbag for the front killed in a crash if you are not outboard passenger. airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback closest to wearing your safety belt, even . A seat-mounted side impact the door. with airbags. Airbags are airbag for the driver. designed to work with safety For roof-rail airbags, the word belts, not replace them. Also, . A seat-mounted side impact AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. airbag for the front outboard airbags are not designed to inflate passenger. Airbags are designed to supplement in every crash. In some crashes the protection provided by safety safety belts are the only restraint. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver belts. Even though today's airbags See When Should an Airbag and for the second row are also designed to help reduce Inflate? on page 3‑26. passenger seated directly the risk of injury from the force of an behind the driver. inflating bag, all airbags must inflate Wearing your safety belt during a . A roof-rail airbag for the front very quickly to do their job. crash helps reduce the chance of outboard passenger and the hitting things inside the vehicle or second row passenger seated being ejected from it. Airbags are directly behind the front outboard “supplemental restraints” to the passenger. safety belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a safety belt All vehicle airbags have the word properly, whether or not there is AIRBAG on the trim or on an an airbag for that person. attached label near the deployment opening. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

3-24 Seats and Restraints

{ WARNING { WARNING

Because airbags inflate with great Children who are up against, force and faster than the blink of or very close to, any airbag an eye, anyone who is up when it inflates can be seriously against, or very close to any injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light airbag when it inflates can be lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, seriously injured or killed. Do not for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. sit unnecessarily close to any not for young children and infants. airbag, as you would be if sitting Neither the vehicle's safety belt The system checks the airbag on the edge of the seat or leaning system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions. forward. Safety belts help keep designed for them. Young The light tells you if there is an you in position before and during children and infants need the electrical problem. See Airbag a crash. Always wear a safety protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑16 for belt, even with airbags. The driver system can provide. Always more information. should sit as far back as possible secure children properly in the while still maintaining control of vehicle. To read how, see Older the vehicle. Children on page 3‑36 or Infants Occupants should not lean on or and Young Children on sleep against the door or side page 3‑38. windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-25

Where Are the Airbags?

The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger Side Similar The driver frontal airbag is in the side instrument panel. The driver and front outboard center of the steering wheel. passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

3-26 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag { WARNING Inflate? If something is between an Frontal airbags are designed to occupant and an airbag, the inflate in moderate to severe frontal airbag might not inflate properly or near frontal crashes to help or it might force the object into reduce the potential for severe that person causing severe injury injuries mainly to the driver's or front or even death. The path of an outboard passenger's head and inflating airbag must be kept chest. However, they are only clear. Do not put anything designed to inflate if the impact between an occupant and an exceeds a predetermined Driver Side Shown, Passenger airbag, and do not attach or put deployment threshold. Deployment Side Similar anything on the steering wheel thresholds are used to predict how hub or on or near any other severe a crash is likely to be in time The roof-rail airbags for the driver, airbag covering. for the airbags to inflate and help right front passenger, and second restrain the occupants. row outboard passengers are in the Do not use seat accessories ceiling above the side windows. that block the inflation path of a Whether the frontal airbags will or seat-mounted side impact airbag. should inflate is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Never secure anything to the roof It depends on what is hit, the of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags direction of the impact, and how by routing a rope or tie‐down quickly the vehicle slows down. through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-27

Frontal airbags may inflate at The vehicle has seat-mounted side vehicle is struck, or if the sensing different crash speeds depending on impact and roof-rail airbags. See system predicts that the vehicle is whether the vehicle hits an object Airbag System on page 3‑23. about to roll over, or in a severe straight on or at an angle, and Seat-mounted side impact and frontal impact. whether the object is fixed or roof-rail airbags are intended to In any particular crash, no one can moving, rigid or deformable, inflate in moderate to severe side say whether an airbag should have narrow or wide. crashes depending on the location inflated simply because of the Thresholds can also vary with of the impact. In addition, these vehicle damage or repair costs. specific vehicle design. roof-rail airbags are intended to inflate during a rollover. Frontal airbags are not intended to Seat-mounted side impact and What Makes an Airbag inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear roof-rail airbags will inflate if the Inflate? impacts, or in many side impacts. crash severity is above the system's In a deployment event, the sensing In addition, the vehicle has designed threshold level. The system sends an electrical signal dual-stage frontal airbags. threshold level can vary with triggering a release of gas from the Dual-stage airbags adjust the specific vehicle design. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the restraint according to crash severity. Seat-mounted side impact airbags airbag causing the bag to break out The vehicle has electronic frontal are not intended to inflate in frontal of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, sensors, that help the sensing impacts, near frontal impacts, and related hardware are all part of system distinguish between a rollovers, or rear impacts. Roof-rail the airbag module. moderate frontal impact and a more airbags are not intended to inflate in For airbag location, see Where Are severe frontal impact. For moderate rear impacts. A seat-mounted side the Airbags? on page 3‑25. frontal impacts, dual-stage airbags impact airbag is intended to deploy inflate at a level less than full on the side of the vehicle that is deployment. For more severe frontal struck. Both roof-rail airbags will impacts, full deployment occurs. deploy when either side of the Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

3-28 Seats and Restraints

How Does an Airbag But airbags would not help in many There may be some smoke and types of collisions, primarily dust coming from the vents in the Restrain? because the occupant's motion is deflated airbags. Airbag inflation In moderate to severe frontal or not toward those airbags. See When does not prevent the driver from near frontal collisions, even belted Should an Airbag Inflate? on seeing out of the windshield or occupants can contact the steering page 3‑26 for more information. being able to steer the vehicle, wheel or the instrument panel. In Airbags should never be regarded nor does it prevent people from moderate to severe side collisions, as anything more than a supplement leaving the vehicle. even belted occupants can contact to safety belts. the inside of the vehicle. { WARNING Airbags supplement the protection What Will You See after When an airbag inflates, there provided by safety belts by an Airbag Inflates? distributing the force of the may be dust in the air. This dust impact more evenly over the After the frontal airbags and could cause breathing problems occupant's body. seat-mounted side impact airbags for people with a history of inflate, they quickly deflate, so asthma or other breathing trouble. Rollover capable roof rail airbags ‐ quickly that some people may not To avoid this, everyone in the are designed to help contain the even realize an airbag inflated. vehicle should get out as soon as head and chest of occupants in the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least it is safe to do so. If you have outboard seating positions in the partially inflated for some time after first and second rows. The rollover breathing problems but cannot they inflate. Some components of capable roof rail airbags are get out of the vehicle after an ‐ the airbag module may be hot for designed to help reduce the risk of airbag inflates, then get fresh air several minutes. For location of the full or partial ejection in rollover by opening a window or a door. airbags, see Where Are the events, although no system can If you experience breathing Airbags? on page 3 25. prevent all such ejections. ‑ problems following an airbag The parts of the airbag that come deployment, you should seek into contact with you may be warm, medical attention. but not too hot to touch. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-29

The vehicle has a feature that may . The vehicle has a crash sensing automatically unlock the doors, turn WARNING (Continued) and diagnostic module which on the interior lamps, turn on the records information after a hazard warning flashers, and shut crash. See Vehicle Data Use caution if you should attempt Recording and Privacy on off the fuel system after the airbags to restart the engine after a crash page 13‑20 and Event Data inflate. You can lock the doors, turn has occurred. off the interior lamps, and turn off Recorders on page 13‑20. the hazard warning flashers by . Let only qualified technicians using the controls for those In many crashes severe enough to work on the airbag systems. features. inflate the airbag, windshields are Improper service can mean that broken by vehicle deformation. an airbag system will not work { WARNING Additional windshield breakage may properly. See your dealer for also occur from the front outboard service. A crash severe enough to inflate passenger airbag. the airbags may have also . Airbags are designed to inflate damaged important functions in only once. After an airbag the vehicle, such as the fuel inflates, you will need some new system, brake and steering parts for the airbag system. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle If you do not get them, the appears to be drivable after a airbag system will not be there moderate crash, there may be to help protect you in another concealed damage that could crash. A new system will include make it difficult to safely operate airbag modules and possibly the vehicle. other parts. The service manual for the vehicle covers the need (Continued) to replace other parts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

3-30 Seats and Restraints

Passenger Sensing If you use remote start, if equipped, According to accident statistics, to start the vehicle, you may not see children are safer when properly System the system check. When the system secured in a rear seat in the correct The vehicle has a passenger check is complete, either the word child restraint for their weight sensing system for the front ON or OFF, or the symbol for on or and size. outboard passenger position. The off, will be visible. See Passenger We recommend that children be passenger airbag status indicator Airbag Status Indicator on secured in a rear seat, including: an will light on the overhead console page 5‑17. infant or a child riding in a when the vehicle is started. The passenger sensing system rear-facing child restraint; a child turns off the front outboard riding in a forward-facing child seat; passenger frontal airbag and an older child riding in a booster seat-mounted side impact airbag seat; and children, who are large under certain conditions. No other enough, using safety belts. airbag is affected by the passenger Never put a rear-facing child seat in sensing system. the front. This is because the risk to United States The passenger sensing system the rear-facing child is so great, works with sensors that are part of if the airbag deploys. the front outboard passenger seat. The sensors are designed to detect { WARNING the presence of a properly-seated occupant and determine if the front A child in a rear-facing child outboard passenger frontal airbag restraint can be seriously injured and seat‐mounted side impact or killed if the passenger frontal Canada and Mexico airbag should be allowed to airbag inflates. This is because The words ON and OFF, or the inflate or not. the back of the rear-facing child symbol for on and off, are visible restraint would be very close to during the system check. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-31

The passenger sensing system is When the passenger sensing WARNING (Continued) designed to turn off the front system has turned off the front outboard passenger airbag and outboard passenger frontal airbag the inflating airbag. A child in a seat‐mounted side impact airbag if: and seat‐mounted side impact forward-facing child restraint can airbag, the off indicator will light and be seriously injured or killed if the . The front outboard passenger seat is unoccupied. stay lit as a reminder that the passenger frontal airbag inflates airbags are off. See Passenger and the passenger seat is in a . The system determines that an Airbag Status Indicator on forward position. infant is present in a rear-facing page 5‑17. infant seat. Even if the passenger sensing The passenger sensing system is system has turned off the front . The system determines that a designed to turn on the front outboard passenger airbag(s), no small child is present in a child outboard passenger frontal airbag system is fail-safe. No one can restraint. and seat‐mounted side impact guarantee that an airbag will not . The system determines that a airbag anytime the system senses inflate under some unusual small child is present in a that a person of adult size is sitting circumstance, even though the booster seat. properly in the front outboard airbag(s) are off. passenger seat. . A front outboard passenger Secure rear-facing child restraints takes his/her weight off of the When the passenger sensing in a rear seat, even if the seat for a period of time. system has allowed the airbags to airbag(s) are off. If you secure a be enabled, the on indicator will light . The front outboard passenger and stay lit as a reminder that the forward-facing child restraint in seat is occupied by a smaller airbags are active. the front outboard passenger person, such as a child who has seat, always move the seat as far outgrown child restraints. back as it will go. It is better to . There is a critical problem with secure the child restraint in a the airbag system or the rear seat. passenger sensing system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

3-32 Seats and Restraints

For some children who have If the On Indicator Is Lit for a 5. If, after reinstalling the child outgrown child restraints and for Child Restraint restraint and restarting the very small adults, the passenger vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, sensing system may or may not turn If a child restraint has been installed turn the vehicle off. Then slightly off the front outboard passenger and the on indicator is lit: recline the vehicle seatback and frontal airbag and seat-mounted 1. Turn the vehicle off. adjust the seat cushion, side impact airbag, depending upon if adjustable, to make sure that 2. Remove the child restraint from the person s seating posture and the vehicle seatback is not ’ the vehicle. body build. Everyone in the vehicle pushing the child restraint into who has outgrown child restraints 3. Remove any additional items the seat cushion. from the seat such as blankets, should wear a safety belt Also make sure the child cushions, seat covers, seat properly — whether or not there restraint is not trapped under heaters, or seat massagers. is an airbag for that person. the vehicle head restraint. 4. Reinstall the child restraint If this happens, adjust the head { WARNING following the directions provided restraint. See Head Restraints by the child restraint on page 3‑2. If the airbag readiness light ever manufacturer and refer to 6. Restart the vehicle. comes on and stays on, it means “Securing a Child Restraint in that something may be wrong the Right Front Seat Position ” If the on indicator is still lit, with the airbag system. To help under Securing Child Restraints secure the child restraint in a avoid injury to yourself or others, (Rear Seat) on page 3‑54 or rear seat position in the vehicle, have the vehicle serviced right Securing Child Restraints (Front and check with your dealer. away. See Airbag Readiness Passenger Seat) on page 3‑56. Light on page 5‑16 for more information, including important safety information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-33

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material A thick layer of additional material, Adult-Size Occupant from the seat, such as blankets, such as a blanket or cushion, cushions, seat covers, seat or aftermarket equipment such as heaters, or seat massagers. seat covers, seat heaters, and seat 3. Place the seatback in the fully massagers can affect how well the upright position. passenger sensing system operates. We recommend that you 4. Have the person sit upright in not use seat covers or other the seat, centered on the seat aftermarket equipment except when cushion, with legs comfortably approved by GM for your specific extended. vehicle. See Adding Equipment to 5. Restart the vehicle and have the the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on person remain in this position for page 3‑34 for more information two to three minutes after the on about modifications that can affect indicator is lit. how the system operates.

If a person of adult-size is sitting in Additional Factors Affecting { WARNING the front outboard passenger seat, System Operation but the off indicator is lit, it could be Safety belts help keep the Stowing of articles under the because that person is not sitting passenger seat or between the properly in the seat. Use the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and passenger seat cushion and following steps to allow the system seatback may interfere with the to detect that person and enable the braking, which helps the passenger proper operation of the passenger front outboard passenger frontal sensing system maintain the sensing system. airbag and seat-mounted side passenger airbag status. See impact airbag: “Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints” in the Index for additional 1. Turn the vehicle off. information about the importance of proper restraint use. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

3-34 Seats and Restraints

Servicing the Your dealer and the service manual WARNING (Continued) have information about the location Airbag-Equipped Vehicle of the airbag sensors, sensing and Airbags affect how the vehicle Be sure to follow proper service diagnostic module, and airbag should be serviced. There are parts procedures, and make sure the wiring. of the airbag system in several person performing work for you is In addition, the vehicle has a places around the vehicle. Your qualified to do so. passenger sensing system that dealer and the service manual have includes sensors as part of the information about servicing the Adding Equipment to the front outboard passenger seat. The vehicle and the airbag system. passenger sensing system may not To purchase a service manual, see Airbag-Equipped Vehicle operate properly if the original seat Service Publications Ordering Adding accessories that change the trim is replaced with non-GM Information on page 13‑17. vehicle's frame, bumper system, covers, upholstery, or trim; or with height, front end, or side sheet GM covers, upholstery, or trim { WARNING metal may keep the airbag system designed for a different vehicle. from working properly. Any object, such as an aftermarket For up to 10 seconds after the seat heater or a comfort-enhancing vehicle is turned off and the The operation of the airbag system pad or device, installed under or on battery is disconnected, an airbag can also be affected by changing or top of the seat fabric, could also can still inflate during improper moving any parts of the front seats, interfere with the operation of the service. You can be injured if you safety belts, airbag sensing and passenger sensing system. are close to an airbag when it diagnostic module, steering wheel, This could either prevent proper inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. instrument panel, roof-rail airbag deployment of the passenger They are probably part of the modules, ceiling or pillar garnish airbag(s) or prevent the passenger trim, overhead console, front airbag system. sensing system from properly sensors, side impact sensors, (Continued) turning off the passenger airbag(s). rollover sensor module, airbag See Passenger Sensing System on wiring, or cargo restraint system page 3‑30. and convenience net. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-35

If the vehicle has rollover roof‐rail Notice: If an airbag covering is airbags, see Different Size Tires damaged, opened, or broken, the WARNING (Continued) and Wheels on page 10‑67 for airbag may not work properly. additional important information. Do not open or break the airbag To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly If your vehicle needs to be modified coverings. If there are any because you have a disability and opened or broken airbag covers, after a crash, have them you have questions about whether have the airbag covering and/or inspected and any necessary the modifications will affect the airbag module replaced. For the replacements made as soon vehicle's airbag system, or if you location of the airbags, see as possible. have questions about whether the Where Are the Airbags? on airbag system will be affected if the page 3‑25. See your dealer for service. If an airbag inflates, you will need vehicle is modified for any other to replace airbag system parts. reason, call Customer Assistance. See your dealer for service. See Customer Assistance Offices Replacing Airbag System (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or Parts after a Crash If the airbag readiness light stays on Customer Assistance Offices after the vehicle is started or comes (Mexico) on page 13‑5. on when you are driving, the airbag { WARNING system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right Airbag System Check A crash can damage the away. See Airbag Readiness Light airbag systems in the vehicle. The airbag system does not need on page 5‑16 for more information. regularly scheduled maintenance or A damaged airbag system may replacement. Make sure the not work properly and may airbag readiness light is working. not protect you and your See Airbag Readiness Light on passenger(s) in a crash, resulting page 5‑16 for more information. in serious injury or even death. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

3-36 Seats and Restraints

Child Restraints The manufacturer's instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the Older children who have outgrown page 3 16 for more information. abdomen, which could cause booster seats should wear the ‑ If the shoulder belt still does not severe or even fatal internal vehicle safety belts. rest on the shoulder, then return injuries in a crash. to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort . Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑16. thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-37

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when WARNING (Continued) properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint The child might also slide under system secured in a rear seating the lap belt. The belt force would position. then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause In a crash, children who are not serious or fatal injuries. The buckled up can strike other people shoulder belt should go over the who are buckled up, or can be shoulder and across the chest. thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly. { WARNING { WARNING Never do this. Never do this. Never allow a child to wear the Never allow two children to wear safety belt with the shoulder belt the same safety belt. The safety behind their back. A child can be belt cannot properly spread the seriously injured by not wearing impact forces. In a crash, the the lap-shoulder belt properly. two children can be crushed In a crash, the child would not be together and seriously injured. restrained by the shoulder belt. A safety belt must be used by The child could move too far only one person at a time. forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

3-38 Seats and Restraints

Infants and Young Children who are not restrained WARNING (Continued) properly can strike other people, Children or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Everyone in a vehicle needs Never leave children unattended protection! This includes infants and in a vehicle and never allow { WARNING all other children. Neither the children to play with the safety distance traveled nor the age and belts. Never do this. size of the traveler changes the Never hold an infant or a child need, for everyone, to use safety Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer restraints. In fact, the law in every ‐ while riding in a vehicle. Due to protection for adults and older state in the United States and in crash forces, an infant or a child children, but not for young children every Canadian province says will become so heavy it is not and infants. Neither the vehicle's children up to some age must be possible to hold it during a crash. safety belt system nor its airbag restrained while in a vehicle. (Continued) system is designed for them. Every time infants and young children ride { WARNING in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate Children can be seriously child restraints. injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-39

WARNING (Continued) { WARNING

For example, in a crash at only Never do this. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) Children who are up against, infant will suddenly become a or very close to, any airbag when 110 kg (240 lb) force on a it inflates can be seriously injured person's arms. An infant should or killed. Never put a rear-facing be secured in an appropriate child restraint in the right front restraint. seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a forward-facing child restraint in the right front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

3-40 Seats and Restraints

Q: What are the different types of The restraint manufacturer's add-on child restraints? instructions that come with the { WARNING A: Add-on child restraints, which restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still are purchased by the vehicle so small that the vehicle's regular owner, are available in four basic child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on types. Selection of a particular the hip bones, as it should. restraint should take into available for children with special needs. Instead, it may settle up around consideration not only the child's the child's abdomen. In a crash, weight, height, and age but also the belt would apply force on a whether or not the restraint will { WARNING body area that is unprotected by be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal For most basic types of child need complete support. This is injuries. To reduce the risk of restraints, there are many because an infant's neck is not serious or fatal injuries during a different models available. When crash, young children should purchasing a child restraint, be fully developed and its head always be secured in appropriate sure it is designed to be used in weighs so much compared with a motor vehicle. If it is, the the rest of its body. In a crash, an child restraints. restraint will have a label saying infant in a rear-facing child that it meets federal motor restraint settles into the restraint, vehicle safety standards. so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant's body, the back and shoulders. Infants should always be secured in rear-facing child restraints. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-41

Child Restraint Systems

(B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats

(A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the A rear-facing infant seat (A) body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. provides restraint with the seating A booster seat can also help a child surface against the back of the to see out the window. infant. The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

3-42 Seats and Restraints

Securing an Add-On Child Children can be endangered in a In the U.S., refer to the National Restraint in the Vehicle crash if the child restraint is not Highway Traffic Safety properly secured in the vehicle. Administration (NHTSA) website to { WARNING When securing an add-on child locate the nearest child safety seat restraint, refer to the instructions inspection station. For CPST A child can be seriously injured or that come with the restraint which availability in Canada, check with killed in a crash if the child may be on the restraint itself or in a Transport Canada or the Provincial restraint is not properly secured in booklet, or both, and to this manual. Ministry of Transportation office. the vehicle. Secure the child The child restraint instructions are Securing the Child Within the restraint properly in the vehicle important, so if they are not Child Restraint using the vehicle safety belt or available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer. LATCH system, following the { WARNING instructions that came with that Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint and the instructions child restraint can move around in a A child can be seriously injured or in this manual. collision or sudden stop and injure killed in a crash if the child is not people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secured in the child To help reduce the chance of injury, properly secure any child restraint in restraint. Secure the child the child restraint must be secured the vehicle — even when no child properly following the instructions in the vehicle. Child restraint is in it. that came with that child restraint. systems must be secured in vehicle In some areas of the United States seats by lap belts or the lap belt and Canada, Certified Child portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by Passenger Safety Technicians the LATCH system. See Lower (CPSTs) are available to inspect Anchors and Tethers for Children and demonstrate how to correctly (LATCH System) on page 3‑45 for use and install child restraints. more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-43

Where to Put the { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Restraint According to accident statistics, A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child restraints children and infants are safer when restraint can be seriously injured in a rear seat, even if the airbag properly restrained in a child or killed if the right front is off. If you secure a restraint system or infant restraint passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint in system secured in a rear seating because the back of the the right front seat, always move position. rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to We recommend that children and airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a child restraints be secured in a rear child restraint can be seriously rear seat. seat, including: an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint; injured or killed if the right front See Passenger Sensing System passenger airbag inflates and the a child riding in a forward-facing on page 3‑30 for additional child seat; an older child riding in a passenger seat is in a forward information. booster seat; and children, who are position. large enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing When securing a child restraint in a A label on your sun visor says, system has turned off the right rear seating position, study the “Never put a rear-facing child seat in front passenger frontal airbag, no instructions that came with your the front.” This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can child restraint to make sure it is the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not compatible with this vehicle. if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual If the vehicle does not have a rear circumstance, even though it is seat that will accommodate a turned off. rear-facing child restraint, we (Continued) recommend that rear-facing child restraints not be transported in the vehicle, even if the airbag is off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

3-44 Seats and Restraints

Child restraints and booster seats If you need to secure more than one vary considerably in size, and some child restraint in the rear seat, may fit in certain seating positions review the following illustrations. better than others. Always make sure the child restraint is properly Configurations for Use of Child secured. Restraints Depending on where you place the A. Child restraint or occupant child restraint and the size of the using safety belt child restraint, you may not be able to access adjacent safety belt assemblies or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints. Adjacent seating positions should not be used if the A. Child restraint using LATCH child restraint prevents access to or B. Occupant prohibited interferes with the routing of the A. Child restraint or occupant safety belt. using safety belt Wherever you install a child B. Child restraint using LATCH restraint, be sure to secure the child restraint properly. Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure A. Child restraint using LATCH people in the vehicle. Be sure to B. Occupant prohibited properly secure any child restraint in C. Child restraint or occupant your vehicle even when no child — using safety belt is in it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-45

Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with Lower Anchors a top tether, you must also use Tethers for Children either the lower anchors or the (LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must restraint during driving or in a crash. never be installed using only the This system is designed to make top tether and anchor. installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system The LATCH system uses anchors in in your vehicle, you need a the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that has LATCH child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you with Lower anchors (A) are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are Make sure that a LATCH-compatible instructions on how to use the child two lower anchors for each child restraint is properly installed restraint and its attachments. The LATCH seating position that will using the anchors, or use the following explains how to attach a accommodate a child restraint with vehicle's safety belts to secure the child restraint with these lower attachments (B). restraint, following the instructions attachments in your vehicle. that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

3-46 Seats and Restraints

Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a Lower Anchor and Top Tether single tether (A) or a dual Anchor Locations tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that A top tether (A, C) anchors the top forward-facing child restraints have of the child restraint to the vehicle. a top tether, and that the tether be A top tether anchor is built into attached. Be sure to read and the vehicle. The top tether follow the instructions for your Rear Seat attachment (B) on the child restraint child restraint. connects to the top tether anchor in I (Top Tether Anchor): Seating the vehicle in order to reduce the positions with top tether anchors. forward movement and rotation of H (Lower Anchor): Seating the child restraint during driving or positions with two lower anchors. in a crash. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-47

Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether To assist you in locating the lower must be attached. anchors, each seating position with According to accident statistics, lower anchors has two labels, near children and infants are safer when the crease between the seatback properly restrained in a child and the seat cushion. restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating Top Tether Anchors position. See Where to Put the The top tether anchors for each rear Restraint on page 3‑43 for seating position are located under additional information. the covers, on the back of the rear seatback. Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the To assist you in locating the top vehicle as the seating position tether anchors, the top tether anchor where the child restraint will symbol is located on the cover. be placed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

3-48 Seats and Restraints

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH { WARNING WARNING (Continued) System Do not attach more than one child Pull the shoulder belt all the way { restraint to a single anchor. out of the retractor to set the lock, WARNING Attaching more than one child if the vehicle has one, after the restraint to a single anchor could child restraint has been installed. If a LATCH-type child restraint is cause the anchor or attachment not attached to anchors, the child to come loose or even break restraint will not be able to protect during a crash. A child or others Notice: Do not let the LATCH the child correctly. In a crash, the could be injured. To reduce the attachments rub against the child could be seriously injured or risk of serious or fatal injuries vehicle’s safety belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, killed. Install a LATCH-type child during a crash, attach only one move buckled safety belts to restraint properly using the child restraint per anchor. anchors, or use the vehicle safety avoid rubbing the LATCH belts to secure the restraint, attachments. following the instructions that Do not fold the empty rear seat came with the child restraint and { WARNING with a safety belt buckled. This the instructions in this manual. could damage the safety belt or Children can be seriously injured the seat. Unbuckle and return the or strangled if a shoulder belt is safety belt to its stowed position, wrapped around their neck and before folding the seat. the safety belt continues to Make sure to attach the child tighten. Buckle any unused safety restraint at the proper anchor belts behind the child restraint so location. children cannot reach them. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-49

This system is designed to make 1.2. Put the child restraint on 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten installation of child restraints easier. the seat. the top tether according When using lower anchors, do not For the outboard rear to your child restraint use the vehicle's safety belts. seating positions, if the instructions and the Instead use the vehicle's anchors head restraint interferes following instructions: and child restraint attachments to with the proper installation secure the restraints. Some of the child restraint, the restraints also use another vehicle head restraint may be anchor to secure a top tether. removed. See “Head 1. Attach and tighten the lower Restraint Removal and attachments to the lower Reinstallation” at the end anchors. If the child restraint of this section. does not have lower 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments or the desired attachments on the child seating position does not have restraint to the lower . If you are using a dual lower anchors, secure the child anchors. restraint with the top tether and tether in the rear outboard the safety belts. Refer to your 2. If the child restraint manufacturer seating position with an child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether adjustable head restraint, instructions and the instructions be attached, attach and tighten route the dual tether around in this manual. the top tether to the top tether the head restraint. anchor, if equipped. Refer to the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for child restraint instructions and the desired seating the following steps: position. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor and open its cover to expose the anchor. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

3-50 Seats and Restraints

. If you are using a dual . If you are using a single . If you are using a single tether in the rear outboard tether in the rear outboard tether in the rear outboard seating position and the seating position with an seating position and the head restraint has been adjustable head restraint, head restraint has been removed, route the dual route the single tether removed, route the single tether over the seatback. under the head restraint tether over the seatback. and in between the head restraint posts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-51

3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side‐to‐side and back‐and‐forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation.

. If you are using a dual . If you are using a single tether in the rear center tether in the rear center seating position, lower the seating position, lower the adjustable headrest down adjustable headrest down to its stowed position and to its stowed position and route the dual tether over route the single tether over the headrest. the headrest. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

3-52 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraint Removal and To remove the head restraint: 3. Store the head restraint in the Reinstallation 1. Partially fold the seatback cargo area of the vehicle. The rear outboard head restraints forward. See Rear Seats on 4. When the child restraint is can be removed if they interfere with page 3‑11 for additional removed, reinstall the head the proper installation of the child information. restraint before the seating restraint. The headrest in the rear position is used. center seating position is not removable and should be lowered { WARNING to the stowed position for child restraint installation. With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

2. Press both buttons on the head restraint posts at the same time, and pull up on the head restraint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-53

To reinstall the head restraint: 2. Push the head restraint down. Replacing LATCH System If necessary, press the height Parts After a Crash adjustment release button to further lower the head restraint. { WARNING See Head Restraints on page 3‑2. A crash can damage the LATCH 3. Try to move the head restraint to system in the vehicle. A damaged make sure that it is locked in LATCH system may not properly place. secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH system is working properly after a crash, see your dealer to have the 1. Insert the head restraint posts system inspected and any into the holes in the top of the seatback. The notches (A) on necessary replacements made as the posts must face the driver soon as possible. side of the vehicle. If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

3-54 Seats and Restraints

Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions of (Rear Seat) a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle's safety belt through When securing a child restraint in a attached. or around the restraint. The child rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have restraint instructions will show instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be you how. restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when System) on page 3‑45 for how and and as the instructions say. where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑43. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on page 3‑45 for top tether anchor the seat. locations. If the head restraint interferes 3. Push the latch plate into the Do not secure a child seat in a with the proper installation of the buckle until it clicks. position without a top tether anchor child restraint, the head restraint Position the release button on if a national or local law requires may be removed. See “Head the buckle so that the safety belt that the top tether be anchored, or if Restraint Removal and could be quickly unbuckled if the instructions that come with the Reinstallation” under Lower necessary. child restraint say that the top strap Anchors and Tethers for must be anchored. Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑45. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-55

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑45 for more information. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down safety belt path and attempt to out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the move it side to side and back lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to and forth. When the child set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, restraint is properly installed, not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back there should be no more than into the retractor. When installing 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

3-56 Seats and Restraints

To remove the child restraint, Securing Child Restraints unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and { WARNING let it return to the stowed position. (Front Passenger Seat) If the top tether is attached to a This vehicle has airbags. A rear A child in a rear-facing child top tether anchor, disconnect it. seat is a safer place to secure a restraint can be seriously If the head restraint was removed, forward-facing child restraint. injured or killed if the right front reinstall it before the seating See Where to Put the Restraint on passenger airbag inflates. position is used. See “Head page 3‑43. This is because the back of the Restraint Removal and rear-facing child restraint would In addition, the vehicle has a Reinstallation under Lower Anchors be very close to the inflating ” passenger sensing system which is and Tethers for Children (LATCH airbag. A child in a forward-facing designed to turn off the right front System) on page 3 45 for additional child restraint can be seriously ‑ passenger frontal airbag under information on installing the head certain conditions. See Passenger injured or killed if the right front restraint properly. passenger airbag inflates and Sensing System on page 3‑30 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the passenger seat is in a on page 5‑17 for more information, forward position. including important safety Even if the passenger sensing information. system has turned off the right A label on the sun visor says, front passenger frontal airbag, no “Never put a rear-facing child seat in system is fail-safe. No one can the front.” This is because the risk to guarantee that an airbag will not the rear-facing child is so great, deploy under some unusual if the airbag deploys. circumstance, even though it is turned off. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-57

If the vehicle does not have a Do not secure a child seat in a WARNING (Continued) rear seat that will accommodate position without a top tether anchor a rear‐facing child restraint, a if a national or local law requires Secure rear-facing child restraints rear‐facing child restraint should that the top tether be anchored, or if in a rear seat, even if the airbag not be installed in the vehicle, the instructions that come with the is off. If you secure a even if the airbag is off. child restraint say that the top strap forward-facing child restraint in must be anchored. the right front seat, always move If the child restraint has the LATCH the front passenger seat as far system, see Lower Anchors and In Canada, the law requires that Tethers for Children (LATCH forward-facing child restraints have back as it will go. It is better to System) on page 3 45 for how and a top tether, and that the tether secure the child restraint in a ‑ where to install the child restraint be attached. rear seat. using LATCH. If a child restraint is See Passenger Sensing System secured using a safety belt and it on page 3‑30 for additional uses a top tether, see Lower information. Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑45 for top tether anchor locations. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

3-58 Seats and Restraints

You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger frontal airbag and seat‐mounted side impact airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way indicator should light and stay buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the lit when you start the vehicle. Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is See Passenger Airbag Status the buckle, so that the safety set, the belt can be tightened but Indicator on page 5‑17. belt could be quickly unbuckled not pulled out of the retractor. 2. Put the child restraint on if necessary. the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Seats and Restraints 3-59

Try to pull the belt out of the If the airbags are off, the off retractor to make sure the indicator in the passenger airbag retractor is locked. If the status indicator will come on and retractor is not locked, repeat stay on when the vehicle is started. Steps 5 and 6. If a child restraint has been installed If the vehicle does not have a and the on indicator is lit, see “If the rear seat and the child restraint On Indicator is Lit for a Child has a top tether, follow the child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing restraint manufacturer's System on page 3‑30 for more instructions regarding the use of information. the top tether. See Lower To remove the child restraint, Anchors and Tethers for unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 6. To tighten the belt, push down Children (LATCH System) on let it return to the stowed position. on the child restraint, pull the page 3‑45 for more information. shoulder portion of the belt to 7. Before placing a child in the tighten the lap portion of the belt, child restraint, make sure it is and feed the shoulder belt back securely held in place. To check, into the retractor. When installing grasp the child restraint at the a forward-facing child restraint, it safety belt path and attempt to may be helpful to use your knee move it side to side and back to push down on the child and forth. When the child restraint as you tighten the belt. restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

3-60 Seats and Restraints

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Storage 4-1

Storage Move the slide control to allow cool Storage air into the glove box. After opening Compartments the air flow, close the glove box Storage Compartments door to keep the cold air from entering the vehicle. Glove Box ...... 4-1 Glove Box Cupholders ...... 4-1 Lift the glove box handle up to open Cupholders Front Storage ...... 4-2 it. Use the key to lock and unlock Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 the glove box. Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover ...... 4-3 Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 4-4 Cargo Management System ...... 4-4 Cargo Net ...... 4-9 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Roof Rack System Roof Rack System ...... 4-11

This vehicle has a cupholder equipped with a divider that can be The glove box is air conditioned and adjusted to accommodate large can be used to store items at a containers or small containers. lower temperature. The vehicle air conditioning must be turned on for For large containers, push the the maximum cool air to enter the button to move aside the divider and glove box. make the cupholder deeper. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

4-2 Storage

For small containers, push down on Armrest Storage There is an accessory power outlet the top edge of the divider to lock it inside the center console. See back in place and make the For vehicles with a rear seat Power Outlets on page 5‑8 for more cupholder shorter. armrest, pull the rear seat armrest information. forward to access cupholders with Front Storage removable liners. For vehicles with a rear storage area, pull the lever to access. Center Console Storage The center console has an armrest, upper storage tray, and a lower storage area. The armrest can be adjusted to a rearward, middle, and forward position. Slide the top of the armrest to adjust to the desired position. Push the button to open the storage To access the storage, move the area located at the rear of the armrest to the full rearward position center console. A storage area is located in front of to access the storage compartment the shift lever. Push upward on the buttons. top of the door and release; the door automatically opens. Push the driver side button to access the upper storage tray. Push There is an accessory power outlet the passenger side button to access inside. See Power Outlets on the lower storage area. page 5‑8. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Storage 4-3

Additional Storage into the rear compartment, or the lower (B) position to conceal objects Features in the rear compartment. Cargo Cover Install the Cargo Cover 1. Hold the cartridge so that the For vehicles with the dual position pull‐out shade faces the rear of cargo cover, it can be used to the vehicle. cover items in the cargo area of the vehicle.

5. Insert the shade pins in the channels (C) on both sides. 6. Slide the shade to the lower (B) position, or the halfway open (A) position.

2. Align the cartridge over the pins on the trim panels of the vehicle. The shade can be set in two positions. It can be set in a halfway 3. Push down on the cartridge to open (A) position for loading objects snap it into place. 4. Unroll the shade toward the rear of the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

4-4 Storage

Remove the Cargo Cover Cargo Management { WARNING 1. Remove the cover from the System channels and carefully roll it An improperly stored cargo cover back up. could be thrown about the vehicle during a collision or sudden maneuver. Someone could be injured. If the cover is removed, always store it in the proper storage location. When it is replaced, always be sure that it is securely reattached.

Cargo Tie-Downs For vehicles equipped with cargo tie‐downs, the four tie-downs are To open the cargo management located in the rear compartment of system, press the handle to unlatch 2. Slide the button on the top to the vehicle. Use the tie-downs to and then lift up. release the cartridge. secure small loads. 3. Pull up to remove the cartridge from the pins. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Storage 4-5

WARNING (Continued)

Be sure to return the cover to the closed position and latch before driving. If the cover is removed, always store it outside of the vehicle. When it is replaced, always be sure that it is securely reattached.

To access the rear storage areas of A prop rod locks to hold the cover Press the red button on the prop rod the cargo management system, and up when opened. to close the cover. the tire sealant and compressor kit: Four hooks are located on the Rear Storage Area 1. Remove the cargo cover, inside cover and can be used for if equipped. storing items. { WARNING 2. Open the cargo management There may be additional storage system cover. compartments on each side of the An improperly latched and closed cargo management system. Lift the cargo cover, or cargo cover left in panel up to open. the open position, could be thrown about the vehicle during a crash or sudden maneuver. Someone could be injured. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

4-6 Storage

U-Rail

3. Release the prop rod from the 4. Store the cargo management inside cover by sliding the red system cover by hooking it onto clip down. the weatherstrip. For vehicles with a u-rail system, Unhook the prop rod from the the fence can be moved to different pin on the inside cover. Store the positions on the u-rail track to unhooked prop rod by folding it secure cargo. into the cargo management compartment. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Storage 4-7

3. Reinstall the fence and lock both Installing the Fence latches (A) by turning to align Q with the arrow on the adapter (B).

Push both adapter buttons to move the adapters (B) on the straight part of the u-rail. Insert the fence into the adapters and lock both latches (A) by turning To move the fence around the u-rail, to align with the arrow on the disconnect one side: Q Use the fence to secure items in adapter (B). 1. Unlock by turning the latch (A) to place. Storing the Fence align K with the arrow on the adapter (B). Removing the Fence 1. Lift the cargo management system cover. 2. Push the adapter button to move Unlock by turning both latches (A) to the adapters (B) to the desired align K with the arrow on the 2. Release the cover from the position. adapter (B). Lift and remove prop rod as described in the the fence. previous steps. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

4-8 Storage

D-Ring Sliders For vehicles with a D-ring system, there are four D-ring sliders that move along rails. These can be used as tie-downs when storing cargo.

3. Insert the top of the fence into The loop of the D-ring slider must the lower two clips (A). be facing inward toward the storage 4. Turn the bottom of the fence up area and the ring must be in the up and insert it into the upper two position for proper usage. clips (B).

Insert the D-ring sliders (A) into the channel (B) located in the middle of the rail. Push the button to move the D-ring slider along the rail. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Storage 4-9

Cargo Net There are four openings in the headliner: two located behind the front seats and two behind the { WARNING rear seats. Do not stack items higher than the upper end of the cargo net or hang anything from the net. Avoid items that have sharp edges or that apply excessive force to the net. If items are not properly stored, damage to the net could occur and items can be thrown about the vehicle. You or others 3. Mount the cargo net to the could be injured. Always store rear seat tethers located on the items behind the net. back of the folded down rear seats and pull on the straps to tighten the net. For vehicles equipped with a cargo 1. Insert the top corners of the net, it can be used to store light 4. When the net is installed in cargo net into the large opening the headliner opening located loads, keeping them from falling in the headliner and secure by over or being thrown into the cabin behind the rear seats, the rear sliding them into the small seatbacks should be upright. during heavy braking. opening. The net should not be overloaded or 2. The rear seatbacks should be used to store heavy loads. folded down when the net is installed in the headliner opening located behind the front seats. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

4-10 Storage

3. Roll up the cargo net, storing it into the attached vinyl bag. 4. Open the cargo management system cover. 5. For vehicles with an inflator kit, store the cargo net in the available space next to the kit. Convenience Net This vehicle may have a convenience net located in the rear 5. Mount the cargo net to the cargo 6. Pull on the straps to tighten of the vehicle. Attach it to the cargo tie-downs located on the lower the net. tie‐downs for storing small loads. side panels. Cargo Net Storage Do not use the net to store heavy loads. The cargo net can be removed from the vehicle and stored in the cargo management system. 1. Disconnect the net from the roof openings and the tethers. 2. Press the red button on the center of the net to fold it in half. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Storage 4-11

Roof Rack System Notice: Loading cargo on the Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, roof rack that weighs more than sharp turns, sudden braking, 100 kg (220 lbs) or hangs over the or abrupt maneuvers; otherwise it { WARNING rear or sides of the vehicle may may result in loss of control. damage the vehicle. Load cargo If driving for a long distance, on If something is carried on top of onto the roof rack so that it rests rough roads, or at high speeds, the vehicle that is longer or wider evenly between the siderails, occasionally stop the vehicle to than the roof rack — like paneling, making sure to fasten cargo make sure the cargo remains in its plywood, or a mattress — the securely. place. Do not exceed the maximum wind can catch it while the vehicle vehicle capacity when loading the is being driven. The item being vehicle. For more information on carried could be violently torn off, vehicle capacity and loading, see and this could cause a collision Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12. and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier.

For vehicles with a roof rack, the rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM Certified To prevent damage or loss of cargo crossrails can be purchased as an when driving, check to make sure accessory. See your dealer for crossrails and cargo are securely additional information. fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s center of gravity higher. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

4-12 Storage

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-1

Fuel Gauge ...... 5-12 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-27 Instruments and Fuel Economy Gauge ...... 5-13 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-27 Controls Engine Coolant Temperature Cruise Control Light ...... 5-28 Gauge ...... 5-14 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Information Displays Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Driver Information Controls Center (DIC) ...... 5-28 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Passenger Airbag Status Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Indicator ...... 5-17 Vehicle Messages Heated Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-32 Horn ...... 5-3 Malfunction Battery Voltage and Charging Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-18 Messages ...... 5-33 Rear Window Wiper/ Brake System Warning Brake System Messages . . . . 5-33 Washer ...... 5-6 Light ...... 5-21 Compass Messages ...... 5-34 Headlamp Washer ...... 5-6 Electric Parking Brake Cruise Control Messages . . . . 5-34 Compass ...... 5-7 Light ...... 5-21 Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Clock (Analog Clock) ...... 5-7 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Cooling System Clock (Digital Clock) ...... 5-7 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Messages ...... 5-34 Traction Off Light ...... 5-23 Power Outlets ...... 5-8 ® Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-35 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 5-23 Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-35 Traction Control System Ashtrays ...... 5-10 ® Fuel System Messages ...... 5-36 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . 5-24 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-36 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Lamp Messages ...... 5-36 Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-25 Object Detection System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Fuel Economy Light ...... 5-25 Messages ...... 5-37 Indicators ...... 5-10 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Ride Control System Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Security Light ...... 5-26 Messages ...... 5-37 Speedometer ...... 5-12 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-38 Odometer ...... 5-12 Adaptive Forward Lighting Safety Belt Messages ...... 5-38 Tachometer ...... 5-12 (AFL) Light ...... 5-27 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

5-2 Instruments and Controls

Anti-theft Alarm System Controls 3. Pull or push the steering wheel Messages ...... 5-38 closer or away from you. Service Vehicle Messages . . . 5-38 4. Pull the lever up to lock the Starting the Vehicle Steering Wheel steering wheel in place. Messages ...... 5-38 Adjustment Tire Messages ...... 5-38 Do not adjust the steering wheel Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-39 while driving. Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-40 Steering Wheel Controls Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . 5-40 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-40 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-40 Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . 5-46 Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-46 Universal Remote System To adjust the steering wheel: Operation ...... 5-49 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. Use these controls, if equipped, to make audio adjustments at the steering wheel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-3

y or z : Press y to select the 0 / c (End Call/Mute): Press to Heated Steering Wheel next favorite radio station or next silence the vehicle speakers only. CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. Press again to turn the sound on. For vehicles with OnStar or Press z to select the previous Bluetooth systems, press to reject favorite radio station or previous an incoming call, or end a CD, DVD, if equipped, or MP3 track. current call. + x − (Volume): Press + to SRCE: Press to select an audio increase the volume; press − to source. For vehicles with a heated decrease the volume. steering wheel, use the infotainment buttons to select an audio source. b / g (Push to Talk): For vehicles ® ® See Heated Steering Wheel on For vehicles with a heated steering with an OnStar , Bluetooth , page 5‑3 or Overview (Radio with wheel, the button for this feature is or navigation system, press to located on the steering wheel. interact with those systems. See CD) on page 7‑3 or Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) on Bluetooth (Overview) on page 7 47 ( : Press to turn the heated ‑ page 7 5 for more information. or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls) ‑ steering wheel on or off. A light on on page 7‑49 or Bluetooth (Voice the button displays when the feature Recognition) on page 7‑53 or is turned on. Bluetooth (UHP Mexico Only) on The steering wheel takes about page 7‑59, OnStar Overview on three minutes to start heating. page 14‑1, or the separate navigation manual for more Horn information. Press a on the steering wheel pad to sound the horn. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

5-4 Instruments and Controls

Windshield Wiper/Washer Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement on page 10‑26. Heavy snow or ice can overload INT: (Intermittent Wipes): Move the wiper motor. the lever up to INT for intermittent The windshield wiper/washer lever x Wipe Parking is located on the right side of the wipes, then turn the INT band If the ignition is changed to steering column. With the ignition in up for more frequent wipes or down STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ for less frequent wipes. If the mode while the wipers are on 1, 2, START, move the windshield wiper vehicle has Rainsense™, see the or INT, they will immediately stop. lever to select the wiper speed. following Rainsense information. If the windshield wiper lever is then HI: Use for fast wipes. OFF: Use to turn the wipers off. 8 moved to off before the driver door LO: Use for slow wipes. (Mist): For a single wipe, briefly is opened or within 10 minutes, the move the wiper lever down. For wipers will restart and move to the several wipes, hold the wiper base of the windshield. lever down. If the ignition is changed to STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-5

Rainsense™ Turn the x INT band on the wiper Windshield Washer For vehicles with Rainsense, a lever to adjust the sensitivity. Pull the windshield wiper lever sensor located near the top center . Turn the band up for more toward you to spray windshield of the windshield detects the sensitivity to moisture. washer fluid and activate the wipers. amount of water on the windshield The wipers will continue until the and automatically controls the . Turn the band down for less lever is released or the maximum frequency of the windshield wiper. sensitivity to moisture. wash time is reached. When the Keep this area of the windshield . Move the windshield wiper lever windshield wiper lever is released, clear of debris to allow for best out of the G position to additional wipes may occur system performance. deactivate Rainsense. depending on how long the windshield washer had been Wiper Arm Assembly Protection activated. See Washer Fluid on When using an automatic car wash, page 10‑20 for information on move the windshield wiper lever to filling the windshield washer fluid OFF. This disables the automatic reservoir. Rainsense windshield wipers and/or rear wiper. { WARNING With Rainsense, if the transmission In freezing weather, do not use INT (Rainsense Wipe is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle the washer until the windshield is Sensitivity Control): Move the speed is very slow, the wipers will warmed. Otherwise the washer windshield wiper lever to INT. automatically stop at the base of the fluid can form ice on the windshield. windshield, blocking your vision. The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

5-6 Instruments and Controls

Rear Window Wiper/ window. The lever automatically Headlamp Washer returns to its original position Washer when released. For vehicles with headlamp The rear wiper controls are on the washers, they are located to the Reverse Gear Wipes end of the windshield wiper lever. side of the headlamps. If the rear wiper control is off, the The headlamps must be on in order rear wiper will automatically operate to use the headlamp washers. If the continuously when the shift lever headlamps are not on, only the is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield will be washed. windshield wiper is performing low or high speed wipes. If the rear Pull the wiper lever toward you wiper control is off, the shift lever is and hold briefly to activate. The in R (Reverse), and the front headlamp washers will spray once, pause, and spray again. The ON: Press the upper portion of windshield wiper is performing interval wipes, then the rear wiper headlamp washer will spray again the button for continuous rear after five windshield wash cycles. window wipes. automatically performs interval wipes. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑20 for OFF: The rear wiper turns off This feature can be changed. information on filling the windshield when the button is returned to the washer fluid. middle position. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40. INT (Intermittent Rear Wipes): Press the lower portion of the button The windshield washer reservoir is to set a delay between wipes. used for the windshield and the rear window. Check the fluid level in the = (Rear Washer): Push the reservoir if either washer is not windshield wiper lever forward to working. See Washer Fluid on spray washer fluid on the rear page 10‑20. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-7

Compass See Compass Messages on Clock (Digital Clock) page 5‑34 for more information on The vehicle may have a compass the messages that may be The infotainment system controls display on the Driver Information displayed for the compass. are used to access the time and Center (DIC). The compass receives date settings through the menu its heading and other information Clock (Analog Clock) system. See Operation on page 7‑7 from the Global Positioning for information about how to use the System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, The analog clock is located on the menu system. See the separate and vehicle speed information. instrument panel above the radio. navigation manual for instructions The clock is not connected with any Avoid covering the GPS antenna for on how to operate the digital clock other vehicle system and runs by long periods of time with objects for the navigation system. itself. To adjust the clock: that may interfere with the antenna's To turn the digital clock on or off: 1. Locate the adjustment buttons ability to receive a satellite signal. 1. Press the CONFIG button. See Multi-Band Antenna on directly below the clock face. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. page 7‑18 for the location of the 2. Push and hold either adjustment vehicle's antenna. The compass button to advance or reverse the 3. Select Clock Displayed. system is designed to operate for a clock hands. Holding the buttons certain number of miles or degrees 4. Press MENU/SELECT to turn down will cause the clock to the clock on or off. of turn before needing a signal advance faster. Release the from the GPS satellites. When the buttons before reaching the compass display shows CAL, drive desired time. the vehicle for a short distance in an open area where it can receive a 3. Push and release the buttons to GPS signal. The compass system increase the time by one minute will automatically determine when a increments until the desired time GPS signal is restored and provide is reached. a heading again. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

5-8 Instruments and Controls

Setting the Time and Date Setting the Month & Day Power Outlets Format 1. Press the CONFIG button. The accessory power outlets can be 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 1. Press the CONFIG button. used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone or MP3 player. 3. Select Set Time or Set Date. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 3. Highlight Month & Day Format. The vehicle has four accessory 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to power outlets. The power outlets adjust the highlighted value. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob located below the climate control 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select MM/DD (month/day) or system inside the front storage bin, to select the next value. DD/MM (day/month). inside the center floor console, and on the rear of the center floor 6. To save the time or date and Setting the Auto Time Adjust console are powered while the return to the Time and Date 1. Press the CONFIG button. vehicle is in ON/RUN/START or Settings menu, press the / 2. Select Time and Date Settings. ACC/ACCESSORY mode, or until BACK button at any time or the driver door is opened within press the MENU/SELECT knob 3. Highlight Auto Time Adjust. 10 minutes of turning off the vehicle. after adjusting the minutes 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob or year. The power outlet located in the rear to turn Auto Time Adjust on cargo area is powered at all times. Setting the 12/24 Hour Format or off. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 2. Select Time and Date Settings. 3. Highlight 12/24 Hour Format. 4. Press the MENU/SELECT knob to select the 12 hour or 24 hour display format. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-9

There is a small cap that must be When adding electrical equipment, Cigarette Lighter removed to access the accessory be sure to follow the proper power outlet. When not using the installation instructions included There may be a cigarette lighter outlet be sure to cover it with the with the equipment. See Add-On located under the climate control protective cap. Electrical Equipment on page 9‑60. system, inside the front storage bin. Notice: Leaving electrical Notice: Hanging heavy To activate the cigarette lighter, equipment plugged in for an equipment from the power outlet push it into the heating element and extended period of time while the can cause damage not covered let go. The lighter pops out when it vehicle is off will drain the by the vehicle warranty. The is ready to be used. battery. Power is always supplied power outlets are designed for Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter to the rear cargo outlet. Always accessory power plugs only, such in while it is heating does not let unplug electrical equipment when as cell phone charge cords. the lighter back away from the not in use and do not plug in heating element when it is hot. equipment that exceeds the Damage from overheating can maximum 20 ampere rating. occur to the lighter or heating Certain accessory power plugs element, or a fuse could be may not be compatible with the blown. Do not hold a cigarette accessory power outlet and could lighter in while it is heating. overload vehicle or adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

5-10 Instruments and Controls

Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle There may be an ashtray located Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning under the climate control system on lights work together to indicate a the instrument panel. Press the door Indicators problem with the vehicle. to release the ashtray. Warning lights and gauges can When one of the warning lights To empty the ashtray, remove it signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while from the instrument panel by holding before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges the edges and pulling straight out. to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, To reinstall, push the tray back replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what into place. warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. prevent injury. There may also be ashtrays located Waiting to do repairs can be costly on the center floor console behind Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. the shift lever and in the rear doors. could be a problem with a vehicle function. Some warning lights come Notice: If papers, pins, or other on briefly when the engine is started flammable items are put in the to indicate they are working. ashtray, hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle. Never put flammable items in the ashtray. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-11

Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

5-12 Instruments and Controls

Speedometer Tachometer Fuel Gauge The speedometer shows the The tachometer displays the vehicle's speed in either kilometers engine speed in revolutions per per hour (km/h) or miles per minute (rpm). hour (mph). Notice: If the engine is operated with the tachometer in the shaded Odometer warning area, the vehicle could The odometer shows how far the be damaged, and the damages vehicle has been driven, in either would not be covered by the kilometers or miles. vehicle warranty. Do not operate the engine with the tachometer in This vehicle has a tamper-resistant the shaded warning area. odometer. If the vehicle needs a new odometer installed, the new Metric one is set to the mileage of the old odometer. If this is not possible, it is set at zero and a label is put on the driver door to show the old mileage reading. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-13

Here are four things that some Fuel Economy Gauge owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge: . At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than English half the tank's capacity to When the ignition is on, the fuel fill the tank. Metric gauge indicates about how much . The gauge moves a little while fuel is left in the tank. turning a corner or speeding up. An arrow on the fuel gauge . The gauge takes a few seconds indicates the side of the vehicle the to stabilize after the ignition is fuel door is on. turned on, and goes back to When the indicator nears empty, the empty when the ignition is low fuel light comes on. There still is turned off. a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

5-14 Instruments and Controls

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

English English The gauge shows the fuel usage This gauge measures the that the vehicle is currently temperature of the vehicle's engine. Metric achieving in MPG and in liters per If the indicator needle moves into 100 kilometers (l/100 km). the shaded area, the engine is MIN/20: Is when the least efficient too hot. fuel economy usually occurs during While driving under normal acceleration or when idling. operating conditions, if the needle MAX/l/100 km: Is when the best moves into the shaded area, the fuel economy is being achieved. engine is too hot. Pull off the road, This gauge moves often as it is an stop the vehicle and turn off the instantaneous calculation based on engine as soon as possible. current driving conditions. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-15

Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light reminder light and chime may turn Driver Safety Belt Reminder on if an object is put on the seat Light such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other There is a driver safety belt electronic device. To turn off the reminder light on the instrument reminder light and/or chime, remove panel cluster. the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt. When the vehicle is started this light Second Row Passenger Belt flashes and a chime may come on Reminder Light to remind the front passenger to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is When the vehicle is started this light buckled. flashes and a chime comes on to This cycle may continue several remind drivers to fasten their safety times if the passenger remains or belt. Then the light stays on solid becomes unbuckled while the until the belt is buckled. vehicle is moving. When the engine is started and the This cycle may continue several If the passenger safety belt is Trip/Fuel display is chosen, three times if the driver remains or buckled, neither the chime nor the gray safety belt symbols come on becomes unbuckled during driving light comes on. and stay on for several seconds on while the vehicle is moving. the top of the Driver information Center (DIC) to remind passengers If the driver safety belt is already to fasten their safety belts. buckled, neither the light nor chime comes on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

5-16 Instruments and Controls

If the Vehicle Information is Airbag Readiness Light selected, a full page screen displays { WARNING at start-up the three safety belt This light shows if there is an symbols. electrical problem. The system If the airbag readiness light stays check includes the airbag sensor(s), on after the vehicle is started or Once the passenger safety belt is passenger sensing system, the comes on while driving, it means buckled, the corresponding safety pretensioners, the airbag modules, the airbag system might not be belt symbol in the DIC turns green. the wiring, and the crash sensing working properly. The airbags in There are no seat position sensors and diagnostic module. For more the vehicle might not inflate in a in the seat, nor a safety belt information on the airbag system, crash, or they could even inflate reminder sensor pad. If a safety belt see Airbag System on page 3‑23. without a crash. To help avoid is not initially buckled, the cluster continues to show the gray safety injury, have the vehicle serviced belt icon. right away. While the vehicle is moving, if a second row passenger who was previously buckled becomes unbuckled, a full screen warning displays with the corresponding The airbag readiness light comes on safety belt indicator flashing red. and stays on for several seconds A chime may sound. when the vehicle is started. Acknowledge warning messages by Then the light goes out. pressing any of the DIC buttons. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-17

Passenger Airbag Status If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status Indicator indicator, it means that the The vehicle has a passenger passenger sensing system has sensing system. See Passenger turned off the right front passenger Sensing System on page 3‑30 for frontal and seat‐mounted side important safety information. The Canada and Mexico impact airbag. overhead console has a passenger If, after several seconds, both airbag status indicator. When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator status indicator lights remain on, will light ON and OFF, or the symbol or if there are no lights at all, there for on and off, for several seconds may be a problem with the lights or as a system check. If you are using the passenger sensing system. remote start, if equipped, to start the See your dealer for service. vehicle from a distance you may not see the system check. Then, after { WARNING United States several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, If the airbag readiness light ever or either the on or off symbol to let comes on and stays on, it means you know the status of the right front that something may be wrong passenger frontal and seat‐mounted with the airbag system. To help side impact airbag. avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status away. See Airbag Readiness indicator, it means that the right Light on page 5‑16 for more front passenger frontal airbag and information, including important seat‐mounted side impact airbag safety information. are enabled (may inflate). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

5-18 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light If a short distance must be driven with the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner. Malfunction Indicator Lamp If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on and stays on while the A computer system called OBD II engine is running, this indicates that The charging system light comes on (On-Board Diagnostics-Second briefly when the ignition is turned there is an OBD II problem and Generation) monitors the operation service is required. on, but the engine is not running, as of the vehicle to ensure emissions a check to show the light is working. are at acceptable levels, to produce Malfunctions often are indicated by The light turns off when the engine a cleaner environment. This light the system before any problem is is started. If it does not, have the comes on when the vehicle is apparent. Being aware of the light vehicle serviced by your dealer. placed in Service Only Mode, as a can prevent more serious damage If the light stays on, or comes on check to show it is working. If it to the vehicle. This system assists while driving, there may be a does not, have the vehicle serviced the service technician in correctly problem with the electrical charging by your dealer. See Ignition diagnosing any malfunction. system. Have it checked by your Positions on page 9‑18 for more dealer. Driving while this light is on information. could drain the battery. When this light comes on, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays a message. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages on page 5‑33. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-19

Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a Light On Steady: An emission continually driven with this light malfunction in one of two ways: control system malfunction has on, the emission controls might Light Flashing: A misfire condition been detected on the vehicle. not work as well, the vehicle fuel has been detected. A misfire Diagnosis and service might economy might not be as good, increases vehicle emissions and be required. and the engine might not run as could damage the emission control The following may correct an smoothly. This could lead to system on the vehicle. Diagnosis emission system malfunction: costly repairs that might not be and service might be required. covered by the vehicle warranty. . Check that the fuel cap is fully To prevent more serious damage to installed. See Filling the Tank on Notice: Modifications made to the vehicle: page 9‑50. The diagnostic the engine, transmission, system can determine if the . Reduce vehicle speed. exhaust, intake, or fuel system of fuel cap has been left off or the vehicle or the replacement of . Avoid hard accelerations. improperly installed. A loose or the original tires with other . Avoid steep uphill grades. missing fuel cap allows fuel to than those of the same Tire evaporate into the atmosphere. Performance Criteria (TPC) can . If towing a trailer, reduce the A few driving trips with the cap affect the vehicle's emission amount of cargo being hauled as properly installed should turn controls and can cause this light soon as it is possible. the light off. to come on. Modifications to these systems could lead to If the light continues to flash, stop costly repairs not covered by the and park the vehicle. Turn the vehicle warranty. This could also vehicle off, wait at least 10 seconds, result in a failure to pass a and restart the engine. If the light is required Emission Inspection/ still flashing, follow the previous Maintenance test. See steps and see your dealer for Accessories and Modifications on service as soon as possible. page 10‑3. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

5-20 Instruments and Controls

. Check that good quality fuel is Emissions Inspection and The vehicle may not pass used. Poor fuel quality causes Maintenance Programs inspection if: the engine not to run as efficiently as designed and may Some local governments may have . The malfunction indicator lamp is cause stalling after start-up, programs to inspect the on-vehicle on with the engine running, or if stalling when the vehicle is emission control equipment. For the the vehicle is placed in Service changed into gear, misfiring, inspection, the emission system test Only Mode and the malfunction hesitation on acceleration, equipment is connected to the indicator lamp does not come or stumbling on acceleration. vehicle’s Data Link on. See your dealer for These conditions might go away Connector (DLC). assistance in verifying proper once the engine is warmed up. operation of the malfunction indicator lamp. If one or more of these conditions occurs, change the fuel brand used. . The OBD II (On-Board It will require at least one full tank of Diagnostics) system determines the proper fuel to turn the light off. that critical emission control systems have not been See Recommended Fuel on completely diagnosed. The page 9‑47. The DLC is under the instrument vehicle would be considered not If none of the above have made the panel on the outboard side of the ready for inspection. This can light turn off, your dealer can check steering wheel. See your dealer if happen if the 12-volt battery has the vehicle. The dealer has the assistance is needed. recently been replaced or run proper test equipment and down. The diagnostic system is diagnostic tools to fix any designed to evaluate critical mechanical or electrical problems emission control systems during that might have developed. normal driving. This can take several days of routine driving. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-21

If this has been done and the The brake indicator light should Electric Parking vehicle still does not pass the come on briefly as the engine is inspection for lack of OBD II started. If it does not come on have Brake Light system readiness, your dealer the vehicle serviced by your dealer. can prepare the vehicle for inspection. { WARNING Brake System Warning The brake system might not be working properly if the brake Light Metric English system warning light is on. The vehicle brake system consists Driving with the brake system For vehicles with the Electric of two hydraulic circuits. If one warning light on can lead to a circuit is not working, the remaining Parking Brake (EPB), this light crash. If the light is still on after should come on briefly as the circuit can still work to stop the the vehicle has been pulled off vehicle. For normal braking engine is started. If it does not come the road and carefully stopped, performance, both circuits need to on, have the vehicle serviced by have the vehicle towed for be working. your dealer. service. If the warning light comes on, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away. If the light comes on while driving, a chime sounds. Pull off the road and stop. The pedal might be harder to push or go closer to the floor. It might also take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See Metric English Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑92. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

5-22 Instruments and Controls

The parking brake status light Antilock Brake System comes on when the brake is applied. If the light continues (ABS) Warning Light flashing after the parking brake is released, or while driving, there is a problem with the Electric Parking Brake system. A SERVICE For vehicles with the EPB, the PARKING BRAKE message parking brake warning light should may also display in the Driver come on briefly when the engine is Information Center (DIC). started. If it does not come on, have See Brake System Messages on the vehicle serviced by your dealer. For vehicles with the Antilock Brake page 5‑33 for more information. System (ABS), this light comes on If this light comes on, there is a briefly when the engine is started. If the light does not come on, problem with a system on the or remains flashing, see your dealer. vehicle that is causing the parking If the light does not come on, have it brake system to work at a reduced fixed so it will be ready to warn if level. The vehicle can still be driven, there is a problem. but should be taken to a dealer as If the ABS light comes on and stays soon as possible. See Parking on while driving, stop as soon as Brake on page 9‑31 for more possible and turn the ignition off. information. Start the engine again to reset the system. If the light stays on after driving at a speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. A chime may also sound when the light comes on steady. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-23

If the regular brake system warning The traction off light comes on when StabiliTrak® OFF Light light is not on, the vehicle still has the Traction Control System (TCS) brakes, but not antilock brakes. has been turned off by pressing and If the regular brake system warning releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak light is also on, the vehicle does not button. have antilock brakes and there is a This light and the StabiliTrak OFF problem with the regular brakes. light come on when StabiliTrak is See Brake System Warning Light on turned off. page 5‑21. If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not This light comes on when the See Brake System Messages on limited. Adjust driving accordingly. StabiliTrak system is turned off by page 5‑33 for all brake‐related DIC pressing the StabiliTrak/TCS button. messages. See Traction Control System (TCS) ® If the Traction Control System (TCS) on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak is off, wheel spin is not limited. Traction Off Light System on page 9‑35 for more information. When the StabiliTrak system is off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Adjust driving accordingly. The warning light goes off when traction control and the StabiliTrak system are enabled. This light comes on briefly while See Traction Control System (TCS) starting the engine. If it does not, on page 9‑34 and StabiliTrak® have the vehicle serviced by your System on page 9‑35 for more dealer. If the system is working information normally, the indicator light then turns off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

5-24 Instruments and Controls

Traction Control System If the indicator/warning light is on When the Light Is On Steady (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light and flashing, the TCS and/or the This indicates that one or more StabiliTrak system is actively of the tires are significantly working. underinflated. ® See StabiliTrak System on A Driver Information Center (DIC) page 9‑35 and Traction Control tire pressure message may also System (TCS) on page 9‑34 for display. See Vehicle Messages on more information. page 5‑32 for more information. Stop as soon as possible, and The StabiliTrak system or the Tire Pressure Light inflate the tires to the pressure value Traction Control System (TCS) shown on the Tire and Loading indicator/warning light comes on Information label. See Tire Pressure briefly when the engine is started. on page 10‑56 for more information. If the light does not come on, have When the Light Flashes First and the vehicle serviced by the dealer. Then Is On Steady If the system is working normally, If the light flashes for about a minute the indicator light turns off. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure and then stays on, there may be a If the light is on and not flashing, the Monitor System (TPMS), this light problem with the TPMS. If the TCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak comes on briefly when the engine is problem is not corrected, the light system have been disabled. A DIC started. It provides information will come on at every ignition cycle. message may display. Check the about tire pressures and the TPMS. See Tire Pressure Monitor DIC messages to determine which Operation on page 10‑59 for feature(s) is no longer functioning more information. and whether the vehicle requires service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-25

Engine Oil Pressure Light Fuel Economy Light

{ WARNING

Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low. The engine can become so hot that it catches fire. The oil pressure light should come Someone could be burned. Check on briefly as the engine is started. the oil as soon as possible and If it does not come on, have the For vehicles with the fuel economy have the vehicle serviced. vehicle serviced by your dealer. mode light, it comes on when the If the light comes on and stays on, it eco (economy) button, located next to the shift lever, is pressed. Press Notice: Lack of proper engine oil means that oil is not flowing through the button again to turn off the light maintenance can damage the the engine properly. The vehicle and exit the fuel economy mode. engine. The repairs would not be could be low on oil and might have See Driving for Better Fuel covered by the vehicle warranty. some other system problem. See Economy on page 1 23 and Fuel Always follow the maintenance your dealer. ‑ Economy Mode on page 9 29 for schedule for changing engine oil. ‑ more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

5-26 Instruments and Controls

Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light High-Beam On Light

This light is located near the fuel The immobilizer light should come This light comes on when the gauge and comes on briefly when on briefly as the engine is started. high-beam headlamps are in use. the ignition is turned on as a check If it does not come on, have the See Headlamp High/Low-Beam to show it is working. vehicle serviced by your dealer. Changer on page 6‑2 for more It also comes on when the fuel tank If the system is working normally, information. is low on fuel. The light turns off the indicator light turns off. when fuel is added. If it does not, If the light stays on and the engine have the vehicle serviced. does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation on page 2‑19 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-27

Adaptive Forward Front Fog Lamp Light Lamps On Reminder Lighting (AFL) Light

The fog lamp light comes on when For vehicles with the lamps on This light comes on solid when the fog lamps are in use. reminder light, it comes on when there is a problem with the Adaptive The light goes out when the fog the lights are in use. Forward Lighting system and lamps are turned off. See Front Fog flashes when the system is Lamps on page 6‑6 for more switching between lighting modes. information. See Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on page 6‑3 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

5-28 Instruments and Controls

Cruise Control Light Information Displays DIC Operation and Displays The DIC has different displays Driver Information which can be accessed by using the Center (DIC) DIC buttons on the turn signal lever located on the left side of the The DIC displays information about steering wheel. The DIC displays the vehicle. It also displays warning trip, fuel, vehicle system information, messages if a system problem is and warning messages if a system The cruise control light is white detected. See Vehicle Messages on problem is detected. page 5 32 for more information. All whenever the cruise control is set, ‑ The bottom of the DIC display messages appear in the DIC display and turns green when the cruise shows what position the shift lever located in the center of the control is active. is in and the odometer. The instrument panel cluster. The light turns off when the cruise direction the vehicle is driving will control is turned off. See Cruise The vehicle may also have features be shown on the top of the display. Control on page 9‑37 for more that can be customized through the information. controls on the radio. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40 for more information. The DIC may display an indicator when the Rainsense wipers are active. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-29

DIC Buttons Trip/Fuel Information Trip Menu Items The Trip display shows the Press the MENU button on current distance traveled, in either the turn signal lever until Trip/Fuel kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since Information Menu is displayed. Use the trip odometer was last reset. the thumbwheel to scroll through the The trip odometer can be reset to following possible menu items: zero by pressing the trip reset stem or the SET/CLR button while the A. SET/CLR (Set/Clear): Use this . Trip trip odometer display is showing. button to set or clear the menu . Average Fuel Economy or Average Fuel Economy or item when it is displayed. Average Fuel Economy and Average Fuel Economy and Instantaneous Fuel Economy B. w x (Thumbwheel): Use the Instantaneous Fuel Economy . Fuel Range thumbwheel to scroll through The Average Fuel Economy display the items in each menu. A small . Fuel Used shows the approximate average marker will move up or down . Average Vehicle Speed liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) the side of the display as you or miles per gallon (mpg). This scroll through the items. This . Timer number is calculated based on the shows where each item is in . Distance to Destination number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded the menu. since the last time this menu item . Navigation Turn by Turn C. MENU: Press this button to get was reset. The Average Fuel to the Trip/Fuel Information . Speed and Curve Assist Economy can be reset by pressing SET/CLR while the Average Fuel Menu and the Vehicle . Digital Speedometer Information Menu. Economy display is showing. . Blank Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

5-30 Instruments and Controls

The Instantaneous Fuel Economy The fuel used can be reset by Distance to Destination display shows the current fuel pressing the SET/CLR button while This display will show the vehicle economy in either liters per the Fuel Used display is showing. distance with estimated time of 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles Average Vehicle Speed arrival to destination. The value can per gallon (mpg). This number be cleared or reset by pressing reflects only the fuel economy that The Average Vehicle Speed display the SET/CLR button. Move the the vehicle has right now and shows the average speed of the thumbwheel up or down to increase changes frequently as driving vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or decrease the destination distance conditions change. Unlike average or miles per hour (mph). This value. Once the distance value is economy, this display cannot be average is calculated based on the set, press SET/CLR to confirm reset. various vehicle speeds recorded the value. since the last reset of this value. Fuel Range The average speed can be reset by Turn-by-Turn The Fuel Range display shows the pressing the SET/CLR button while This display is used for the OnStar approximate distance the vehicle the Average Vehicle Speed display or Navigation System Turn-by-Turn can be driven without refueling. is showing. guidance. See OnStar Overview on The fuel range estimate is based on Timer page 14‑1 or the navigation manual, an average of the vehicle's fuel if the vehicle has navigation, for economy over recent driving history This display can be used as a timer. more information. and the amount of fuel remaining in To start the timer, press SET/CLR the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be while Timer is displayed. The Speed and Curve Assist reset. display will show the amount of time This display will show the speed that has passed since the timer was Fuel Used limit or the advised speed as last reset. To stop the timer, press determined by the information The Fuel Used display shows SET/CLR briefly while Elapsed Time provided by the navigation system. the approximate liters (L) or is displayed. To reset the timer to The map database loaded in the gallons (gal) of fuel that have been zero, press and hold SET/CLR. navigation system may need used since last reset. to be updated periodically to Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-31

display accurate information. See . Remaining Oil Life Battery Voltage “Maps” in the navigation manual for . Tire Pressure This display, available on some information on updating the map . Blank vehicles, shows the current battery database. voltage. If the voltage is in the Digital Speedometer Unit normal range, the value will display. For example, the display may read The speedometer shows how fast Move the thumbwheel up or down to switch between metric or English BATTERY VOLTAGE 15.0 VOLTS. the vehicle is moving in either The vehicle's charging system kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles when the Unit display is active. Press SET/CLR to confirm the regulates voltage based on the state per hour (mph). The speedometer of the battery. The battery voltage cannot be reset. setting. This will change the displays on the cluster and DIC to can fluctuate while viewing this Blank Display either metric or English information on the DIC. This is normal. See Charging System Light This display shows no information. measurements. on page 5‑18 for more information. Vehicle Information Speed Warning If there is a problem with the battery Menu Items Speed Warning allows the driver to charging system, the DIC will set a speed that they do not want to display a message. See Battery Press the MENU button on the turn exceed. To set the Speed Warning, Voltage and Charging Messages on signal lever until Vehicle Information press SET/CLR when Speed page 5‑33. Menu is displayed. Use the Warning is displayed. After selecting Remaining Oil Life thumbwheel to scroll through the ON, use the thumbwheel to increase following possible menu items: or decrease the desired speed limit. This display shows an estimate of . Unit The value can be set from the oil's remaining useful life. 0-250 km/h (0-160 mph). Press If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is . Speed Warning SET/CLR to confirm. If the selected displayed, that means 99% of the . Battery Voltage speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up current oil life remains. warning is displayed with a chime. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

5-32 Instruments and Controls

When the remaining oil life is low, Tire Pressure Vehicle Messages the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON The display will show a vehicle with Messages displayed on the DIC message will appear on the display. the approximate pressures of all indicate the status of the vehicle or See Engine Oil Messages on four tires. Tire pressure is displayed some action that may be needed page 5‑35. The oil should be in either kilopascal (kPa) or in to correct a condition. Multiple changed as soon as possible. pounds per square inch (psi). messages may display one after See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. See Tire Pressure Monitor System In addition to the engine oil life the other. on page 10‑58 and Tire Pressure system monitoring the oil life, Monitor Operation on page 10‑59 for The messages that do not additional maintenance is more information. require immediate action can be recommended in the Maintenance acknowledged and cleared by Schedule in this manual. Blank Display pressing SET/CLR. The messages See Maintenance Schedule on This display shows no information. that require immediate action cannot page 11‑4 for more information. be cleared until that action is Remember, the Oil Life display must Compass performed. All messages should be be reset after each oil change. It will The vehicle may have a compass taken seriously and clearing the not reset itself. Also, be careful not display in the Driver Information messages does not correct the to reset the Oil Life display Center (DIC). See Compass on problem. accidentally at any time other than page 5‑7. when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset the engine oil life system, press the SET/CLR button while the Oil Life display is active. See Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑10. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-33

Battery Voltage and SERVICE BATTERY RELEASE PARKING BRAKE Charging Messages CHARGING SYSTEM This message is displayed if the This message is displayed when Electric Parking Brake is on while BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE there is a fault in the battery the vehicle is in motion. Release it This message displays when the charging system. Take the vehicle before you attempt to drive. See vehicle has detected that the battery to your dealer for service. Parking Brake on page 9‑31 for voltage is dropping beyond a more information. reasonable point. The battery saver Brake System Messages SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle that you may BRAKE FLUID LOW This message may be displayed be able to notice. At the point that This message is displayed when the when there is a problem with the features are disabled, this message brake fluid level is low. See Brake brake boost assist system. When is displayed. It means that the Fluid on page 10‑22. this message is displayed, the brake vehicle is trying to save the charge boost assist motor might be heard in the battery. Turn off unnecessary BRAKES OVERHEATED operating and you might notice accessories to allow the battery This message is displayed when the pulsation in the brake pedal. This is to recharge. brakes are becoming overheated. normal under these conditions. Take the vehicle to your dealer for LOW BATTERY You may see this when driving on hills. Shift to a lower gear. service. This message is displayed when the SERVICE PARKING BRAKE battery voltage is low. See Battery STEP ON BRAKE TO on page 10‑24 for more information. RELEASE PARK BRAKE This message is displayed when there is a problem with the parking This message is displayed if you brake. Take the vehicle to your attempt to release the Electric dealer for service. Parking Brake without the brake pedal applied. See Parking Brake on page 9‑31 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

5-34 Instruments and Controls

Compass Messages Door Ajar Messages Engine Cooling System CAL DOOR OPEN Messages This message is displayed when the A door open symbol will be A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH compass needs to be calibrated. displayed on the DIC showing which ENGINE TEMP See Compass on page 5‑7. door is open. If the vehicle has been This message displays when the shifted out of P (Park), a DOOR ––– engine coolant becomes hotter than OPEN message will also be the normal operating temperature. Three dashes will be displayed if the displayed. Close the door To avoid added strain on a hot compass needs service. See your completely. engine, the air conditioning dealer for service. HOOD OPEN compressor automatically turns off. When the coolant temperature Cruise Control Messages This message will display along with returns to normal, the air a hood open symbol when the hood conditioning compressor turns back APPLY BRAKE BEFORE is open. Close the hood completely. on. You can continue to drive the CRUISE REAR ACCESS OPEN vehicle. If this message displays when This message will display along with If this message continues to appear, attempting to activate cruise control, have the system repaired by your apply the brake pedal and try again. a symbol when the liftgate is open. Close the liftgate completely. dealer as soon as possible to avoid CRUISE SET TO XXX damage to the engine. This message displays when the COOLANT LEVEL LOW ADD cruise control is set and shows the COOLANT speed it was set to. See Cruise This message will display if the Control on page 9‑37 for more coolant is low. See Engine Coolant information. on page 10‑15. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-35

ENGINE OVERHEATED — Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOP IDLE ENGINE ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when the This message displays if low oil engine coolant temperature is too This message displays when the pressure levels occur. Stop the hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to engine oil needs to be changed. vehicle as soon as safely possible idle until it cools down. When you change the engine oil, be and do not operate it until the cause sure to reset the Oil Life System. of the low oil pressure has been ENGINE OVERHEATED — See Engine Oil Life System on corrected. Check the oil as soon as STOP ENGINE page 10‑10 and Driver Information possible and have the vehicle This message displays and a Center (DIC) on page 5‑28 for serviced by your dealer. continuous chime sounds if the information on how to reset the engine cooling system reaches system. See Engine Oil on Engine Power Messages unsafe temperatures for operation. page 10‑8 and Maintenance Stop and turn off the vehicle as Schedule on page 11‑4 for more ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED information. soon as it is safe to do so to avoid This message displays when the severe damage. This message ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLE vehicle's engine power is reduced. clears when the engine has cooled ENGINE Reduced engine power can affect to a safe operating temperature. the vehicle's ability to accelerate. This message displays when the HIGH COOLANT If this message is on, but there is engine oil temperature is too hot. no reduction in performance, TEMPERATURE Stop and allow the vehicle to idle proceed to your destination. The This message displays if the coolant until it cools down. performance may be reduced the temperature is hot. See Engine ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL next time the vehicle is driven. The Overheating on page 10‑18. vehicle may be driven at a reduced This message displays when the speed while this message is on, but engine oil level is too low. Check the maximum acceleration and speed oil level. See Engine Oil on may be reduced. page 10‑8. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

5-36 Instruments and Controls

Anytime this message stays on, the NO REMOTE PRESS BRAKE Lamp Messages vehicle should be taken to your TO RESTART dealer for service as soon as AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARD possible. This message is displayed if the LIGHTING) LAMPS NEED remote is no longer detected in the SERVICE vehicle. Press the brake pedal to Fuel System Messages restart the vehicle. This message displays when the FUEL LEVEL LOW Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) NUMBER OF KEYS system is disabled and needs This message displays when the PROGRAMMED service. See your dealer. See vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as This message displays when Adaptive Forward Lighting (AFL) on soon as possible programming new keys to the page 6‑3 for more information. TIGHTEN GAS CAP vehicle. AUTOMATIC LIGHT This message displays when the REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE CONTROL ON fuel cap is not on tight. Tighten the This message displays when This message is displayed when the fuel cap. leaving the vehicle with the exterior lamp control is in AUTO and RKE transmitter still inside. the lights have turned on. See Key and Lock Messages Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4. REPLACE BATTERY IN NO REMOTE DETECTED REMOTE KEY AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OFF This message displays when trying This message displays when the to start the vehicle if an RKE battery in the RKE transmitter needs This message is displayed when the transmitter is not detected. The to be replaced. exterior lamp control is in AUTO and transmitter battery may be weak. the lights have turned off. See See “Starting the Vehicle with a Twilight Sentinel on page 6‑4. Low Transmitter Battery” under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation on page 2‑3. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-37

XXX TURN INDICATOR SERVICE PARKING ASSIST SERVICE SUSPENSION FAILURE This message displays if there is a SYSTEM When one of the turn signals is out, problem with the Ultrasonic Front This message displays if there is a this message displays to show and Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) problem with the selective ride which bulb needs to be replaced. system. Do not use this system to control. See Selective Ride Control See Bulb Replacement on help you park. See Ultrasonic on page 9‑37. page 10‑31 and Replacement Bulbs Parking Assist on page 9‑40 for on page 10‑40 for more information more information. See your dealer SERVICE TRACTION on the turn signal bulb replacement. for service. CONTROL TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays when there Ride Control System is a problem with the Traction This message is displayed if the Messages Control System (TCS). See Traction turn signal has been left on. Turn off Control System (TCS) on the turn signal. SERVICE REAR AXLE page 9‑34. This message displays when there SPORT MODE ON Object Detection System is a problem with the All-Wheel Messages Drive (AWD) System. See your This message displays when Sport dealer for service. Mode has been activated. See PARK ASSIST OFF Selective Ride Control on page 9‑37 SERVICE STABILITRAK This message displays when the and Manual Mode on page 9‑28 for park assist system has been turned This message displays if there is a more information. off or when there is a temporary problem with the StabiliTrak system. condition causing the system to be See StabiliTrak® System on disabled. See Ultrasonic Parking page 9‑35. Assist on page 9‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

5-38 Instruments and Controls

Airbag System Messages Service Vehicle Messages Starting the Vehicle SERVICE AIRBAG SERVICE AC SYSTEM Messages This message displays if there is a This message is displayed if there is PRESS BRAKE TO START problem with the airbag system. a problem with the air conditioning VEHICLE Take the vehicle to your dealer for system. Take the vehicle to your This message is displayed when service. dealer for service. attempting to start the vehicle SERVICE POWER STEERING without first pressing the brake Safety Belt Messages pedal. This message is displayed if there is BUCKLE SEATBELT a problem with the power steering SERVICE KEYLESS START This message displays as a system. Take the vehicle to your SYSTEM dealer for service. reminder when the safety belt is not This message is displayed if there is buckled. SERVICE VEHICLE SOON a problem with the pushbutton start system. Take the vehicle to your Anti-theft Alarm System This message is displayed if there is dealer for service. Messages a problem with the vehicle. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. Tire Messages THEFT ATTEMPTED This message displays if the vehicle SERVICE TIRE MONITOR detects a tamper condition. SYSTEM This message displays if there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on page 10‑59 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-39

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE You can receive more than one tire SHIFT TO PARK pressure message at a time. The This message displays when the This message displays when the DIC also shows the tire pressure system is learning new tires. See transmission needs to be shifted to values. See Driver Information Tire Pressure Monitor Operation on P (Park). This may appear when Center (DIC) on page 5‑28. page 10‑59 for more information. attempting to remove the key from the vehicle if the vehicle is not in TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE Transmission Messages P (Park). This message displays when the SERVICE TRANSMISSION pressure in one or more of the tires TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLE is low. This message displays if there ENGINE is a problem with the transmission. This message displays and a chime This message also displays LEFT See your dealer. FRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFT sounds if the transmission fluid in REAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicate SHIFT DENIED the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the the location of the low tire. transmission fluid temperature high This message displays when using can cause damage to the vehicle. The low tire pressure warning light the Driver Shift Control (DSC) and Stop the vehicle and let it idle to will also come on. See Tire attempting to shift to a gear not allow the transmission to cool. Pressure Light on page 5‑24. appropriate for the vehicle speed This message clears when the fluid and engine revolutions per If a tire pressure message appears temperature reaches a safe level. minute (rpm). See Manual Mode on on the DIC, stop as soon as you page 9 28 for more information. can. Inflate the tires by adding air ‑ until the tire pressure is equal to the values shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tires on page 10‑49, Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12, and Tire Pressure on page 10‑56. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

5-40 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Reminder Vehicle Speed Messages Vehicle Messages SELECTED SPEED LIMIT Personalization ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE EXCEEDED The audio system controls are WITH CARE This message is displayed when the used to access the personalization This message is displayed when vehicle speed is greater than the set menus for customizing vehicle ice conditions are possible. speed. See "Speed Warning" under features. Not all features are Driver Information Center (DIC) on available on every vehicle. Only the TURN WIPER CONTROL TO page 5‑28. features available on a particular INTERMITTENT FIRST vehicle will be displayed on that vehicle. This message is displayed when Washer Fluid Messages attempting to adjust the intermittent WASHER FLUID LOW ADD CONFIG (Configuration): Press to access the Configuration wiper speed without intermittent FLUID selected on the wiper control. Settings Menu. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on This message displays when the MENU/SELECT Knob: Press the page 5‑4. washer fluid level is low. For center of this knob to enter the information on filling the washer menus and select menu items. fluid, see Washer Fluid on Turn the knob to scroll through page 10‑20. the menus. / BACK or BACK / (depending on system): Press to exit or move backward in a menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-41

Entering the Personalization Climate and Air Quality Air Quality Sensor Menus Select the Climate and Air Quality This will allow you to select whether 1. Press CONFIG to access the menu and the following will be the system will operate at high or Configuration Settings menu. displayed: low sensitivity. Only vehicles with the dual zone climate control will 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to . Auto Fan Speed highlight Vehicle Settings. have this option. . Air Quality Sensor 3. Press the center of the MENU/ Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Remote Start Auto Seat Cool SELECT knob to select the when Air Quality Sensor is Vehicle Settings menu. . Remote Start Auto Heated Seats highlighted to open the menu. Turn the knob to highlight High or The following list of menu items . Auto Defog Low Sensitivity. Press the knob to will be available: . Auto Rear Defog confirm the selection and move . Climate and Air Quality back to the last menu. Auto Fan Speed . Comfort and Convenience Remote Start Auto Seat Cool This will allow you to select the . Language automatic fan speed. This feature When on, this feature will turn the vented seats on when using remote . Lighting sets the climate control fan speed to maintain the interior temperature. start on warm days. . Power Door Locks Press the MENU/SELECT knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Remote Locking, Unlocking, when Auto Fan Speed is highlighted when Remote Start Auto Seat Cool Starting to open the menu. Turn the knob to is highlighted. Turn the knob to select On or Off. Press the knob to . Return to Factory Settings highlight High, Medium, or Low. Press the knob to confirm the confirm and go back to the Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to selection and move back to the last menu. highlight the menu. Press the knob last menu. to select it. Each of the menus is detailed in the following information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

5-42 Instruments and Controls

Remote Start Auto Heated Seats Turn the knob to highlight On or Off. Press the MENU/SELECT knob When on, this feature will turn the Press the knob to confirm the when Easy Exit Driver Seat is heated seats on when using remote selection and move back to the highlighted. Turn the knob to select start on cold days. last menu. On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume when Remote Start Auto Heated Select the Comfort and Seats is highlighted. Turn the knob Convenience menu and the This allows the selection of the to select On or Off. Press the knob following will be displayed: chime volume level. to confirm and go back to the last menu. . Easy Exit Driver Seat Press the MENU/SELECT knob when Chime Volume is highlighted. . Chime Volume Auto Defog Turn the knob to select Normal or . Reverse Tilt Mirror This will allow you to turn the auto High. Press the knob to confirm and defog on or off. . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear go back to the last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Easy Exit Driver Seat Reverse Tilt Mirror when Auto Defog is highlighted to This allows you to turn the easy exit This allows you to turn the reverse open the menu. Turn the knob to driver seat feature on or off. When tilt mirror feature on or off. When on, highlight On or Off. Press the knob on, this feature will move the driver both the driver and passenger to confirm the selection and move seat rearward upon turning the mirrors will tilt downward when back to the last menu. ignition off and the driver door vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) to Auto Rear Defog opened. This may be performed to improve visibility of the ground near make it easier to exit the vehicle. the rear wheels. They will return to This will allow you to turn the auto See Power Seat Adjustment on their previous driving position rear defog on or off. when the vehicle is shifted out of page 3‑4 for more information. Press the MENU/SELECT knob R (Reverse), the ignition is turned to when Auto Rear Defog is OFF, or the vehicle is left in reverse. highlighted to open the menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-43

Press the MENU/SELECT knob Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Press the MENU/SELECT knob when Reverse Tilt Mirror is select the language. Press the knob when Exit Lighting is highlighted. highlighted. Turn the knob to select to confirm and go back to the Turn the knob to select Off, Driver & Passenger or Off. Press last menu. 30 Seconds, 1 Minute, or 2 Minutes. the knob to confirm and go back to Press the knob to confirm and go the last menu. Lighting back to the last menu. Select the Lighting menu and the Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear following will be displayed: Power Door Locks When on, and the front windshield Select Power Door Locks and the . Vehicle Locator Lights wipers are on, the rear window following will be displayed: wiper will turn on automatically . Exit Lighting . Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out when the vehicle is shifted into Vehicle Locator Lights R (Reverse). . Auto Door Unlock This allows the vehicle locator lights Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Delayed Door Lock to be turned on or off. when Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear is Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out highlighted. Turn the knob to select Press the MENU/SELECT knob On or Off. Press the knob to confirm when Vehicle Locator Lights is When on, this feature will keep the and go back to the last menu. highlighted. Turn the knob to select driver door from locking when the On or Off. Press the knob to confirm door is open. If Off is selected, the Language and go back to the last menu. Delayed Door Lock menu will be available and the door will lock as Select the Language menu and the Exit Lighting following will be displayed: programmed through this menu. This allows the selection of how . English Press the MENU/SELECT knob long the exterior lamps stay on when Auto Door Unlock is . French when leaving the vehicle when it is highlighted. Turn the knob to select dark outside. . Spanish On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

5-44 Instruments and Controls

Auto Door Unlock Remote Lock/Unlock/Start Locking Feedback This allows selection of which of the Select Remote Lock/Unlock/Start This allows selection of what type of doors will automatically unlock when and the following will be displayed: feedback is given when locking the the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). vehicle with the RKE transmitter. . Unlock Feedback (Lights) Press the MENU/SELECT knob Press the MENU/SELECT knob . Locking Feedback when Auto Door Unlock is when Locking Feedback is highlighted. Turn the knob to select . Door Unlock Options highlighted. Turn the knob to select All Doors, Driver Door, or Off. Press . Passive Door Lock Lights and Horn, Lights Only, Horn the knob to confirm and go back to Only, or Off. Press the knob to the last menu. . Passive Door Unlock confirm and go back to the last menu. Delayed Door Lock . Memory Remote Recall When on, this feature will delay the . Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder Door Unlock Options locking of the doors until Unlock Feedback (Lights) This allows selection of which doors five seconds after the last door is will unlock when pressing the unlock closed. You will hear three chimes When on, the exterior lamps will button on the RKE transmitter. to signal delayed locking is in use. flash when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. Press the MENU/SELECT knob Pressing either the power lock when Door Unlock Options is button or the lock button on the RKE Press the MENU/SELECT knob highlighted. Turn the knob to select transmitter twice will override the when Unlock Feedback (Lights) is All Doors or Driver Door Only. When delayed locking feature and highlighted. Turn the knob to select set to Driver Door Only, the driver immediately lock all of the doors. Flash Lights or Off. Press the knob door will unlock the first time the Press the MENU/SELECT knob to confirm and go back to the unlock button is pressed and all when Delayed Door Lock is last menu. doors will unlock when the button is highlighted. Turn the knob to select pressed a second time. On or Off. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-45

When set to All Doors, all of the Passive Door Unlock Remote Left in Vehicle Reminder doors will unlock at the first press of If the vehicle has the RKE system, This allows the Remote Left In the unlock button. Press the knob to this feature allows you to select Vehicle reminder feature to be confirm and go back to the which doors will automatically turned on or off. If on, the horn will last menu. unlock when you open the driver chirp if a remote is left in the Passive Door Lock door with the RKE transmitter vehicle. present. If the vehicle has the Remote Press the MENU/SELECT knob Keyless Entry (RKE) system, when Press the MENU/SELECT knob when Remote Left In Vehicle is enabled, this feature allows the when Passive Door Unlock is highlighted. Turn the knob to select doors to lock after several seconds highlighted. Turn the knob to select On or Off. Press the knob to confirm if all doors are closed and at least All Doors or Driver Door. Press the and go back to the last menu. knob to confirm and go back to the one RKE transmitter has been Return to Factory Settings removed from the interior of the last menu. Select Return to Factory Settings vehicle. It does not matter how far Memory Remote Recall away the RKE transmitter is from to return all of the vehicle the vehicle. This feature can also be This allows the Memory Remote personalization to the default configured to chirp the horn when Recall feature to be turned on or off. settings. Turn the knob to select Yes the doors are passively locked. Press the MENU/SELECT knob or No. Press the knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Press the MENU/SELECT knob when Memory Remote Recall is when Passive Door Lock is highlighted. Turn the knob to select highlighted. Turn the knob to select On or Off. Press the knob to confirm On With Chirp, On, or Off. Press the and go back to the last menu. knob to confirm and go back to the last menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

5-46 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote This system provides a way to It is also recommended that replace up to three remote control upon the sale of the vehicle, the System transmitters used to activate programmed Universal Remote devices such as garage door system buttons be erased for See Radio Frequency Statement on openers, security systems, and security purposes. See Erasing page 13 21 for information “ ‑ home automation devices. Universal Remote System Buttons regarding Part 15 of the Federal ” later in this section. Communications Commission (FCC) Do not use the Universal Remote rules and Industry Canada system with any garage door opener When programming a garage door, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. that does not have the stop and park outside of the garage. Park reverse feature. This includes any directly in line with and facing the Universal Remote System garage door opener model garage door opener motor-head or Programming manufactured before April 1,1982. gate motor-head. Be sure that Read the instructions completely people and objects are clear of the before attempting to program the garage door or gate being Universal Remote system. Because programmed. of the steps involved, it may be It is recommended that a new helpful to have another person battery be installed in the hand-held available to assist with programming transmitter for quicker and more the Universal Remote system. accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. If the vehicle has this feature, you Keep the original hand-held will see these buttons with one LED transmitter for use in other vehicles indicator next to them in the as well as for future Universal overhead console. Remote system programming. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-47

Programming the Universal 2. At the same time, press and 3. Press and hold for five seconds Remote System hold both the hand-held the newly trained Universal transmitter button and one of the Remote system button (the For questions or help programming three Universal Remote system button selected in Step 2) while the Universal Remote system, call buttons to be used to operate observing the indicator light and 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to the garage door. Do not release garage door activation. www.homelink.com. the Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on Programming a garage door opener button or the hand-held continuously or the garage involves time-sensitive actions, so transmitter button until the door starts to move when read the entire procedure before indicator light changes from a the Universal Remote starting. Otherwise, the device will slowly to a rapidly flashing light. system button is pressed time out and the procedure will have You now may release both and released, then the to be repeated. buttons. programming is complete. To program up to three devices: Some entry gates and garage There is no need to door openers may require continue programming 1. Hold the end of the hand-held substitution of Step 2 with the Steps 4 through 6. transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to procedure noted in Gate 3 in) away from the Universal “ . If the Universal Remote Operator and Canadian Remote system buttons while system indicator light blinks Programming later in this keeping the indicator light in ” rapidly for two seconds, section. view. The hand-held transmitter then turns to a constant was supplied by the light and the garage door manufacturer of the garage door does not move, continue opener receiver with programming Steps 4 (motor-head unit). through 6. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

5-48 Instruments and Controls

It may be helpful to have 5. Firmly press and release the To program the remaining two another person assist with “Learn” or “Smart” button. After Universal Remote system buttons, the remaining Steps 4 pressing this button, you will begin with Step 1 of “Programming through 6. have 30 seconds to complete the Universal Remote System.” Step 6. Gate Operator and Canadian 6. Immediately return to the Programming vehicle. Firmly press and hold for two seconds the Universal If you have questions or need help Remote system button, selected programming the Universal Remote in Step 2 to control the garage system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go door, and then release it. If the to www.homelink.com. garage door does not move or Canadian radio-frequency laws the lamp on the garage door require transmitter signals to time “Learn” or “Smart” Button opener receiver (motor-head out or quit after several seconds of 4. After Steps 1 through 3 have unit) does not flash, press and transmission. This may not be long been completed, locate the hold the same button a second enough for the Universal Remote “Learn” or “Smart” button inside time for two seconds, and then system to pick up the signal during the garage on the garage door release it. Again, if the door programming. Similarly, some U.S. opener receiver (motor-head does not move or the garage gate operators are manufactured to unit). The name and color door lamp does not flash, press time out in the same manner. of the button may vary by and hold the same button a third manufacturer. time for two seconds, and then release. The Universal Remote system should now activate the garage door. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Instruments and Controls 5-49

If you live in Canada, or you are Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single having difficulty programming a Operation Universal Remote System gate operator or garage door opener Button by using the “Programming the Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the three Universal Remote System” System procedures, regardless of where Universal Remote system buttons: you live, replace Step 2 under Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold the desired “Programming the Universal Universal Remote system button for Universal Remote system Remote System” with the following: at least half of a second. The button. Do not release the indicator light will come on while the button. Continue to press and hold the signal is being transmitted. Universal Remote system button 2. The indicator light will begin to while you press and release every Erasing Universal Remote flash after 20 seconds. Without two seconds (cycle) the hand-held System Buttons releasing the button, proceed transmitter button until the with Step 1 of the section frequency signal has been All programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or “Programming the Universal successfully accepted by the Remote System.” Universal Remote system. The the lease ends. Universal Remote system indicator To erase all programmed buttons on If you have questions or need help light will flash slowly at first and then the Universal Remote system programming the Universal Remote rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under device: system, call 1‐800‐355‐3515 or go to www.homelink.com. You may “Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold down the also call the customer assistance System” to complete. two outside buttons until the phone number under Customer indicator light begins to flash. Assistance Offices (U.S. and This should take about Canada) on page 13‑4 or Customer 10 seconds. Assistance Offices (Mexico) on 2. Release both buttons. page 13‑5. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

5-50 Instruments and Controls

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Lighting 6-1

Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Cargo Lamp ...... 6-7 Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-7 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Reading Lamps ...... 6-7 Changer ...... 6-2 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Lighting Features Daytime Running Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Adaptive Forward Battery Load Management . . . . 6-8 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 The exterior lamp control is located Turn and Lane-Change on the instrument panel to the left of Signals ...... 6-6 the steering column. Front Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

6-2 Lighting

It controls the following systems: ; (Parking Lamps): Turns the Headlamp High/ . Headlamps parking lamps on together with Low-Beam Changer the following: . Taillamps Push the turn signal/lane change . Taillamps . Parking Lamps lever away from you and release, to . License Plate Lamps turn the high beams on. To return to . License Plate Lamps low beams, push the lever again or . Instrument Panel Lights . Instrument Panel Lights pull it toward you and release. 2 (Headlamps): Turns the . Fog Lamps headlamps on together with the The exterior lamps control has lamps listed below. A warning chime four positions: sounds if the driver door is opened when the ignition switch is off and O (Off): Briefly turn to this position the headlamps are on. to turn the automatic light control off or on again. . Parking Lamps AUTO (Automatic): Turns the . Taillamps This indicator light turns on in the instrument panel cluster when the headlamps on automatically at . License Plate Lamps normal brightness, together with high‐beam headlamps are on. the following: . Instrument Panel Lights Flash-to-Pass . Parking Lamps # (Front Fog Lamps): For vehicles with fog lamps, press to The flash‐to‐pass feature works with . Taillamps turn the lamps on or off. the low beams or Daytime Running . License Plate Lamps Lamps (DRL) on or off. See Front Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. . Instrument Panel Lights To flash the high beams, pull the turn signal/lane change lever all the way toward you, then release it. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Lighting 6-3

Daytime Running When the DRL are on, only the Adaptive Forward low‐beam headlamps, at a reduced Lamps (DRL) level of brightness, will be on. The Lighting (AFL) Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can high‐beam headlamps, taillamps, For vehicles with uplevel make it easier for others to see the sidemarker, instrument panel lamps, headlamps, the Adaptive Forward front of your vehicle during the day. and other lamps will not be on. Lighting System (AFL) adjusts the Fully functional daytime running The headlamps automatically headlamps to provide greater road lamps are required on all vehicles change from DRL to the regular illumination in various driving first sold in Canada. headlamps depending on the conditions. A light sensor on top of the darkness of the surroundings. To enable AFL, set the exterior instrument panel makes the DRL The other lamps that come on with lamp control to the AUTO position. work, so be sure it is not covered. the headlamps will also come on. Moving the control out of the AUTO The DRL system makes the When it is bright enough outside, position will deactivate the system. AFL will operate when the vehicle low‐beam headlamps come on at a the headlamps go off and the DRL reduced brightness or for vehicles come on. speed is greater than 3 km/h (2 mph). AFL will not operate when with High Intensity Discharge (HID) To turn the DRL lamps off or on headlamps, the DRL lights will come the transmission is in R (Reverse). again, turn the exterior lamps AFL is not immediately operable on when the following conditions control to the off position and then are met: after starting the vehicle; driving a release. For vehicles first sold in short distance is required to . The ignition is in the Canada, the DRL cannot be calibrate the AFL. See Exterior ON/RUN mode. turned off. Lamp Controls on page 6‑1. . The exterior lamps control is in AUTO. . The engine is running. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

6-4 Lighting

Curve Lighting Twilight Sentinel With Twilight Sentinel the following The light beam pivots based on the will happen: steering wheel position and vehicle . When it is dark enough outside, speed of at least 10 km/h (6 mph). and the exterior lamp control is The headlamps shine at an angle of in the AUTO position, the up to 15 degrees to the right or left Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) of the direction of travel. go off, and the headlamps and parking lamps come on. The Highway Lighting other lamps that come on with If the vehicle is traveling straight the headlamps also come on. continuously at high speeds, the . When it is bright enough outside, light beam automatically raises This feature automatically turns the the headlamps go off, and the slightly to increase the headlamp lamps on and off. A light sensor on DRL come on, as long as the range. top of the instrument panel makes exterior lamp control is in the the Twilight Sentinel® work, so be City Lighting AUTO position. See Exterior sure it is not covered. Lamp Controls on page 6 1. If the vehicle speed is less than ‑ 50 km/h (31 mph), the headlamp range is automatically reduced. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Lighting 6-5

If the vehicle is started in a dark Twilight Sentinel also provides Hazard Warning Flashers garage, the automatic headlamp exterior illumination as you leave system comes on immediately. If it the vehicle. If Twilight Sentinel has is light outside when the vehicle turned on the lamps when the leaves the garage, there is a slight ignition is turned off, the lamps delay before the automatic remain on until one of the headlamp system changes to the following occurs: DRL. During that delay, the . The exterior lamp control is instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the moved from O to the parking instrument panel brightness control lamp position. is in full bright position. See . The delay time selected has Instrument Panel Illumination elapsed. Control on page 6‑7 for more information. See Vehicle Personalization on page 5‑40 to select the delay time. The vehicle can be idled with the You can also select no delay time. | (Hazard Warning Flashers): lamps off, even when it is dark Press this button on the instrument outside. After starting the vehicle, If the ignition is turned off with the exterior lamps control in the parking panel, to make the front and rear turn the exterior lamps control to off, turn signal lamps flash on and off. then release it. The lamps will lamp or headlamp position, the Twilight Sentinel delay will not This warns others that you are remain off until the control is turned having trouble. Press again to to off again. occur. The lamps will turn off as soon as the control is turned off. turn the flashers off. The regular headlamp system should be turned on when needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

6-6 Lighting

Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane # (Front Fog Lamps): Press to Signals change the arrow flashes rapidly or turn the fog lamps on or off. An does not come on, a signal bulb indicator light on the instrument may be burned out. panel cluster comes on when the Replace any burned out bulbs. If the fog lamps are on. bulb is not burned out, check the The fog lamps come on together fuse. See Fuses and Circuit with the parking lamps. Breakers on page 10‑41 for more information. Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on An arrow on the instrument panel Front Fog Lamps along with the fog lamps. cluster will flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. Move the lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. The turn signal flashes three times. The lever returns to its starting position when it is released. The front fog lamp button is located on the exterior lamp control, on the outboard side of the steering wheel. The ignition must be on to turn on the fog lamps. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Lighting 6-7

Interior Lighting Cargo Lamp 1 (Door): The lamp comes on automatically when a door is The cargo lamp is located over the opened. Instrument Panel rear compartment and is controlled Illumination Control by the dome lamp. See Dome + (On): Turns the dome lamp on. Lamps on page 6‑7. Reading Lamps Courtesy Lamps There are reading lamps located on The courtesy lamps come on the overhead console and over the automatically when any door is rear passenger doors. These lamps opened and the dome lamp is in come on automatically when any the door position. door is opened. To manually turn the reading lamps Dome Lamps on or off:

This feature controls the brightness The dome lamp is located in the . Press # or $ next to each of the instrument panel lights. overhead console. overhead console reading lamp. To change the dome lamp settings, D (Instrument Panel . Press the lamp lens on the rear press the following: Brightness): Turn the thumbwheel passenger reading lamps. up or down to brighten or dim the * (Dome Lamp Override): instrument panel lights. Turns the lamp off, even when a door is open. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

6-8 Lighting

Lighting Features Exit Lighting Battery Load The headlamps, taillamps, parking Management Entry Lighting lamps, back‐up lamps, and license The vehicle has Electric Power The headlamps, taillamps, license plate lamps come on at night, or in Management (EPM) that estimates areas with limited lighting, when a plate lamps, back‐up lamps, dome the battery's temperature and state lamps, and most of the interior lights door is opened after the ignition is of charge. It then adjusts the voltage turned off. The dome lamps also turn on briefly, when K is pressed for best performance and extended come on when a door is opened life of the battery. on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) after the ignition is changed to the transmitter, or when the door handle off position. When the battery's state of charge is pulled. After about 30 seconds is low, the voltage is raised slightly the exterior lamps turn off, and then The exterior lights and dome lamp to quickly bring the charge back up. the dome and remaining interior remain on after the door is closed When the state of charge is high, lights dim to off. The entry lighting for a set amount of time, then the voltage is lowered slightly to can be manually turned off by automatically turn off. prevent overcharging. If the vehicle changing the ignition out of the off The exterior lights turn off has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage position, or by pressing Q on the immediately by turning the exterior display on the Driver Information RKE transmitter. lamps control to off. Center (DIC), you may see the voltage move up or down. This is This feature can be changed. This feature can be changed. normal. If there is a problem, an See Vehicle Personalization on See Vehicle Personalization on alert will be displayed. page 5‑40. page 5‑40. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Lighting 6-9

The battery can be discharged at Normally, these actions occur in idle if the electrical loads are very steps or levels, without being high. This is true for all vehicles. noticeable. In rare cases at the This is because the generator highest levels of corrective action, (alternator) may not be spinning fast this action may be noticeable to the enough at idle to produce all of the driver. If so, a DIC message might power needed for very high be displayed, such as BATTERY electrical loads. SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY A high electrical load occurs when VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY. several of the following are on, such If one of these messages displays, it as: headlamps, high beams, fog is recommended that the driver lamps, rear window defogger, reduce the electrical loads as much climate control fan at high speed, as possible. See Driver Information heated seats, engine cooling fans, Center (DIC) on page 5‑28. trailer loads, and loads plugged into accessory power outlets. EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

6-10 Lighting

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Infotainment System 7-1

Rear Seat Infotainment Introduction Infotainment Rear Seat Entertainment System (RSE) System ...... 7-35 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Infotainment System ...... 7-45 Read the following pages to Introduction become familiar with the audio Phone system's features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 7-47 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Bluetooth (Infotainment Overview (Radio with CD) . . . . . 7-3 Controls) ...... 7-49 { WARNING Overview (Radio with CD/DVD Bluetooth (Voice and MEM) ...... 7-5 Recognition) ...... 7-53 Taking your eyes off the road for Operation ...... 7-7 Bluetooth (UHP extended periods could cause a Radio Mexico Only) ...... 7-59 crash resulting in injury or death to you or others. Do not give AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Trademarks and License Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 extended attention to Radio Reception ...... 7-18 Agreements entertainment tasks while driving. Multi-Band Antenna ...... 7-18 Trademarks and License Agreements ...... 7-70 Audio Players This system provides access to many audio and non audio listings. CD Player (Radio ‐ with CD) ...... 7-19 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Mass Storage Media (MEM) ...... 7-24 Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD) ...... 7-28 Auxiliary Devices (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) ...... 7-33 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

7-2 Infotainment System

To minimize taking your eyes off the Notice: Contact your dealer Theft-Deterrent Feature road while driving, do the following before adding any equipment. while the vehicle is parked: The theft-deterrent feature works Adding audio or communication by learning a portion of the Vehicle . Become familiar with the equipment could interfere with Identification Number (VIN) to operation and controls of the the operation of the engine, radio, the infotainment system. The audio system. or other systems, and could infotainment system does not damage them. Follow federal . Set up the tone, speaker operate if it is stolen or moved to a adjustments, and preset radio rules covering mobile radio and different vehicle. stations. telephone equipment. For more information, see Defensive The vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP). With RAP, Driving on page 9‑3. the audio system can be played This vehicle's infotainment system even after the ignition is turned off. may be equipped with a noise See Retained Accessory Power reduction system which can work (RAP) on page 9‑22 for more improperly if the audio amplifier, information. engine calibrations, exhaust system, microphones, radio, or speakers are Navigation System modified or replaced. This could For vehicles with a navigation result in more noticeable engine system, see the separate noise at certain speeds. navigation manual. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Infotainment System 7-3

Overview (Radio with CD) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. C. TUNE . Radio: Manually selects radio stations. . CD: Selects tracks. D. FAV . Radio: Opens the favorites list. E. l SEEK . Radio: Seeks the next station. . CD: Selects the next track or fast forwards within a track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

7-4 Infotainment System

F. g SEEK J. k O. PHONE . . Radio: Seeks the previous . CD: Pauses the CD. Opens the phone main menu. station. K. CD Slot . . CD: Selects the previous Mutes the audio system. . Insert a CD. track or rewinds within a P. TONE track. L. MENU/SELECT . Opens the tone menu. . Press: Selects menu items. G. Y (CD Eject) Q. AUX . Turn: Opens menus, . Removes a disc from the highlights menu items, . Selects a connected CD slot. or sets numeric values external audio source. H. CD while in a menu. R. INFO . Selects the CD player M. BACK / . Radio: Shows available when listening to a information about the . different audio source. Menu: Moves one current station. level back. I. RADIO/BAND . CD: Shows available . Character Input: Deletes . information about the Changes the band while the last character. listening to the radio. current track. N. CONFIG . Selects the radio when listening to a different . Opens the settings menu. audio source. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Infotainment System 7-5

Overview (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) A. VOL/ O . Turns the system on or off and adjusts the volume. B. Buttons 1 to 6 . Radio: Saves and selects favorite stations. . MEM: Saves and selects favorite tracks and playlists. C. TUNE/INFO . Radio: Manually selects radio stations and shows available information about the current station. . CD: Selects tracks and shows available information about the current track. . MEM: Selects tracks and shows available information about the current track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

7-6 Infotainment System

D. FAV G. Y (CD Eject) K. CD/DVD Slot . . Radio: Opens the . Removes a disc from Insert a disc. favorites list. the CD slot. L. MENU/SELECT . MEM: Opens the H. RADIO/BAND . Press: Selects menu items. favorites list. . Changes the band while . Turn: Open menus, E. l SEEK listening to the radio. highlights menu items, . Radio: Seeks the next . Selects the radio when or sets numeric values station. listening to a different while in a menu. audio source. . CD/DVD: Selects the M. TONE next track or fast forwards I. MEM/CD/AUX . Opens the tone menu. within a track. . Selects MEM, CD/DVD, N. / BACK . MEM: Selects the next USB, or a connected track or fast forwards auxiliary audio or auxiliary . Menu: Moves one within a track. audio/video source. level back. F. g SEEK J. k . Character Input: Deletes the last character. . Radio: Seeks the previous . Radio: Pauses time shifted station. content. O. CONFIG . Opens the settings menu. . CD/DVD: Selects the . CD/DVD: Pauses CD/ previous track or rewinds DVD‐A and DVD‐V P. DEL within a track. playback. . MEM: Deletes the current . MEM: Selects the previous . MEM: Pauses MEM track from MEM. track or rewinds within a playback. track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Infotainment System 7-7

® Q. ( REC Operation For vehicles without OnStar , press PHONE to mute the infotainment . CD/DVD: Records content Controls system. Press PHONE again, from audio CDs and MP3/ or turn the VOL/ O knob to WMA CDs. The infotainment system is operated by using the pushbuttons, cancel mute. . AUX: Records content multifunction knobs, menus shown from USB mass storage on the display, and steering wheel Menu System devices. controls, if equipped. Controls R. PHONE Turning the System On or Off The MENU/SELECT knob and . Opens the phone the BACK / button are used to VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Press to main menu. navigate the menu system. turn the system on and off. . Mutes the audio system. MENU/SELECT: Press to: Automatic Switch‐Off . Select or activate the highlighted If the infotainment system has menu option. been turned on after the ignition is turned off, the system will turn off . Confirm a set value. automatically after 10 minutes. . Turn a system setting on or off. Volume Control Turn to: VOL/ O (Volume/Power): Turn to . Enter the menu system. adjust the volume. . Highlight a menu option. PHONE: For vehicles with OnStar, . Select a value. press and hold PHONE to mute the infotainment system. Press and hold PHONE again, or turn the VOL/ O knob to cancel mute. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

7-8 Infotainment System

BACK / : Press to: Submenus Setting a Value . Exit a menu. . Return from a submenu screen to the previous menu screen. . Delete the last character in a sequence.

Selecting a Menu Option An arrow on the right‐hand edge of 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to the menu indicates that it has a change the current value of the submenu with other options. setting. Activating a Setting 2. Press the MENU/SELECT button to confirm the setting. Turning a Function On or Off

1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to move the highlighted bar. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT button to select the highlighted 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to option. highlight the setting. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to button to activate the setting. highlight the function. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT button to turn the function on or off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Infotainment System 7-9

Entering a Character Sequence 3. Press and hold the MENU/ Adjusting the Fader and Balance SELECT button until the value changes to 0. Press the BACK / button to go back to the Tone Settings menu. Adjusting the Treble, Midrange, and Bass 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Press the TONE button. highlight the character. 2. Select Fader or Balance. 2. Press the MENU/SELECT 3. Select the value. button to select the character. Press the BACK / button to go Press the BACK / button to delete back to the Tone Settings menu. the last character in the sequence or press and hold to delete the 1. Press the TONE button. Adjusting the EQ (Equalizer) entire character sequence. 2. Select Treble, Midrange, For vehicles that have an equalizer: Audio Settings or Bass. 1. Press the TONE button. The audio settings can be set for 3. Select the value. 2. Select EQ. each radio band and each audio Press the BACK / button to go player source. 3. Select the setting. back to the Tone Settings menu. To quickly reset an audio setting Press the BACK / button to go value to 0: back to the Tone Settings menu. 1. Press the TONE button. 2. Select the audio setting. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

7-10 Infotainment System

DSP (Digital Signal Processing) . 5.1 Surround ‐ The infotainment System Settings Settings system used in conjunction with the Bose® 5.1 Cabin Surround® Configuring the Number of For vehicles with DSP, it is used to sound system for the vehicle Favorite Pages provide a choice of different includes digital 5.1 decoding. listening experiences. This technology unlocks the full . 2.0 Normal ‐ Select this setting benefit of digital 5.1 recordings, to adjust the audio for normal so digitally encoded music and mode. This provides the best movie soundtracks can be sound quality for all seating presented faithfully and positions. accurately. If the video screens or Rear Seat Audio (RSA) are . Centerpoint Centerpoint® To configure the number of available ‐ on, 5.1 Surround is not signal processing circuitry. This favorite pages: available. setting creates a surround sound 1. Press the CONFIG button. listening experience from stereo To adjust the DSP settings: 2. Select Radio Settings. CDs and satellite radio. 1. Press the TONE button. ® 3. Select Radio Favorites. For more information on Bose 2. Select DSP. Centerpoint® signal processing 4. Select the number of available circuitry, please visit www. 3. Select the setting. favorite pages. bose.com/centerpoint. Press the BACK / button to go 5. Press the BACK / button back to the Tone Settings menu. to go back to the System Configuration menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Infotainment System 7-11

Auto Volume Maximum Startup Volume Radio The auto volume feature The maximum volume played when automatically adjusts the radio the radio is first turned on can AM-FM Radio volume to compensate for road and be set. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up Control Buttons or slows down, so that the volume The buttons used to control the level is consistent. radio are: The level of volume compensation RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the can be selected, or the auto volume radio on and choose between AM, feature can be turned off. FM, and XM™, if equipped. 1. Press the CONFIG button. MENU/SELECT: Press and turn to navigate the available menus. 2. Select Radio Settings. TUNE: Turn to search for stations. 3. Select Maximum Startup Volume. INFO: Press to display additional information that may be available for 4. Select the setting. the current song. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 5. Press the BACK / button l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to 2. Select Radio Settings. to go back to the System search for stations. Configuration menu. 3. Select Auto Volume. FAV: Press to open the 4. Select the setting. favorites list. 5. Press the BACK / button 1 to 6: Press to select preset to go back to the System stations. Configuration menu. k (Play/Pause): Press to pause time shifted content, if equipped. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

7-12 Infotainment System

RDS (Radio Data System) Selecting a Band Seek Tuning (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) The radio may have RDS. The RDS Press the RADIO/BAND button to feature is available for use only on choose AM, FM, or XM, if equipped. Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK, FM stations that broadcast RDS The last station that was playing to automatically search for the next information. This feature only works starts playing again. available station. If a station is not when the information from the radio Selecting a Station found, the radio switches to a more station is available. In rare cases, sensitive search level. If a station a radio station could broadcast Seek Tuning (Radio with CD) still is not found, the frequency that incorrect information that causes the was last active begins to play. radio features to work improperly. If the radio station is not known: Manual Tuning If this happens, contact the radio Briefly press g SEEK or l SEEK station. to automatically search for the next Turn the TUNE knob to select the While the radio is tuned to an available station. If a station is not frequency on the display. FM-RDS station, the station name found, the radio switches to a more Favorites List or call letters display. sensitive search level. If a station still is not found, the frequency that 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Radio Menus was last active begins to play. 2. Select Favorites List. Radio menus are available for If the radio station is known: 3. Select the station. AM and FM. Press and hold g SEEK or Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to l open the main radio menu for SEEK until the station on the that frequency. display is reached, then release the button. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Infotainment System 7-13

Station Lists 3. Select the programming type. Storing a Station as a Favorite A list of stations that transmit 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Stations from all bands can be programming of the selected stored in any order in the favorite 2. Select AM or FM Station List. All type displays. receivable stations in the current pages. 4. Select the station. reception area are displayed. If a Up to six stations can be stored in station list has not been created, The category lists are updated each favorite page and the number an automatic station search when the station lists are of available favorite pages can is done. updated. be set. 3. Select the station. Updating Station & Category Lists Storing Stations Category Lists If stations stored in the station list To store the station to a position in Most stations that broadcast an can no longer be received: the list, press the corresponding RDS program type code specify the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. button 1 to 6 until a beep is heard. type of programming transmitted. 2. Select Update AM or FM Station Retrieving Stations Some stations change the program List, if the stations stored in the Press the FAV button to open a type code depending on the station list are no longer content. The system stores the favorite page or to switch to another received. A station search will be favorite page. Briefly press one of RDS stations sorted by program completed and the first station in type in the FM category list. the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the updated list will play. the station. To search for a programming type To cancel the station search, press determined by station: the MENU/SELECT knob. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. 2. Select FM category list. A list of all programing types available displays. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

7-14 Infotainment System

Time Shifting (Radio with CD/ Press and release g SEEK or Satellite Radio DVD and MEM) l SEEK to jump forward or back Vehicles with an XM™ Satellite The radio with MEM time shift 30 seconds in the time shift buffer. Radio tuner and a valid XM Satellite feature can rewind 20 minutes of When the radio station is changed, Radio subscription can receive FM/AM content. While listening to the buffer is cleared and XM programming. the radio, the content from the automatically restarted for the current station is always being current station. Content from a XM Satellite Radio Service buffered. previously tuned station is no XM is a satellite radio service based longer available. Press k to pause the radio. The in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces. XM radio displays the time shift status The time shift feature is not Satellite Radio has a wide variety of bar. The status bar shows the available while recording or with programming and commercial-free amount of content stored in the other sources of playback. music, coast to coast, and in buffer and the current pause point. Pausing AM/FM with the Vehicle digital-quality sound. If XM service To resume playback from the Turned Off needs to be reactivated, the radio current pause point, press k again. If AM/FM is paused when the will display “No Subscription Please The radio is no longer live, but vehicle is turned off, the radio Renew on channel XM1.” A service played from the time shift buffer. continues to buffer the current radio fee is required to receive the A status bar displays below the station for up to 20 minutes. If the XM service. For more information, station number. vehicle is turned back on within contact XM at www.xmradio.com or 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and g 20 minutes, the radio resumes Press and hold SEEK or playback from the paused point. www.xmradio.ca or l SEEK to fast forward or 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. rewind through the time shift buffer. Hold l SEEK until the end of the recorded buffer resumes live playback. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Infotainment System 7-15

Control Buttons XM Categories Selecting a Channel Using The buttons used to control the XM XM channels are organized in g SEEK or l SEEK radio are: categories. (Radio with CD) RADIO/BAND: Press to turn the Removing or Adding Categories . Press and release g SEEK or radio on and choose between AM, l SEEK to go to the previous Channels in a category that have FM, and XM, if equipped. or next channel. been removed can still be accessed g l SEEK / SEEK: Press to go by using the g SEEK or l SEEK . Press and hold g SEEK or to the previous or next channel. buttons, or the TUNE knob. l SEEK to scroll through the previous or next channel until FAV: Press to open the To add or remove categories: favorites list. the channel is reached. 1. Press the CONFIG button. 1‐6: Press to select a favorite. Selecting a Channel Using 2. Select Radio Settings. TUNE: Turn to select a channel. g SEEK or l SEEK 3. Select XM Categories. (Radio with CD/DVD and MEM) INFO: Press to display additional information that may be available 4. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to Press and release g SEEK or about the current song. highlight the category. l SEEK to go to the previous or k (Play/Pause): Press to pause 5. Press the MENU/SELECT knob next channel. to remove or add the category. time shifted content, if equipped. Selecting a Channel Using the Selecting the XM Band Selecting an XM Channel TUNE Knob Press the RADIO/BAND button to XM channels can be selected by To select an XM channel using the choose between the AM, FM and using g SEEK, l SEEK, the TUNE knob: XM bands. The last channel played TUNE knob, or the menu system. Turn the TUNE knob to highlight an in that band begins to play when XM channel; the channel is selected that band is selected. after a short delay. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

7-16 Infotainment System

To select a channel using the menu: Storing a Channel as a Favorite To resume playback from the 1. Turn the MENU/Select knob and To store the channel to a position current pause point, press k again. select Channel List. in the list, press and hold the The radio is no longer live, but played from the time shift buffer. 2. Select the desired channel. corresponding 1 to 6 button until the channel can be heard again. A status bar displays below the Selecting a Channel Using the channel number. Menu System Retrieving Channels Press and hold g SEEK or 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Press the FAV button to open a l favorite page or to change to SEEK to fast forward or rewind 2. Select XM Category List. another favorite page. Briefly press through the time shift buffer. Hold l SEEK until the end of the 3. Select the category. one of the 1 to 6 buttons to retrieve the channel. recorded buffer resumes live 4. Select the channel. playback. Time Shifting (Radio with CD/ g Storing an XM Channel as a DVD and MEM) Press and release SEEK or Favorite l SEEK to go to the next or The radio with the MEM time shift previous song in the time shift Channels from all bands can be feature can rewind 20 minutes of buffer. stored in any order in the favorite XM content. While listening to the pages. radio, the content from the current When the channel is changed, the buffer is cleared and automatically Up to six channels can be stored in channel is always being buffered. restarted for the current channel. each favorite page and the number Press k to pause the radio. The Content from a previously tuned of available favorite pages can station is no longer available. be set. radio displays the time shift status bar. The status bar shows the The time shift feature is not amount of content stored in the available while recording or with buffer and the current pause point. other sources of playback. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Infotainment System 7-17

Pausing XM with the Vehicle Channel Off Air: This channel is No Information: The system is Turned Off not currently in service. Tune in to working properly. No text or If XM is paused when the vehicle is another channel. informational messages are turned off, the radio continues to Channel Unauth: This channel is available at this time on this buffer the current radio station for blocked or cannot be received with channel. up to 20 minutes. If the vehicle is your XM Subscription package. No Subscription Please Renew: turned back on within 20 minutes, Channel Unavailable: This XM subscription needs to be the radio resumes playback from the previously assigned channel is no reactivated. Contact XM at paused point. longer assigned. Tune to another www.xmradio.com or call station. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and XM Messages www.xmradio.ca or call XL (Explicit Language No Artist Info: The system is 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. working properly. No artist Channels): These channels, or any No XM Signal: The system is others, can be blocked by request, information is available at this time on this channel. working properly. The vehicle may by calling 1-800-929-2100 in the be in a location where the XM signal U.S. and 1-877-438-9677 in No Title Info: The system is is being blocked. When the vehicle Canada. working properly. No song title is moved into an open area, the XM Updating: The encryption code information is available at this time signal should return. on this channel. in the receiver is being updated, no CAT Not Found: The system is action is required. This process No CAT Info: The system is working properly. There are no should take no longer than working properly. No category channels available for the selected 30 seconds. information is available at this time category. on this channel. Loading XM: The audio system is XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, acquiring and processing audio and this message alternates with the text data, no action is needed. This XM Radio eight‐digit radio ID label. message should disappear shortly. This label is needed to activate the service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

7-18 Infotainment System

Unknown: If this message is FM interfere with satellite radio signals, received when tuned to channel 0, causing the sound to fade in and FM signals only reach about 16 to there could be a receiver fault. out. In addition, traveling or standing 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the Consult with your dealer. under heavy foliage, bridges, radio has a built-in electronic circuit garages, or tunnels may cause loss Check Antenna: If this message that automatically works to reduce of the XM signal for a period of time. does not clear within a short period interference, some static can occur, of time, the receiver could have a especially around tall buildings or Cellular Phone Usage fault. Consult with your dealer. hills, causing the sound to fade in and out. Cellular phone usage can cause XM Not Available: If this message interference with the vehicle's radio. does not clear within a short period AM of time, the receiver could have a Multi-Band Antenna fault. Consult with your dealer. The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at The multi-band antenna is on the Radio Reception night. The longer range can cause roof of the vehicle. The antenna is station frequencies to interfere with used for the AM‐FM radio, OnStar, Frequency interference and static each other. Static can occur when the XM Satellite Radio Service can occur during normal radio things like storms and power lines System, and GPS (Global reception if items such as cell phone interfere with radio reception. When Positioning System), if the vehicle chargers, vehicle convenience this happens, try reducing the treble has these features. Keep the accessories, and external electronic on the radio. antenna clear of obstructions for devices are plugged into the clear reception. accessory power outlet. If there is XM™ Satellite Radio Service interference or static, unplug the XM Satellite Radio Service gives item from the accessory power digital radio reception from coast to outlet. coast in the 48 contiguous United States, and in Canada. Just as with FM, tall buildings or hills can Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Infotainment System 7-19

Audio Players If the bottom surface of a disc is load one CD at a time, and keep dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, the CD player and the loading slot or dampen a clean soft cloth in a free of foreign materials, liquids, CD Player mild neutral detergent solution and debris. (Radio with CD) mixed with water, and clean it. Wipe the disc from the center to Control Buttons The CD player can play audio CDs the outer edge. and MP3 CDs. The buttons used to control the CD player are: The CD player will not play Care of the CD Player CD: Press to use the CD player. 8 cm (3 in) CDs. Do not add a label to a disc, as it could get caught in the CD player. l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to Care of CDs If a label is needed, label the top of select tracks or to fast forward or Sound quality can be reduced due the recorded disc with a rewind within a track. to disc quality, recording method, marking pen. INFO: Press to display additional quality of the music recorded, and Do not use disc lens cleaners information about the current track how the disc has been handled. because they could contaminate the that may be available. Handle discs carefully and store lens of the disc optics and damage them in their original cases or other TUNE: Turn to select tracks. the CD player. protective cases away from direct MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter the sunlight and dust. If the bottom Notice: If a label is added to a menu; press to select an item. surface of a disc is damaged, the CD, more than one CD is inserted disc may not play properly or at all. into the slot at a time, or an Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc. Do not touch the bottom surface of attempt is made to play scratched k (Play/Pause): Press to pause a a disc while handling it; this could or damaged CDs, the CD player CD or MP3 track, press again to damage the surface. Pick up discs could be damaged. While using resume playback. by grasping the outer edges or the the CD player, use only CDs in edge of the hole and the outer edge. good condition without any label, Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

7-20 Infotainment System

Inserting a CD . Turn the TUNE knob. 4. Select the track. With the printed side facing up, Using the CD Menu: Searching for MP3 Tracks insert a disc into the CD slot until it 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. The search feature may take some is drawn in. 2. Select Tracks list. time to display the information after reading the disc due to the amount Removing a CD 3. Select the track. of information stored on the disc. Press X. Playing Tracks in Random Order FM automatically plays while the disc is being read. The disc is pushed out of the Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and CD slot. set Shuffle Songs to On. Tracks can be searched by: If the disc is not removed after it is Fast Forward and Rewind . Playlists ejected, it is pulled back in after a . Artists few seconds. Press and hold l SEEK or g SEEK to fast forward or rewind . Albums Playing a CD or MP3 CD within the current track. . Song Titles Press the CD button. If there is a Selecting an MP3 Track disc in the player, it begins playing. . Genres Using the control buttons: Information about the disc and . Folder View current track is shown on the . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to To search for tracks: display depending on the select the previous or next track. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. data stored. . Turn the TUNE knob. 2. Select Search. Selecting a CD Track Using the CD Menu: 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Using the control buttons: 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Song Titles, Genres, or Folder View. . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to 2. Select Playlists/Folders. select the previous or next track. 4. Select the track. 3. Select the playlist or folder. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Infotainment System 7-21

CD/DVD Player mild neutral detergent solution Control Buttons mixed with water, and clean it. The buttons used to control the The CD/DVD player can play CDs, Wipe the disc from the center to the CD/DVD player are: DVD‐As, MP3/WMA CDs, MP3/ outer edge. WMA DVDs, and DVD‐Vs. MEM/CD/AUX: Press to choose Care of the CD/DVD Player The CD/DVD player will not play between the MEM, CD/DVD, 8 cm (3 in) discs. Do not add a label to a disc, as it and AUX. could get caught in the CD/DVD Care of CDs and DVDs l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to player. If a label is needed, label the select tracks or to fast forward or Sound quality can be reduced due top of the recorded disc with a rewind within a track. to disc quality, recording method, marking pen. INFO: Press to display additional quality of the music recorded, and Do not use disc lens cleaners how the disc has been handled. information about the disc that may because they could contaminate the be available. Handle discs carefully and store lens of the disc optics and damage them in their original cases or other the CD/DVD player. TUNE: Turn to select tracks. protective cases away from direct MENU/SELECT: Turn to enter the sunlight and dust. If the bottom Notice: If a label is added to a menu and press to select an item. surface of a disc is damaged, the CD, more than one CD is inserted disc may not play properly or at all. into the slot at a time, or an Y (Eject): Press to eject the disc. attempt is made to play scratched Do not touch the bottom surface of k (Play/Pause): Press to pause a a disc while handling it; this could or damaged CDs, the CD player could be damaged. While using CD, DVD‐A, or DVD‐V. Press again damage the surface. Pick up discs to resume playback. Press and hold by grasping the outer edges or the the CD player, use only CDs in to stop a DVD‐V disc. edge of the hole and the outer edge. good condition without any label, load one CD at a time, and keep If the bottom surface of a disc is the CD player and the loading slot dirty, take a soft lint‐free cloth, free of foreign materials, liquids, or dampen a clean soft cloth in a and debris. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

7-22 Infotainment System

Inserting a CD or DVD Selecting CD or DVD‐A Tracks Playing an MP3 CD or DVD With the printed side facing up, Using the control buttons: Files that are not stored in folders insert a disc into the slot until it is are displayed in the root . g l drawn in. Press SEEK or SEEK to directory (disc). select the previous or next track. Removing a CD or DVD The search rate increases if . Turn the TUNE knob. the MENU/SELECT knob is Press Y. Using the menu: continuously turned while searching in a list. The disc is pushed out of the 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. CD/DVD slot. 2. Select Tracks List. Selecting an MP3 Track If the disc is not removed after it is 3. Select the track. Using the control buttons: ejected, it is pulled back in after a . g l few seconds. Pausing a CD or DVD‐A Track Press SEEK or SEEK to select the previous or next track. Playing a CD or DVD‐A Disc Press k to pause a CD or DVD‐A . Turn the TUNE knob. Press the MEM/CD/AUX button. track. Press k again to continue If there is a disc in the player, it playing the track. Using the CD or DVD Menu: begins playing. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Playing CD or DVD‐A Tracks in Information about the disc and Random Order 2. Select Folder List. current track is shown on the 3. Select the folder. display depending on the Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and data stored. then set Shuffle Songs to On. 4. Select the track. Fast Forward and Rewind Press and hold l SEEK or g SEEK to fast forward or rewind within the current track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Infotainment System 7-23

Searching for MP3s on a CD The number of objects in each Playing a DVD‐V or DVD category is shown in parentheses See Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) after the category. It is normal for the search feature to System on page 7‑35 for information take some time to display the To search for tracks: about how to control a Video DVD information after reading the disc 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. using the wireless remote control. due to the amount of information stored on the disc. The infotainment 2. Select Search. Selecting a Chapter system automatically switches to 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Using the control buttons: FM while the disc is being read. Song Titles, or Genres. . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to Files that do not have any meta 4. Select the track. The search rate select the previous or next data stored in the ID3 tag display increases if the MENU/SELECT chapter. as Unknown. knob is continuously turned . Turn the TUNE knob. Tracks can be searched for by: while searching in a list. Using the DVD Menu: . Playlists Playing MP3 Tracks in Random Order 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Artists Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and 2. Select Chapter List. . Albums set Shuffle Songs to On. 3. Select the chapter. . Song Titles Recording an Audio or Selecting a Title . Genres MP3 CD to MEM 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on 2. Select Title List. page 7‑24 for more information. 3. Select the title. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

7-24 Infotainment System

Changing the Audio Stream . Cursor RIGHT Mass Storage 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Cursor LEFT Media (MEM) . 2. Select Audio Stream. Up Menu Infotainment systems with MEM 3. Select Change Audio Stream. Use the following actions to storage are able to record up to navigate the menu on a DVD‐V Disc 1.1 GB (gigabyte) of music from 4. Press MENU/SELECT to change while playing chapters. Audio CDs, MP3/WMA/AAC discs, the selection. and USB storage devices. The MEM . Pause (Play) Select Cancel to exit the menu. player can also time shift audio from . Chapter List AM, FM, and XM radio. Pausing a DVD . Title List Music or content stored in MEM that 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . DVD/DVD — DVD on both video you did not create, or have the right 2. Select Pause to pause the disc. screens to distribute, must be deleted before Select unpause to start the sale or end of lease of the playback. . DVD/AUX — Left video screen/ vehicle. Right AUX input Navigating the DVD‐V Disc Menu Control Buttons . AUX/DVD — Left AUX input/ Use the following actions to Right video screen The buttons used to control the navigate the title menu on a MEM player are: . AUX/AUX AUX input on both DVD V Disc. — ‐ video screens MEM/CD/AUX: Press to select the . Select/Enter MEM player. To navigate the menu: . Cursor UP l SEEK/ g SEEK: Press to 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. . Cursor DOWN select tracks or to fast forward or 2. Select the action. rewind within a track. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Infotainment System 7-25

INFO: Press to display additional Recording to MEM Stopping the Recording information about the MEM track ( ( that may be available. Turn to Press REC, then select “Record Press the REC button while select tracks. Current Song” or “Record All Songs recording from an audio CD to k on Disc.” If the track has started display the stop recording option. (Play/Pause): Press to pause playing, the system will restart the Select “Stop Recording Song the track currently playing; press track and begin recording from the to MEM.” again to resume playback. beginning of the track. When the Renaming Recorded Discs ( REC: Press to record music song recording is completed, the from a CD or USB drive. message “Song Recorded to MEM” Discs that have been recorded to displays, and there may be a slight MEM can be renamed. DEL: Press to delete the current pause. track from MEM. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Songs recorded to MEM are stored 2. Select Rename Recorded Discs. FAV (Favorites): Press to display as the current date, disc, and track MEM favorites. number. 3. Select the disc. 1 to 6: Press to select a track or Re-recording a Previously 4. Select Album or Artist to rename playlist stored in that numeric either one. position. Recorded Disc If the disc or track has already been 5. Use the MENU/SELECT knob to Recording from Audio CDs recorded to MEM, the message enter the character sequence. The infotainment system can record “The Song(s) is Already Recorded” See Operation on page 7‑7 for the current song playing or all songs displays. more information. from an audio CD to MEM. A status bar appears on the top of the display when the recording process starts and disappears when the process has ended. Copy protected CDs cannot be recorded to MEM. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

7-26 Infotainment System

Recording from MP3/WMA Stopping the Recording 3. Select the track. Discs or USB Storage Devices Press the ( REC button while Searching for a Track USB Host Support recording from an MP3/WMA CD or Tracks can be searched for by: USB storage device to display the The USB connector uses the USB . stop recording option. Select Stop Playlists standards, 1.1 and 2.0. “ Recording Song to MEM” . Artists USB‐Supported Devices Deleting Tracks from MEM . Albums . USB Flash Drives Individual tracks and all tracks can . Song Titles . Portable USB Hard Drives be deleted from MEM. . Genres Recording to MEM To delete individual tracks, press The number of objects in each ( and release the DEL button while category is shown in parentheses Press REC, then select “Record the track is playing. Current Song” or “ Record All Songs after the category. on Disc.” To delete all tracks from MEM, To search for tracks: press and hold the DEL button while The information stored by MEM is a track is playing. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. titled according to the ID3 tag 2. Select Search. associated with it. Playing from MEM 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, Re-recording a Previously Playing Back a Previously Song Titles, or Genres. Recorded Disc Recorded CD 4. Select the track. The search rate If the disc or track has already been Turn the TUNE knob to select a increases if the MENU/SELECT recorded to MEM, the message track if MEM is already playing from knob is continuously turned “The Song(s) is Already Recorded” the previously recorded disc. while searching in a list. displays. 1. Select Recorded Disc List. 2. Select the disc. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Infotainment System 7-27

Shuffle Songs 3. Select MEM Favorites. Genre: Saves the genre associated Select the Shuffle Songs option 4. Remove the checkmark from with the currently playing track in from the MEM menu to randomly the box to remove that MEM the indicated favorites position. play back tracks stored in MEM. favorites category. Creating Playlists Configuring MEM Favorites Replace the checkmark to re-add To create a playlist using tracks the removed category. stored in MEM: During MEM playback, press the FAV button to change between Saving MEM Tracks as 1. Select Playlist from the favorite categories. The favorite Favorites MEM favorites. categories are: Favorites can be saved by 2. Select the track to be stored . Playlists pressing and holding one of the 1 to in the playlist. . Artists 6 buttons. Favorites can be stored 3. Press and hold one of the 1 to according to the following list: 6 buttons until the track can be . Albums Playlist: Adds the currently playing heard again to store the track. . Genres track to the playlist selected. 4. Repeat Steps 1 though 3 to To remove MEM favorites Artist: Saves the artist associated store additional tracks in the categories: with the currently playing track in playlist. 1. Press the CONFIG button. the indicated favorites position. 2. Select Radio Settings. Album: Saves the album associated with the currently playing track in the indicated favorites position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

7-28 Infotainment System

Auxiliary Devices 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Not all iPods, PFDs, USB Drives, and Zunes are compatible with the Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to (Radio with CD) infotainment system. the 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack to The optional AUX input allows use a portable audio player. Connecting and Controlling portable devices to connect to the ® vehicle using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Playback of an audio device that is an iPod input jack, the USB port, connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary Not all iPods can be controlled by ® or Bluetooth wireless technology, input jack can only be controlled the infotainment system. if equipped. using the controls on the device. Connecting an iPod Portable devices are controlled by Adjusting the Volume using the menu system described in Connect the iPod to the USB port. Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the Operation on page 7‑7. Searching for a Track volume of the infotainment system after the volume level has been set Tracks can be searched for by: on the portable audio device. . Playlists USB Port . Artists For vehicles with a USB port, the . Albums following devices may be connected . Song Titles and controlled by the infotainment system. . Podcasts . iPods® . Genres . PlaysForSure Devices (PFD) . Audiobooks . USB Drives . Composers The AUX input is located in the . Zunes center console. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Infotainment System 7-29

To search for tracks: Off: Playback starts from the 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. beginning of the current track after Song Titles, Podcasts, the last track finishes. or Genres. 2. Select Search. Connecting and Controlling a 4. Select the track. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, PlaysForSure Device (PFD) Song Titles, Podcasts, Genres, Shuffle Functionality or Zune™ Audiobooks, or Composers. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and 4. Select the track. Connecting a PFD or Zune set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On or Off. Shuffle Connect the PFD or Zune to the USB port. On: Plays current tracks in random Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and order. set Shuffle Songs (Random) to On Searching for a Track Off: Plays current tracks in or Off, then press the BACK button Tracks can be searched for by: to return to the main screen. sequential order. . Playlists On: Plays tracks in the current Repeat Functionality . Artists folder in random order. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and . Off: Plays tracks in the current Albums set Repeat to On or Off. folder in sequential order. . Song Titles Repeat On: Repeats the current Repeat . Podcasts track. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and . Genres Repeat Off: Playback starts from the beginning of the current track set Repeat to On or Off, then press To search for tracks: the BACK button to return to the after the last track finishes. main screen. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. On: Repeats the current track. 2. Select Search. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

7-30 Infotainment System

Connecting and Controlling a Tracks can be searched for by: Off: Plays current tracks in sequential order. USB Drive . Playlists* The infotainment system can only . Artists Repeat Functionality play back .mp3 and .wma files from . Albums Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and a USB drive. set Repeat to On or Off. . Song Titles Only the first 10,000 songs are Repeat On: Repeats the current recognized on the device. . Genres track. When a device is not supported, the . Folder View Repeat Off: Playback starts from message No supported data found. “ *This only displays if a playlist is the beginning of the current track You can safely disconnect the found on the device. after the last track finishes. device” appears. To search for tracks: Connecting a Bluetooth® Connecting a USB Drive 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Device Connect the USB drive to the USB port. 2. Select Search. Before a Bluetooth device can be connected to the infotainment Searching for a Track 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, system, it must first be paired to the Song Titles, Genres, system. Not all Bluetooth devices It is normal for the search feature to or Folder View. take some time to display the can be paired to the infotainment information after reading the device 4. Select the track. system. Before pairing the Bluetooth device, become familiar with its user due to the amount of information Shuffle Functionality stored. guide for Bluetooth functions. The Turn the MENU/SELECT knob system only connects to Bluetooth Files that do not have any meta and set Shuffle Songs (Random) devices that support A2DP data stored in the ID3 tag display to On or Off. (Advanced Audio Distribution as Unknown. Profile) version 1.2. On: Plays current tracks in random order. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Infotainment System 7-31

A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Bluetooth Setup Menu To select the Bluetooth Music Setup capability cannot be paired to the The Bluetooth Setup menu can be menu when a Bluetooth device is vehicle as a phone and an MP3 accessed with or without a device connected and active: player at the same time. attached to the USB port. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Pairing Information: To select the Bluetooth Setup menu 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. . Up to five devices can be paired when a device is attached to the to the system. USB port and active: Pairing a Device 1. Select Connect To New Device . The pairing process is disabled 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob when the vehicle is moving. while in the iPod, Zune, PFD, from the Bluetooth Music or USB device main menu. Setup menu. . The infotainment system automatically links with the first 2. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. 2. The system asks a series of Yes/No questions to determine available paired device in the To select the Bluetooth Music Setup order the device was paired. what type of device is being menu when a device is not attached paired. . Only one paired device can be to the USB port, or when a device is connected to the infotainment attached to the USB port but not 3. After the system determines system at a time. active: what type of Bluetooth device is being paired, the Bluetooth . Pairing should only need to be 1. Press the AUX button until AUX device will need to be put into completed once, unless changes is the active source. discovery mode. to the pairing information have 2. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. been made or the device is deleted. 3. Select Bluetooth Music Setup. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

7-32 Infotainment System

4. Some devices may require a To connect a paired device when Changing the Default PIN Personal Identification Number another device is connected to the To change the default PIN: (PIN) in order to complete the infotainment system: 1. Select Change Default PIN from pairing process. Locate the 1. Select the Select Device option device named “GMusicConnect” the Bluetooth Music from the Bluetooth Music Setup menu. in the list on the Bluetooth Setup menu. device and follow the 2. Select one of the pre‐defined instructions on the device to 2. Select the new device. PIN, or select Other to create enter the four‐digit PIN provided 3. The active device is a PIN. by the infotainment system. disconnected from the system To create a PIN: Connecting to a Device and the new device is connected. 1. Select the length of the PIN. Once a device is paired to the infotainment system, it can be Removing a Device 2. Enter the character sequence. connected to the infotainment 1. Select Remove Device from the Messages system. Bluetooth Music Setup menu. The following messages may To connect a paired device when no 2. Select the device. appear on the infotainment screen. other device is connected to the infotainment system: 3. The device is removed from the Poor Bluetooth Signal Quality: system. This message displays when the 1. Select the Select Device option Bluetooth signal strength is low. from the Bluetooth Music Before connecting to the removed Setup menu. device again, it will need to paired This Feature is Unavailable While to the infotainment system. Vehicle is Moving: This message 2. Select the new device. displays when an action is not allowed while the vehicle is moving. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Infotainment System 7-33

Controlling a Bluetooth® Auxiliary Devices 3.5 mm Auxiliary Input Jack Device (Radio with CD/DVD Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to Bluetooth devices that support and MEM) the 3.5 mm auxiliary input jack to AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote use a portable audio player. Control Profile) version 1.0 may The optional AUX input allows portable devices to be connected Playback of an audio device that is be able to be controlled by the connected to the 3.5 mm auxiliary infotainment system. using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input jack or the USB port. input jack can only be controlled Press and release g SEEK / using the controls on the device. l Portable devices are controlled by SEEK to skip tracks. using the menu system described in Adjusting the Volume Other Information Operation on page 7‑7. Turn the VOL/ O knob to adjust the The Bluetooth® word mark and volume of the infotainment system logos are owned by the Bluetooth® after the volume level has been set SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks on the portable audio device. by General Motors is under license. USB Port Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. The following devices may be connected to the USB port and See Radio Frequency Statement on controlled by the infotainment page 13 21 for FCC information. ‑ system. . iPods . USB Mass Storage Devices Not all iPods or USB Mass Storage The AUX input is located in the Devices are compatible with the center console. infotainment system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

7-34 Infotainment System

Connecting and Controlling Searching for a Track Connecting and Controlling a ® an iPod Tracks can be searched for by: USB Drive Not all iPods can be controlled by . Playlists Files that are not stored in folders the infotainment system. are displayed in the root . Artists directory (USB). Connecting an iPod . Albums Connect the iPod to the USB port. Connecting a USB Drive . Song Titles Connect the USB drive to the Selecting a Track . Genres USB port. Using the control buttons: . Composers Disconnecting a USB Drive . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to . Audiobooks A USB drive should be ejected from select the previous or next track. The number of objects in each the USB port before disconnecting . Turn the TUNE knob to select a category is shown in parentheses it. To eject a USB drive: track in the current submenu. after the category. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. The track will start to play. To search for tracks: 2. Select USB Eject. Playing Tracks in Random Order 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. Playing Tracks in Random Order Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and 2. Select Search. set Shuffle Songs to On or Off. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob and 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, then set Shuffle Songs to On. Shuffle On: Plays current tracks in Albums, Song Titles, Genres, random order. Composers, or Audiobooks. Shuffle Off: Plays current tracks in 4. Select the track. The search rate sequential order. increases if the MENU/SELECT knob is continuously turned while searching in a list. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Infotainment System 7-35

Selecting a Track Tracks can be searched by: Rear Seat Using the control buttons: . Playlists Infotainment . Press g SEEK or l SEEK to . Artists select the previous or next track. . Albums Rear Seat Entertainment . Turn the TUNE knob to select a . Song Titles (RSE) System track in the current submenu. . Genres The vehicle may have a DVD Rear The track will start to play. Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. Selecting a track in a different The number of objects in each The RSE system works with the folder: category is shown in parentheses vehicle's infotainment system. The after the category. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. DVD player is part of the front radio. To search for tracks: The RSE system includes a radio 2. Select Folder List. 1. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob. with a DVD player, two rear seat 3. Select the folder. video display screens, audio/video 2. Select Search. jacks, two wireless headphones, 4. Select the track. 3. Select: Playlists, Artists, Albums, and a remote control. See CD/DVD Searching for Tracks Song Titles, or Genres. Player on page 7‑21 or the separate navigation manual for more It is normal for the search feature 4. Select the track. The search rate information on the vehicle's DVD to take some time to display the increases if the MENU/SELECT system. information after reading the device knob is continuously turned due to the amount of information while searching in a list. stored. Recording Tracks to MEM Files that do not have any meta data stored in the ID3 tag display See Mass Storage Media (MEM) on as Unknown. page 7‑24 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

7-36 Infotainment System

Before Driving A padlock icon may display on the Headphones infotainment screen when the The RSE is for rear seat Global Off feature is on. On some passengers only. The driver cannot infotainment systems, the Global Off safely view the video screen while feature can be turned off by driving. performing one of the following: In severe or extreme weather . Press and hold the radio power conditions the RSE system may not button for more than work until the temperature is within three seconds. the operating range. The operating range is above −20°C (−4°F) . Insert or eject any disc. and below 60°C (140°F). If the . Insert a DVD video disc. temperature is outside of this range, heat or cool the vehicle until it is . Press the Remote Control power within the operating range. button. A. Battery cover . Press the MEM/CD/AUX button Global Off B. Channel 1 or 2 switch or the k button when a DVD Depending on the infotainment video disc is in the player. C. Power button system, the RSE system may have a Global Off feature. The Global Off . Press the SRC button on the D. Volume control feature disables all RSE system steering wheel when a DVD E. Power indicator light features. Press and hold the radio video disc is in the player. RSE includes two 2-channel power button for more than . Cycle the ignition. wireless headphones. Channel 1 is three seconds for Global Off to dedicated to the DVD player, and disable the RSE features. Channel 2 is dedicated to RSA selections. The headphones are used to listen to various multi‐media. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Infotainment System 7-37

If the vehicle is not equipped with To adjust the volume on the Battery Replacement RSA, then Channel 2 is dedicated to headphones, use the volume To change the batteries: any external auxiliary device control. 1. Loosen the screw to the battery connected to the rear A/V jacks. For best audio performance, the The wireless headphones have a door located on the left side of headphones must be worn correctly, the headphones. power button, Channel 1 or 2 with the headband over the top of switch, and a volume control. Turn the head. L (Left) and R (Right) are 2. Slide the battery door open. the headphones off when not in use. above the ear pads and are 3. Replace the two AAA batteries. Push the power button to turn on indicators as to how the the headphones. A light on the headphones should be placed on 4. Replace the battery door and headphones comes on. If the light the head. tighten the screw. does not come on, check the Notice: Do not store the Remove the batteries if the batteries. Intermittent sound or static headphones in heat or direct headphones are not going to be can also indicate weak batteries. sunlight. This could damage the used for a long period of time. See “Battery Replacement” later in headphones and repairs will not Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks this section for more information. be covered by the warranty. Infrared transmitters are on the top Storage in extreme cold can The A/V jacks may be located on of the left seatback video screen. weaken the batteries. Keep the the rear of the floor console. They The headphones shut off headphones stored in a cool, dry allow audio or video cables to be automatically to save the battery place. connected from an auxiliary device power if the RSE system and RSA such as a camcorder or a video If the foam ear pads attached to the game system. are shut off or if the headphones are headphones become worn or out of range of the transmitters for damaged, the pads can be replaced The A/V jacks are color coded: more than three minutes. Moving too separately from the headphone set. . Yellow for video input. far forward or stepping out of the To purchase replacement ear pads, vehicle can cause the headphones . call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt White for left audio input. to lose the signal or have static. zero (0), or contact your dealer. . Red for right audio input. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

7-38 Infotainment System

Power for auxiliary devices is not 3. Press the AUX button a third Audio Output supplied by the radio system. time to change the left video Audio from the DVD player or screen source to the auxiliary To use the auxiliary inputs of the auxiliary inputs can be heard device and the right video RSE system: through the following: screen to the DVD player. 1. Connect the auxiliary device . Wireless headphones cables to the A/V jacks. 4. Press the AUX button a fourth time to change the source of . Vehicle speakers 2. Power on both the auxiliary both video screens to the DVD . Vehicle wired headphone jacks device and the RSE video player. on the rear seat audio system, screen. Changing the RSE Video Screen if the vehicle has this feature. Changing the Source on the Video Settings The RSE system transmits the Display Screens The screen display mode, audio signal to the wireless The image from the auxiliary device brightness, and language can be headphones if an audio signal is can be switched between the video changed from the setup menu using available. See “Headphones” earlier display screens. the remote control. To change a in this section for more information. To change the display: setting: Audio can be heard from the wired 1. Press the AUX button on the 1. Press z. headphone jacks on the RSA system by selecting the desired remote control to change the n q p o r source of both video screens 2. Use , , , , and to source from the RSA system, if the from the DVD player to the select the settings. vehicle has this feature. auxiliary device. 3. Press z again to exit the The front seat passengers are able to listen to playback from the A/V 2. Press the AUX button a second setup menu. time to change the left video jacks through the vehicle speakers screen source to the DVD player by selecting Rear A/V as the source and the right video screen to the on the radio. auxiliary device. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Infotainment System 7-39

Video Screens Only the left RSE seatback console Remote Control contains the infrared transmitters for The video screens are located in the the wireless headphones. They may back of the driver and front be visible as eight illuminated LEDs. passenger seats. These LEDs are not on the right video screen. Both seatback consoles contain an infrared receiver for the remote control. They are located at the top of each console. Notice: Avoid directly touching the video screen, as damage may occur. See “Cleaning the Video Screens” later in this section for more information. To use the remote control, aim it at Video Screen Input Jack the transmitter window at either seatback console and press the Each video screen is equipped with To use the video screen: button. Direct sunlight or very bright a video input jack to allow video light could affect the ability of the 1. Push the release button located cables to be connected from an RSE transmitter to receive signals on the seatback console. auxiliary device such as a from the remote control. Check the camcorder or a video game system. 2. Move the screen to the desired batteries if the remote control does This signal will override any video viewing position. not seem to be working. See provided by the RSE system; either “Battery Replacement” later in this Push the video screen down into its the DVD or Auxiliary A/V jack section. Objects blocking the line of locked position when it is not in use. source. The RSE system must be sight could also affect the function The screen turns off automatically. on for this input to operate. of the remote control. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

7-40 Infotainment System

If a CD, DVD, or MP3 disc is in the Remote Control Buttons z (Display Menu): Press to Radio DVD slot, the remote control O O (Power): Press to turn the video adjust the brightness and screen button can be used to turn on the screens on and off. display mode, and display the video screen display and start the language menu. disc. The infotainment system can P (Illumination): Press to turn the also turn on the video screen remote control backlight on. The q (Return): Press to exit the display. See CD/DVD Player on backlight times out after several current active menu and return to page 7‑21 or the separate seconds if no other button is the previous menu. This button navigation manual for more pressed. operates only when the display menu or a DVD menu is active. information. v (Title): Press to return to the Notice: Storing the remote main menu of the DVD. This c (Stop): Press to stop playing, control in a hot area or in direct function could vary for each disc. rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. sunlight can damage it, and the y Press twice to return to the (Main Menu): Press to access beginning of the DVD. repairs will not be covered by the the DVD menu. The DVD menu is warranty. Storage in extreme cold different on every DVD. Use the s (Play/Pause): Press to start can weaken the batteries. Keep navigation arrows to move the playing a DVD. Press to pause a the remote control stored in a cursor. After making a selection DVD while it is playing. Press again cool, dry place. press the enter button. This button to continue playing. only operates when using a DVD. Depending on the infotainment n, q , p , o (Menu Navigation system in the vehicle, DVD Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to playback may be slowed down by navigate through a menu. pressing s then [. Reverse slow r (Enter): Press to select the play by pressing s then r. highlighted choice in any menu. Press s again to cancel slow play. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Infotainment System 7-41

t (Previous Track/Chapter): [ (Fast Forward): Press to fast AUX (Auxiliary): Press to switch Press to go to the start of the forward the DVD or CD. To stop fast the video displays between the DVD player and an auxiliary source. current track or chapter. Press again forwarding a DVD video, press s. to go to the previous track or To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio The AUX button also controls the chapter. This button may not work or CD, release [. This button might source display between the left and when the DVD is playing the not work when the DVD is playing right video screens as described in copyright information or the the table below: previews. the copyright information or the previews. Aux Left Right u (Next Track/Chapter): Press to e (Audio): Press to change audio Button Screen Screen go to the beginning of the next Press chapter or track. This button might tracks on DVDs that have this feature when the DVD is playing. Default not work when the DVD is playing DVD DVD { State (No the copyright information or the (Subtitles): Press to turn ON/ Media Media previews. OFF subtitles and to move through Press) r (Fast Reverse): Press to subtitle options when a DVD is First Aux Video Aux Video quickly reverse the DVD or CD. playing. Press Source Source To stop fast reversing a DVD video, Second DVD Aux Video press s. To stop fast reversing a Press Media Source r DVD audio or CD, release . Third Aux Video DVD This button might not work when Press Source Media the DVD is playing the copyright Return to Return to information or the previews. Fourth Default Default Press State State Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

7-42 Infotainment System

2 (Camera): Press to change the Replacing the Remote Control Battery Replacement camera angle on DVDs that have If the remote control becomes lost To change the remote control this feature when the DVD is or damaged, a new universal batteries: playing. remote control can be purchased. ® 1. Slide back the rear cover on the \ (Clear) (If Available): Press this Use a Toshiba code set for remote control. button within three seconds after replacement universal remote inputting a numeric selection, to controls. 2. Replace the two batteries in the clear all numeric inputs. compartment. } 10 (Double Digit Entries) 3. Replace the battery cover. (If Available): Press this button to Remove the batteries from the select chapter or track numbers remote control if unused for an greater than 9. Press this button extended period of time. before inputting the number. 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): The numbered keypad provides the capability of direct chapter or track number selection. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Infotainment System 7-43

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart Problem Recommended Action No power. The ignition might not be turned to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. The picture does not fill the screen. There are black Check the display mode settings in the setup menu by borders on the top and bottom or on both sides or it pressing the display menu button on the remote control. looks stretched out. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves or scrolls. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no obstruction between the remote control and the transmitter window. Check the batteries to make sure they are not dead or installed incorrectly. After stopping the player, I push Play but sometimes the If the stop button was pressed one time, the DVD player DVD starts where I left off and sometimes at the resumes playing where the DVD was stopped. If the beginning. stop button was pressed two times, the DVD player begins to play from the beginning of the DVD. The auxiliary source is running but there is no picture or Check that the RSE video screen is in the auxiliary sound. source mode by pressing the AUX button on the remote control. Check the auxiliary input connections at both devices. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

7-44 Infotainment System

Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont.) Problem Recommended Action Sometimes the wireless headphone audio cuts out or Check for obstructions, low batteries, reception range, buzzes. and interference from cellular telephone towers or by using a cellular telephone in the vehicle. Check that the headphones are on correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. Check that the headphones are positioned properly with the headband across the top of the head. I lost the remote and/or the headphones. See your dealer for assistance. The DVD is playing, but there is no picture or sound. Check that the RSE video screen is sourced to the DVD player by pressing the AUX button on the remote control.

DVD Display Error Messages Disc Load/Eject Error or Disc Region Error or Disc Error: Mechanical Error: There are disc The disc is not from a correct The DVD display error message load or eject problems. region. depends on which radio the vehicle has. The video screen may display Disc Format Error or Unknown No Disc Inserted: No disc is one of the following: Format: The disc is inserted with present when the Y or MEM/CD/ the disc label wrong side up, or the AUX button is pressed on the radio. disc is damaged. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Infotainment System 7-45

DVD Distortion Rear Seat Audio (RSA) front or rear auxiliary input, if available. Turn the device on, then Video distortion can occur when System choose the front auxiliary input with operating cellular phones, scanners, Vehicles with this feature allow the the RSA SRCE button. CB radios, Global Position Systems rear seat passengers to listen to (GPSs)*, two-way radios, mobile and control any of the music faxes, or walkie talkies. sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other It might be necessary to turn off the auxiliary sources. RSA can only DVD player when operating one of control music sources that the front these devices in or near the vehicle. seat passengers are not listening to, *Excludes the OnStar® System. except on radios where dual control is allowed. Cleaning the RSE Seatback RSA can function when the front Console radio is off. X displays on the A. Left side volume control. Use only a clean cloth dampened infotainment system when with clean water to clean the RSE RSA is on. Turn to increase or decrease seatback console surface. the volume of the left Audio can be heard through wired headphones. Cleaning the Video Screens headphones (not included) plugged into the jacks on the RSA. If the B. Right side volume control. Use only a clean cloth dampened vehicle has a Rear Seat Turn to increase or decrease with clean water. Use care when Entertainment system with wireless the volume of the right touching or cleaning the screens as headphones, audio can also be headphones. damage could result. heard on Channel 2 of the wireless C. Left side 3.5 mm (1/8 in) headphones. headphone auxiliary jack. To listen to a portable audio device D. Right side 3.5 mm (1/8 in) through the RSA, attach the headphone auxiliary jack. portable audio device to either the Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

7-46 Infotainment System

P (Power): Press to turn the While listening to a disc, press ¨ to When a CD or DVD audio disc is RSA on or off. go to the next track or chapter on playing, press PROG to go to the beginning of the disc or display disc the disc. Press to go back to the SRCE (Source): Press to select © info. If the front seat passengers are between the radio, CD, and if these start of the current track or chapter if listening to a disc, this function may features are available: DVD, front or more than 10 seconds have played. be inactive on some radios. rear auxiliary, HDD, USB. The front If the front seat passengers are radio may override the rear listening to a disc, this function may When a disc is playing in the CD or selection as required. be inactive on some radios. Press DVD changer, press and hold and hold © or ¨ to fast reverse or PROG to select the next disc, © ¨ (Seek): While listening to the if multiple discs are loaded. If the fast forward. radio, press to go to the previous or front seat passengers are listening to the next station and stay there. When a DVD video menu is being to a disc, this function may be If the front seat passengers are displayed, press or to cursor up inactive on some radios. listening to the radio, this function © ¨ may be inactive on some radios. or down on the menu. Hold © or ¨ to The PROG button may be used cursor left or right on the menu. to access the menu of an MP3. Press and hold © or ¨ until “Tune” PROG (Program): Press to go to Once in the menu, use © or ¨ to displays. Continue to press © or ¨ to the next preset radio station or make selections. tune to an individual station. Tune channel set on the main radio. If the When a DVD video menu is stays active until © or ¨ has not front seat passengers are listening displayed, press PROG, or press been pressed for several seconds. to the radio, this function may be and hold PROG to perform the If the front seat passengers are inactive on some radios. menu function, then press ENTER. listening to the radio, this function may be inactive on some radios. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Infotainment System 7-47

. Review the controls and Phone operation of the infotainment WARNING (Continued) system. Bluetooth (Overview) . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. Taking your eyes off the road too For vehicles equipped with The system may not work with long or too often could cause a Bluetooth capability, the system can all cell phones. See “Pairing” in crash resulting in injury or death. interact with many cell phones, this section for more information. Focus your attention on driving. allowing: . If the cell phone has voice . Placement and receipt of calls in dialing capability, learn to use Vehicles with a Bluetooth system a hands-free mode. that feature to access the can use a Bluetooth‐capable cell address book or contact list. See phone with a Hands Free Profile to . Sharing of the cell phone’s ‐ address book or contact list with “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section make and receive phone calls. the vehicle. for more information. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the . See Storing and Deleting Phone To minimize driver distraction, “ system. The system can be used Numbers in this section for before driving, and with the ” while in ON/RUN or ACC/ more information. vehicle parked: ACCESSORY. The range of the . Bluetooth system can be up to Become familiar with the { WARNING features of the cell phone. 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support Organize the phone book and all functions and not all phones work When using a cell phone, it can with the Bluetooth system. See contact lists clearly and delete be distracting to look too long or duplicate or rarely used entries. www.gm.com/bluetooth for more too often at the screen of the information about compatible If possible, program speed dial phone or the infotainment or other shortcuts. phones. (navigation) system. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

7-48 Infotainment System

Bluetooth Controls Voice Recognition Other Information Use the buttons located on the The voice recognition system uses The Bluetooth® word mark and infotainment system and the commands to control the system logos are owned by the Bluetooth® steering wheel to operate the and dial phone numbers. SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks Bluetooth system. Noise: The system may not by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names Steering Wheel Controls recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise. are those of their respective owners. b / g (Push To Talk) : Press to See Radio Frequency Statement on answer incoming calls, confirm When to Speak: A tone sounds to indicate that the system is ready for page 13‑21 for information system information, and start voice regarding Part 15 of the Federal recognition. a voice command. Wait for the tone and then speak. Communications Commission (FCC) 0 / c (End Call/Mute): Press to rules and Industry Canada end a call, reject a call, or cancel an How to Speak: Speak clearly in a Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. operation. calm and natural voice. Infotainment System Controls Audio System If equipped, the infotainment system When using the Bluetooth system, allows certain controls to be sound comes through the vehicle's selected on the infotainment display. front audio system speakers and For information about how to overrides the audio system. Use the navigate the menu system using the VOL/ O knob during a call to infotainment controls, see Operation change the volume level. The on page 7‑7. adjusted volume level remains in memory for later calls. The system PHONE: Press to enter the Phone maintains a minimum volume level. main menu. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Infotainment System 7-49

Bluetooth . Up to five cell phones can be 4. Select Pair Device (Phone). paired to the Bluetooth system. (Infotainment Controls) A four‐digit Personal . The pairing process is disabled Identification Number (PIN) For information about how to when the vehicle is moving. appears on the display. navigate the menu system using the The PIN is used is Step 6. . infotainment controls, see Operation Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the 5. Start the pairing process on the on page 7‑7. pairing information on the cell cell phone to be paired to the Pairing phone changes or the cell phone vehicle. See the cell phone is deleted from the system. manufacturer's user guide for A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone information on this process. must be paired to the Bluetooth . Only one paired cell phone can system and then connected to the be connected to the Bluetooth 6. Locate the device named “Your vehicle before it can be used. See system at a time. Vehicle” in the list on the cell phone. Follow the instructions your cell phone manufacturer's user . If multiple paired cell phones are guide for Bluetooth functions before on the cell phone to enter the within range of the system, the PIN provided in Step 4. After the pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth system connects to the first phone is not connected, calls will be PIN is successfully entered, the available paired cell phone in the system prompts you to provide a made using OnStar Hands‐Free order that they were first paired Calling, if available. See OnStar name for the paired cell phone. to the system. To link to a This name will be used to Overview on page 14‑1 for more different paired phone, see information. indicate which phones are “Linking to a Different Phone” paired and connected to the Pairing Information later in this section. vehicle. The system responds . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 Pairing a Phone with “ has been successfully paired” after the capability cannot be paired to 1. Press the CONFIG button. the vehicle as a phone and an pairing process is complete. MP3 player at the same time. 2. Select Phone Settings. 7. Repeat Steps 1 through 6 to pair 3. Select Bluetooth. additional phones. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

7-50 Infotainment System

Listing All Paired and Connected 4. Select Device List. The Call Lists menu allows you to Phones 5. Select the new phone to link to access the phone numbers from the 1. Press the CONFIG button. and follow the on screen Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and prompts. Missed Calls menus on your cell 2. Select Phone Settings. phone to make a call. 3. Select Bluetooth. If delete is selected, the highlighted phone will be Radio with CD 4. Select Device List. deleted. To make a call using the Phone Deleting a Paired Phone Making a Call Using Book menu: 1. Press the CONFIG button. Phone Book 1. Press the PHONE button twice. 2. Select Phone Settings. For cell phones that support the 2. Select Phone Book. phone book feature, the Bluetooth 3. Select Bluetooth. 3. Search through the list by system can use the contacts stored selecting the letter group the 4. Select Device List. on your cell phone to make calls. phone book entry begins with, 5. Select the phone to delete and See your cell phone's owner's guide or press the SELECT button to follow the on screen prompts. or contact your wireless provider to scroll through the entire list of find out if this feature is supported names/numbers in the Linking to a Different Phone by your phone. phone book. To link to a different phone, the new When a cell phone supports the 4. Select the name or number you phone must be in the vehicle and phone book feature, the Phone want to call. available to be connected to the Book and Call Lists menus are Bluetooth system before the automatically available. To make a call using the Call process is started. Lists menu: The Phone Book menu allows you 1. Press the CONFIG button. to access the phone book stored in 1. Press the PHONE button twice. 2. Select Phone Settings. the cell phone to make a call. 2. Select Call Lists. 3. Select Bluetooth. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Infotainment System 7-51

3. Select the Incoming Calls, 4. Select the name or number you Accepting or Declining a Call Outgoing Calls, or Missed want to call. When an incoming call is received, Calls list. Making a Call the infotainment system mutes and 4. Select the name or number you a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. want to call. Radio with CD Accepting a Call Radio with CD/DVD and MEM 1. Press the PHONE button twice. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 2. Enter the character sequence. 1. Press the PHONE button. “Answer” and press the MENU/ See “Entering a Character SELECT knob to accept the call. 2. Select Phone Book. Sequence” in Operation on 3. Search through the list by page 7‑7 for more information. Declining a Call selecting the letter group the 3. Select Call to start dialing the Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to phone book entry begins with, number. “Decline” and press the MENU/ or press the SELECT button to SELECT knob to decline the call. scroll through the entire list of Radio with CD/DVD and MEM names/numbers in the 1. Press the PHONE button. Call Waiting phone book. 2. Select Enter number. Call waiting must be supported on 4. Select the name or number you the Bluetooth phone and enabled by want to call. 3. Enter the character sequence. the wireless service carrier to work. See “Entering a Character To make a call using the Call Sequence” in Operation on Accepting a Call Lists menu: page 7‑7 for more information. Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to 1. Press the PHONE button. 4. Select Call to start dialing the “Answer” and press the MENU/ 2. Select Call Lists. number. SELECT knob to accept the call. 3. Select the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, or Missed Calls list. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

7-52 Infotainment System

Declining a Call 3. Enter the character sequence To Cancel Mute Turn the MENU/SELECT knob to then select Call. See “Entering a Turn or press the MENU/SELECT Character Sequence in “Decline” and press the MENU/ ” knob and select Mute Call. SELECT knob to decline the call. Operation on page 7‑7 for more information. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Switching Between Calls 4. After the call has been placed, (DTMF) Tones (Call Waiting Calls Only) turn or press the MENU/ The in‐vehicle Bluetooth system can To switch between calls: SELECT knob and choose send numbers during a call. This is 1. Turn or press the MENU/ Merge Calls. used when calling a menu‐driven SELECT knob. 5. To add more callers to the phone system. 2. Select Switch Call from conference call, repeat Steps 1 1. Turn or press the MENU/ the menu. through 4. The number of callers SELECT knob and select Enter that can be added is limited by Number. Conference Calling your wireless service carrier. 2. Enter the character sequence. Conference calling and three‐way Ending a Call See “Entering a Character calling must be supported on the Sequence in Operation on Turn or press the MENU/SELECT ” Bluetooth phone and enabled by the page 7‑7 for more information. wireless service carrier to work. knob and select Hang Up. To start a conference while in a Muting a Call current call: To Mute a Call 1. Turn or press the MENU/ Turn or press the MENU/SELECT SELECT knob. knob and select Mute Call. 2. Select Enter Number. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Infotainment System 7-53

Bluetooth Pairing Information . If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the (Voice Recognition) . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 system connects to the first capability cannot be paired to Using Voice Recognition available paired cell phone in the the vehicle as a phone and an order that they were first paired To use voice recognition, press the MP3 player at the same time. to the system. To link to a b / g button located on the steering . Up to five cell phones can be different paired phone, see wheel. Use the commands below for paired to the Bluetooth system. “Linking to a Different Phone” the various voice features. For . later in this section. additional information, say "Help" The pairing process is disabled while you are in a voice when the vehicle is moving. recognition menu. . Pairing only needs to be completed once, unless the Pairing pairing information on the cell A Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone phone changes or the cell phone must be paired to the Bluetooth is deleted from the system. system and then connected to the . Only one paired cell phone can vehicle before it can be used. See be connected to the Bluetooth your cell phone manufacturer's user system at a time. guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone is not connected, calls will be made using OnStar Hands‐Free Calling, if available. See OnStar Overview on page 14‑1 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

7-54 Infotainment System

Pairing a Phone This name will be used to Deleting a Paired Phone indicate which phones are If the phone name you want to 1. Press b / g. The system paired and connected to the delete is unknown, see “Listing All responds “Ready,” followed by vehicle. The system responds Paired and Connected Phones.” a tone. with “ has been 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command successfully paired” after the 1. Press b / g. The system can be skipped. pairing process is complete. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 3. Say “Pair.” The system responds 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair with instructions and a four‐digit additional phones. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Personal Identification Number Listing All Paired and Connected 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. Phones for which phone to delete. 4. Start the pairing process on the The system can list all cell phones 4. Say the name of the phone you cell phone that you want to pair. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is want to delete. For help with this process, see also connected to the vehicle, the your cell phone manufacturer's Connecting to a Different Phone system responds with “is connected” user guide. after that phone name. To connect to a different cell phone, 5. Locate the device named “Your the Bluetooth system looks for the 1. Press / . The system Vehicle” in the list on the cell b g next available cell phone in the phone. Follow the instructions responds “Ready,” followed by order in which all the available cell on the cell phone to enter the a tone. phones were paired. Depending on PIN provided in Step 3. After the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” which cell phone you want to PIN is successfully entered, the connect to, you may have to use system prompts you to provide a 3. Say “List.” this command several times. name for the paired cell phone. 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Infotainment System 7-55

2. Say “Bluetooth.” Delete: This command is used to To hear all of the numbers delete individual name tags. recognized by the system, say 3. Say “Change phone.” Delete All Name Tags: This “Verify” at any time. . If another cell phone is found, the response will be command deletes all stored name 1. Press b / g. The system tags in the Hands Free Calling “ is now ‐ responds “Ready,” followed by Directory and the Destinations connected.” a tone. Directory. . If another cell phone is not 2. Say “Digit Store.” Using the Store Command found, the original phone “ ” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, remains connected. 1. Press b / g. The system that you want to store. After Storing and Deleting Phone responds “Ready,” followed by each digit is entered, the system Numbers a tone. repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone. After the last The system can store up to 30 2. Say “Store.” digit has been entered, say phone numbers as name tags in the 3. Say the phone number or group “Store,” and then follow the Hands‐Free Directory that is shared of numbers you want to store all directions given by the system to between the Bluetooth and OnStar at once with no pauses, then save a name tag for this number. systems. follow the directions given by the Using the “Delete” Command The following commands are used system to save a name tag for to delete and store phone numbers. this number. 1. Press b / g. The system responds Ready, followed by Store: This command will store a Using the “Digit Store” Command “ ” a tone. phone number, or a group of If an unwanted number is numbers as a name tag. recognized by the system, say 2. Say “Delete.” Digit Store: This command allows “Clear” at any time to clear the last 3. Say the name tag you want to a phone number to be stored as a number. delete. name tag by entering the digits one at a time. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

7-56 Infotainment System

Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Making a Call Using the “Digit Dial” Command Command Calls can be made using the The digit dial command allows a This command deletes all stored following commands. phone number to be dialed by name tags in the Hands Free entering the digits one at a time. Dial or Call: The dial or call Calling Directory and the After each digit is entered, the command can be used Destinations Directory. system repeats back the digit it interchangeably to dial a phone heard followed by a tone. To delete all name tags: number or a stored name tag. If an unwanted number is Digit Dial: This command allows a 1. Press b / g. The system recognized by the system, say phone number to be dialed by responds “Ready,” followed by Clear at any time to clear the last entering the digits one at a time. “ ” a tone. number. Re dial: This command is used to 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” ‐ To hear all of the numbers dial the last number used on the cell recognized by the system, say Listing Stored Numbers phone. “Verify” at any time. The list command will list all the Using the “Dial” or “Call” stored numbers and name tags. Command 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by Using the “List” Command 1. Press b / g. The system a tone. responds Ready, followed by 1. Press b / g. The system “ ” 2. Say “Digit Dial.” responds Ready, followed by a tone. “ ” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, a tone. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” that you want to dial. After each 2. Say “Directory.” 3. Say the entire number without digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard 3. Say “Hands Free Calling.” pausing or say the name tag. followed by a tone. After the last Once connected, the person called 4. Say “List.” digit has been entered, will be heard through the audio say Dial. speakers. “ ” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Infotainment System 7-57

Once connected, the person called Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to will be heard through the audio dial the number of the third party Call waiting must be supported on speakers. to be called. the cell phone and enabled by the Using the “Re‐dial” Command wireless service carrier. 4. Once the call is connected, press / to link all callers 1. Press / . The system . Press / to answer an b g b g b g together. responds “Ready,” followed by incoming call when another call a tone. is active. The original call is Ending a Call placed on hold. 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” The Press 0 / c to end a call. system dials the last number . Press b / g again to return to called from the connected cell the original call. Muting a Call phone. . To ignore the incoming call, no During a call, all sounds from inside Once connected, the person called action is required. the vehicle can be muted so that the will be heard through the audio person on the other end of the call speakers. . Press 0 / c to disconnect the cannot hear them. current call and switch to the call Receiving a Call on hold. To mute a call, press b / g, and When an incoming call is received, then say “Mute Call.” Three‐Way Calling the audio system mutes and a ring To cancel mute, press b / g, and tone is heard in the vehicle. Three way calling must be ‐ then say “Un‐mute Call.” supported on the cell phone and . Press b / g to answer the call. enabled by the wireless service carrier. . Press 0 / c to ignore a call. 1. While on a call, press b / g. 2. Say “Three‐way call.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

7-58 Infotainment System

Transferring a Call phone. See your cell phone Dual Tone Multi-Frequency manufacturer's user guide for more Audio can be transferred between (DTMF) Tones information. the Bluetooth system and the The Bluetooth system can send cell phone. Voice Pass-Thru numbers and the numbers stored as name tags during a call. You can The cell phone must be paired and Voice pass thru allows access to the ‐ use this feature when calling a connected with the Bluetooth voice recognition commands on the menu driven phone system. system before a call can be cell phone. See your cell phone ‐ Account numbers can also be transferred. The connection process manufacturer's user guide to see if stored for use. can take up to two minutes after the the cell phone supports this feature. ignition is turned to ON/RUN. To access contacts stored in the cell Sending a Number or Name Tag To Transfer Audio from the phone: During a Call Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone 1. Press b / g. The system 1. Press b / g. The system During a call with the audio in the responds “Ready,” followed by responds “Ready,” followed by vehicle: a tone. a tone. 1. Press b / g. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command 2. Say “Dial.” can be skipped. 2. Say “Transfer Call.” 3. Say the number or name tag 3. Say Voice. The system to send. To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth “ ” responds OK, accessing System from a Cell Phone “ .” During a call with the audio on the The cell phone's normal prompt cell phone, press b / g. The audio messages will go through their cycle transfers to the vehicle. If the audio according to the phone's operating does not transfer to the vehicle, use instructions. the audio transfer feature on the cell Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Infotainment System 7-59

Clearing the System The range of the UHP system can . Reject a call be up to 10 m (33 ft). Not all phones . Unless information is deleted out of Cancel an operation support all functions and not all the in vehicle Bluetooth system, it . ‐ phones work with the UHP system. Make outgoing calls using the will be retained indefinitely. This call list includes all saved name tags in the Other Information / (Push To Talk) : Press to phone book and phone pairing b g answer incoming calls, to confirm information. For information on how The Bluetooth word mark and logos ® system information, and to start to delete this information, see the are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by voice control. Press and hold for two previous sections on “Deleting a General Motors is under license. to three seconds to access the Paired Phone” and “Deleting Other trademarks and trade names call list. Name Tags.” are those of their respective owners. $ / i (End call/Mute) : Press to Bluetooth UHP Controls end a call, reject a call, or to cancel an operation. (UHP Mexico Only) Use the buttons located on the To make outgoing calls using the General Information infotainment system and the steering wheel to operate the UHP call list. Vehicles with a Universal system. 1. Press the b / g button. Hands‐free Phone (UHP) system can use a Bluetooth® capable Steering Wheel Controls 2. Highlight the phone number by mobile phone with a Hands-Free Steering wheel controls can be toggling the SRC switch up Profile to make and receive phone used to: or down. calls. The infotainment system and . Answer incoming calls 3. Dial the highlighted number by voice control are used to control the pressing the / button. system. The system can be used . Confirm system information b g while the ignition is in ON/RUN or . Start voice recognition ACC/ACCESSORY. . End a call Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

7-60 Infotainment System

Infotainment System Controls Audio System 1. Press the CONFIG button. For information about how to When using the UHP system, sound 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch navigate the menu system using the comes through the vehicle's front Phone on a navigation radio. navigation system controls, see the audio system speakers and 3. Select Bluetooth. separate Navigation System overrides the audio system. Use the Manual. VOL/ O knob during a call to 4. Select Change Bluetooth Code. PHONE: Press to enter the Phone change the volume level. The 5. Enter a new four-digit code, then main menu. adjusted volume level remains in select OK. memory for later calls. The system Ring Tone Voice Control maintains a minimum volume level. There are three different ring tones The voice control system uses Turning Bluetooth On or Off commands to control the system available for the UHP system. and dial phone numbers. 1. Press the CONFIG button. To change the ring tone: Noise: The system may not 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch 1. Press the CONFIG button. recognize voice commands if there Phone on a navigation radio. is too much background noise. 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch 3. Select Bluetooth. Phone on a navigation radio. When to Speak: A tone sounds to 4. Select Activation. indicate that the system is ready for 3. Select Ring Tones. a voice command. Wait for the tone Changing Bluetooth Code 4. Select Ring Tone 1, 2, or 3. and then speak. The default Bluetooth code should Default Settings How to Speak: Speak clearly in a work with most mobile phones. calm and natural voice. If you are having difficulty pairing Selecting this option will reset the your mobile phone, you can change ring tones and the Bluetooth code. the code at any time. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Infotainment System 7-61

Pairing Using UHP with Infotainment Reference the mobile phone manufacturer's user guide for A Bluetooth enabled mobile phone Controls information on this process. must be paired to the UHP system Pairing a Phone first and then connected to the Locate the device named UHP vehicle before it can be used. See If your mobile phone has simple followed by a four‐digit number the mobile phone manufacturer's pairing or auto discovery features, in the list on the mobile phone user guide for Bluetooth functions they need to be turned off before and follow the instructions on the before pairing the mobile phone. the mobile phone can be paired to mobile phone and enter the the UHP system. Reference the four-digit code provided by the Pairing Information: mobile phone manufacturer's user system if necessary, then follow . Up to five mobile phones can be guide for information on these the instructions on the paired to the UHP system features. infotainment display screen. . The pairing process is disabled 1. Press the CONFIG button. 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair when the vehicle is moving 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch additional mobile phones. . The UHP system connects with Phone on a navigation radio. Viewing All Paired and Connected the first available paired mobile 3. Select Bluetooth. Phones phone in the order the phone was paired 4. Select Pair Device or Add new To view all available mobile phones Hands‐free (HF) device on a that are paired to the UHP system: . Only one paired mobile phone navigation radio. A four-digit 1. Press the CONFIG button. can be connected to the UHP number appears on the display system at a time and the UHP system goes into 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch . Pairing should only need to be discovery mode. Phone on a navigation radio. completed once, unless changes 5. Start the pairing process on the 3. Select Bluetooth. to the pairing information have mobile phone that will be paired 4. Select Device List. been made or the mobile phone to the vehicle. is deleted 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 to pair additional mobile phones. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

7-62 Infotainment System

Deleting a Paired Phone 3. Select Bluetooth. When a mobile phone supports the To remove a paired mobile phone 4. Select Device List. phone book and call list features, from the UHP system: the Phone Book, and Call Lists 5. Select the new mobile phone to menus are automatically available. 1. Press the CONFIG button. link to and follow the on screen prompts. The Phone Book menu allows you 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch to access the phone book stored in Phone on a navigation radio. If delete is selected, the highlighted the mobile phone to make a call. mobile phone will be deleted. 3. Select Bluetooth. The Call Lists menu allows you to 4. Select Device List. Making a Call Using Phone Book access the phone numbers from the and Call List Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and 5. Select the mobile phone to For mobile phones that support the Missed Calls menus on your mobile delete and follow the on screen phone to make a call. prompts. phone book and call list features, the UHP system can use the To make a call using the Phone Connecting to a Different Phone contacts and call lists stored on Book menu: To connect to a different paired your mobile phone to make calls. 1. Press PHONE twice, or press See your mobile phone mobile phone, the new mobile PHONE once on vehicles with a phone must be in the vehicle and manufacturer's user guide or navigation system. available to be connected to the contact your wireless provider to UHP system before the process is find out if this feature is supported 2. Select Phone Book. started. by your mobile phone. 3. You can search through the list To connect to a different phone: The time it takes to download the by selecting the letter group the phone book and call list from your phone book entry begins with, to 1. Press the CONFIG button. mobile phone to the UHP system continue scrolling through the 2. Select Phone Settings, or touch can vary depending on the size of entire list, turn the MENU knob. Phone on a navigation radio. the phone book and call list stored 4. Select the name or number you on your mobile phone. want to call. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (63,1)

Infotainment System 7-63

To make a call using the Call For vehicles without a navigation Call Waiting Lists menu: system, see “Entering a Call waiting must be supported on 1. Press PHONE twice, or press Character Sequence” in the mobile phone and enabled by PHONE once on vehicles with a Operation on page 7‑7 for more the wireless service carrier to work. information. navigation system. To accept the incoming call, turn the 4. Select Call to start dialing the 2. Select Call Lists. MENU/SELECT knob to “Answer” number. 3. Select the Incoming Calls, and press the MENU/SELECT knob, Outgoing Calls, or Missed Accepting or Declining a Call or press the b / g button on the Calls list. When an incoming call is received, steering wheel controls. 4. Select the name or number you the infotainment system mutes and To decline the incoming call, turn want to call. a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. the MENU/SELECT knob to “Decline” and press the MENU/ Making a Call To accept the incoming call, turn the MENU/SELECT knob to “Answer” SELECT knob, or press To make a call: and press the MENU/SELECT knob, the $ / i button on the 1. Press PHONE twice, or press or press the b / g button on the steering wheel controls. PHONE once on vehicles with a steering wheel controls. 1. Press PHONE. navigation system. To decline the incoming call, turn 2. Select Switch Call from 2. Select Enter Number for vehicles the MENU/SELECT knob to the menu. without a navigation system. “decline” and press the MENU/ 3. Select the numbers to be dialed. SELECT knob, or press For vehicles with a navigation the b / g button on the system, touch the numbers on steering wheel controls. the infotainment screen. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (64,1)

7-64 Infotainment System

Conference Calling Ending a Call Operating UHP Using Voice Conference calling and three way Press the MENU/SELECT knob Control calling must be supported on the and select Hang Up, or press The voice control of the UHP mobile phone and enabled by the the $ / i button on the steering system enables you to operate wireless service carrier to work. wheel controls. several functions of the mobile phone using your voice. The UHP To start a conference call while in To Mute a Call a call: system uses voice commands to Press the MENU/SELECT knob and control the system and dial phone 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob select Mute Call. numbers. After input of the and select Enter Number. command the infotainment system 2. Enter the character sequence To Cancel Mute guides you through the dialogue then select call. Press the MENU/SELECT knob and with appropriate questions and feedback to achieve the desired 3. After the call has been placed, select Mute Call. action. The commands and press the MENU/SELECT knob Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) numbers can be spoken without a and choose Merge Calls. Tones pause between the individual words. 4. To add more callers to the The UHP system can send numbers In addition you can save telephone conference call, repeat steps 1 during a call. This is used when numbers under a name tag that is through 3. The number of callers calling a menu driven phone selectable by you. The telephone that can be added is limited by system. connection can be set up with your wireless service carrier. To access this system: this name. To disconnect from one caller while 1. Press the MENU/SELECT knob In the event of incorrect operation or in a conference call, select Detach and select Enter Number. incorrect codes, the voice control Number from the menu and select gives you voice feedback and the number to hang up on. 2. Enter the character sequence. requests you to re-enter the desired command. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (65,1)

Infotainment System 7-65

Apart from this, the voice control Adjusting the Volume for Voice Main Menu Commands acknowledges important commands Output The UHP system has a set of main and will ask if necessary. Turn the volume knob of the menu commands that are available In order that calls are made inside Infotainment system or press when voice control is first started. the vehicle do not lead to the + / - buttons on the After the voice control is activated, unintentional triggering of the mobile steering wheel. a short tone indicates that the voice phone, the voice control does not control system is waiting for a Canceling Dialogue start until it has been activated. command. There are various possibilities of Available commands: Activating the Voice Control deactivating the voice control and For vehicles without a navigation cancelling the dialogue: . “Dial” system, press the / button on . b g . Press the $ / i button on the “Call” the steering wheel to activate the steering wheel controls. . “Re-dial” voice control of the UHP system. . Enter the command “Cancel.” . “Save” For vehicles with a navigation . system, press the b / g button on Do not enter a command for . “Delete” some time. the steering wheel to activate the . “Directory” voice control of the UHP system . The command is unrecognized . “Pair” The system responds with a tone. after three tries. After the tone, say ”Phone.“ . “Select device” For the duration of the dialogue any . “Voice feedback” audio source that is active is muted . “Help” and any traffic news fade-in is cancelled. . “Cancel” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (66,1)

7-66 Infotainment System

Frequently Used Commands Pairing, Saving, or Deleting Phone (At this time, start the pairing Here is a list of frequently used From Device List process on the mobile phone that will be paired to the vehicle. commands: With the command “Pair” a mobile phone can be saved to or deleted Reference the mobile phone . “Help”: the dialogue is manufacturer's user guide for terminated and all commands from the device list of the UHP system. A device number will be information on this process. Locate available in the current context the device named UHP followed by are enumerated. assigned by the UHP system to the mobile phone when it is paired. a four‐digit number in the list on the . “Cancel”: the voice control is mobile phone and follow the deactivated. Available commands: instructions on the mobile phone . “Add” and enter the four-digit code . “Yes”: a suitable action is provided by the system.) triggered depending on the . “Delete” Voice output: “Do you want to pair context. . “Help” the device?” . No : a suitable action is “ ” . “Cancel” triggered depending on the User: “Yes.” context. Example of a dialogue Voice output: “Paired, ending Voice Feedback User: “Pair.” session.” Each voice input is answered or Voice output: “Do you want to add Selecting Phone from Device List or delete a device? commented on by the infotainment ” The “Select device” command can system by way of a voice output User: “Add.” be used to select a different paired that is adapted to the situation. mobile phone. The UHP system Voice output: “Using the pair To switch the voice output on or off, function in the external device, asks for a device number that was assigned by the UHP system to the enter “Voice feedback” or press enter <1234> to pair.” mobile phone when it was paired. the b / g button. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (67,1)

Infotainment System 7-67

Example of a dialogue Recognition is best, if a pause of at The telephone number entered can least half a second is made after have a maximum length of 25 digits. User: “Select device.” every three to five digits. The To be able to make a call abroad Voice output: “Please, say a device infotainment system then repeats you can say the word Plus (+) at number to select.” “ ” the numbers recognized. the beginning of your number. The User: “device number.” Available Commands: plus allows you to call from any country without knowing the prefix Voice output: “Do you want to select . “Dial”: the inputs are accepted. the device number “device number.” for calls made abroad in that . “Digit”: a numeric value between country. Then say the required (The device name appears on the “0-9” is entered. country code. infotainment display screen) . “Delete”: the number last Example of a dialogue User: “Yes.” entered or the block of numbers User: “Dial.” Voice output: “One moment please, last entered is deleted. Voice output: Please, say the the system searches for the . “Plus”: a preceding “+” is entered “ selected device.” for a call abroad. number to dial.” User: Plus four nine. Voice output: “Device number . “Verify”: the inputs are repeated “ ” “device number” is selected, ending by the voice output. User: “Seven three one.” session.” . “Asterisk”: an asterisk “*” is Voice output: “Seven three one.” Telephone Number Dialing entered. User: “One one nine nine.” After the Dial command, the voice . Hash : a hash character # is “ ” “ ” “ ” Voice output: “One one nine nine.” control requests input of a number. entered. User: “Dial.” The telephone number must be . “Pause”: a pause is entered into spoken in your normal speech the character sequence. Voice output: “The number is being without any artificial pauses dialled.” . “Help” between the numbers. . “Cancel” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (68,1)

7-68 Infotainment System

Making a Call Using Name Tag Starting a Second Call Example of a dialogue When the “Call” command is used, Press the button b / g to start a User: Press the b / g button if a a telephone number is entered that second call during an active telephone call is active. has been stored in the telephone telephone call. book as a name tag. User: “Send.” Available commands: Available commands: Voice output: “Please, say the . “Send”: activate manual DTMF number to send.” . “Yes” (touch-tone dialling), e.g. for (for number input information, see . voice mail or telephone banking. “No” the dialogue example for “Making a . “Help” . “Send name tag”: activate DTMF Call Using a Telephone Number” (touch-tone dialling) by entering earlier in this section) . “Cancel” a name tag. User: Send. Example of a dialogue “ ” . “Dial” User: Call. Re-dialing “ ” . “Call” The Re-dialing command re-dials Voice output: “Please, say the name “ ” . “Re-dialing” the last number dialed. tag to call.” . Help (for name tag information, see “ ” “Saving a Name Tag” later in this . “Cancel” section) User: ”Name tag.“ Voice output: “Seven three one.” User: “Yes.” Voice output: “Calling.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (69,1)

Infotainment System 7-69

Saving a Name Tag Available commands: Deleting a Name Tag The “Save” command is used to . “Save”: the inputs are accepted. The “Delete” command is used to store a telephone number in the delete a previously saved name tag. . “Re-dialing”: the last input is telephone book under as a repeated. Available commands: name tag. . “Help” . “Yes” The name entered must be repeated once. The pitch and . “Cancel” . “No” pronunciation must be as identical Example of a dialogue . “Help” as possible for both name inputs, otherwise the voice control will User: “Save.” . “Cancel” reject the inputs. Voice output: “Please, say the Listening to Stored Name Tags number to save.” A maximum of 50 name tags can be The “Directory” command is used to stored in the telephone book. User: Say number to save. listen to all stored name tags . Name tags are speaker-dependent, (for number input information, see Available commands: i.e. only the person who recorded a the dialogue example for “Making a . Call : the telephone number of name tag can open it. To avoid the Call Using a Telephone Number” “ ” start of the recording of a saved earlier in this section) the voice tag last read aloud is name from being cut off, a short selected. User: “Save.” pause should be left after an input . “Delete”: the entry of the voice request. User: “Name Tag” (give name tag). tag last read aloud is deleted. To be able to use the name tag Voice output: “Please, repeat the independently of the location, i.e. name tag to confirm.” including other countries, all User: “Name Tag” telephone numbers should be entered with a “plus” character and Voice output: “Saving the a country code. name tag.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (70,1)

7-70 Infotainment System

Trademarks and License Agreements

® Manufactured under license from DivX is a certified product. It plays all versions of DivX® video Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the ® double-D symbol are trademarks of (including DivX 6) with standard Dolby Laboratories. playback of DivX media files. Manufactured under license DivX, DivX Certified, and associated under U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; logos are trademarks of DivX, Inc. 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; and are used under license. 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks and DTS Digital Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product MP3PRO audio decoding includes software. © DTS, Inc. technology licensed from Coding All Rights Reserved. Technologies, Fraunhofer IIS and Thompson. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (71,1)

Infotainment System 7-71

Channel blocking is available for XM Satellite Radio receivers by notifying XM at: . USA Customers — Visit www.xmradio.com or call 1-800-xmradio “Made for iPod” means that an Fees and Taxes — Subscription fee, (1-800-967-2346). electronic accessory has been taxes, one time activation fee, and . Canadian Customers Visit designed to connect specifically to other fees may apply. Subscription — www.xmradio.ca or iPod and has been certified fee is consumer only. All fees and call 1-877-438-9677. by the developer to meet Apple programming subject to change. performance standards. Apple is not Subscriptions subject to Customer It is prohibited to copy, decompile, responsible for the operation of this Agreement available at disassemble, reverse engineer, device or its compliance with safety www.xmradio.com. XM™ service hack, manipulate, or otherwise and regulatory standards. only available in the 48 contiguous make available any technology or software incorporated in receivers iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and United States and Canada*. compatible with the XM Satellite iPod touch are trademarks of *Canada Some deterioration of ™ — Radio System or that support the Apple Inc., registered in the service may occur in extreme XM website, the Online Service or U.S. and other countries. northern latitudes. This is beyond any of its content. Furthermore, the the control of XM Satellite Radio. ™ AMBER voice compression software Explicit Language Notice — included in this product is protected Channels with frequent explicit by intellectual property rights language are indicated with an including patent rights, copyrights, XL preceding the channel name. “ ” and trade secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (72,1)

7-72 Infotainment System

General Requirements: 1. A License Agreement from XM™ is required for any product that incorporates XM Technology and/or for use of any of the XM marks to be manufactured, distributed or marketed in the This product incorporates copyright Music and video recognition XM Service Area. protection technology that is technology and related data are protected by U.S. patents and other ® 2. For products to be distributed, provided by Gracenote . Gracenote intellectual property rights of Rovi marketed and/or sold in Canada, is the industry standard in music Corporation. Reverse engineering or a separate agreement is recognition technology and disassermbly is prohibited. required with Canadian Satellite related content delivery. Radio Inc. (operating as XM For more information, visit Canada). www.gracenote.com. CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and music and video-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. One or more patents owned by Gracenote apply This product uses the source code to this product and service. of T-Kernel under T-License granted by the T-Engine Forum (www.t-engine.org). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (73,1)

Infotainment System 7-73

See the Gracenote website for a Gracenote® End User License YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR non-exhaustive list of applicable This application or device contains EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE Gracenote patents. Gracenote and software from Gracenote, Inc. of GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR CDDB, MusicID, Media VOCS, the GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT Emeryville, California (“Gracenote”). Gracenote logo and logotype, and The software from Gracenote (the AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED the Powered by Gracenote logo HEREIN. You agree that your “ ” “Gracenote Software”) enables this are either registered trademarks or application to perform disc and/or non-exclusive license to use the trademarks of Gracenote in the file identification and obtain Gracenote Data, the Gracenote United States and/or other music-related information, including Software, and Gracenote Servers countries. name, artist, track, and title will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your license If you require more information information (“Gracenote Data”) from regarding the use of the Gracenote online servers or embedded terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, Service, visit: www.gracenote.com/ databases (collectively, “Gracenote the Gracenote Software, and corporate. Servers”) and to perform other Gracenote Servers. For the data provided by functions. You may use Gracenote Gracenote® Music Recognition Data only by means of the intended Gracenote reserves all rights in Service, the content is not End-User functions of this Gracenote Data, the Gracenote necessarily guaranteed 100%. application or device. You agree that Software, and the Gracenote you will use Gracenote Data, the Servers, including all ownership Regarding the use of Gracenote Gracenote Software, and Gracenote rights. Music Recognition Service, when Servers for your own personal this product is used, it is necessary non-commercial use only. You agree to agree to the following articles. not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (74,1)

7-74 Infotainment System

Under no circumstances will The Gracenote Software and each Gracenote is not obligated to Gracenote become liable for any item of Gracenote Data are licensed provide you with new enhanced or payment to you for any information to you “AS IS.” Gracenote makes no additional data types or categories that you provide. You agree that representations or warranties, that Gracenote may provide in the Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its express or implied, regarding the future and is free to discontinue its rights under this Agreement against accuracy of any Gracenote Data services at any time. you directly in its own name. from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote disclaims all warranties The Gracenote service uses a Gracenote reserves the right to express or implied, including, but unique identifier to track queries for delete data from the Gracenote not limited to, implied warranties of statistical purposes. Servers or to change data merchantability, fitness for a The purpose of a randomly categories for any cause that particular purpose, title, and assigned numeric identifier is to Gracenote deems sufficient. non-infringement. Gracenote does allow the Gracenote service to No warranty is made that the not warrant the results that will be count queries without knowing Gracenote Software or Gracenote obtained by your use of the anything about who you are. For Servers are error-free or that gracenote software or any more information, see the web page functioning of Gracenote Software gracenote server. In no case will for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for or Gracenote Servers will be gracenote be liable for any the Gracenote service. uninterrupted. consequential or incidental damages or for any lost profits or lost revenues. © Gracenote, Inc. 2010 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Climate Controls 8-1

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Dual Automatic Climate Control this system. System ...... 8-1 Rear Climate Control System ...... 8-5 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-6 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 8-7

A. Fan Control G. Driver and Passenger B. Power Temperature Controls C. AUTO (Automatic Operation) H. Driver and Passenger Heated and Ventilated Seats D. ZONE I. Air Conditioning E. Defrost J. Recirculation F. Air Delivery Mode Control K. Outside Air L. Rear Window Defogger Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

8-2 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation Q / R (Driver and Passenger HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): The system automatically controls Temperature Controls): The Press to change the direction of the the fan speed, air delivery, air temperature can be adjusted airflow. The current mode appears conditioning and recirculation in separately for the driver and the in the display screen. order to heat or cool the vehicle to passenger. Press to increase or Changing the mode cancels the the desired temperature. decrease the temperature. automatic operation and the system goes into manual mode. Press When the indicator light is on, the ZONE: Press to link all climate zone settings to the driver settings. AUTO to return to automatic system is in full automatic operation. operation. If the air delivery mode or fan The ZONE indicator light turns off. setting is manually adjusted, the When the passenger settings are To change the current mode, select auto indicator turns off and displays adjusted, the ZONE indicator light one of the following: will show the selected settings. is on. Y (Vent): Air is directed to the To place the system in automatic Manual Operation instrument panel outlets. mode do the following: O (Power): Press to turn the \ (Bi-Level): Air is divided 1. Press AUTO. climate control system on or off. between the instrument panel outlets and the floor outlets. 2. Set the temperature. Allow the h i (Fan Control): Press to system time to stabilize. Then increase or decrease the fan speed. C (Tri‐Level): Air is divided adjust the temperature as Pressing either button cancels between the windshield, instrument needed for best comfort. automatic operation and the system panel, and floor outlets. goes into manual mode. Press English units can be changed to [ (Floor): Air is directed to the AUTO to return to automatic metric units through the Driver floor outlets. operation. Information Center (DIC). See - (Defog): Clears the windows of Vehicle Personalization on fog or moisture. Air is directed to the page 5‑40. windshield and floor outlets. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Climate Controls 8-3

8 (Upper): Air is directed to the h (Recirculation): Press to turn Auto Defog: The climate control windshield outlets. on recirculation. An indicator light system may have a sensor to automatically detect high humidity 7 (Hi-Level): Air is divided comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle inside the vehicle. When high between the windshield and humidity is detected, the climate instrument panel outlets. or prevent outside air and odors from entering. control system may adjust to 0 (Defrost): Clears the outside air supply and turn on the windshield of fog or frost more Automatic Air Recirculation: air conditioner. If the climate control quickly. Air is directed to the When the AUTO indicator light is system does not detect possible windshield. on, the air is automatically window fogging, it returns to normal recirculated as needed to help operation. To turn Auto Defog off or (Air Conditioning): Press to # quickly cool the inside of the on, see Climate and Air Quality turn the automatic air conditioning “ ” vehicle. under Vehicle Personalization on on or off. If the fan is turned off or page 5 40. the outside temperature falls below The climate control system may ‑ freezing, the air conditioner will have a sensor to detect air pollution. % (Outside Air): Press to turn not run. In auto recirculation control, the Air on outside air. An indicator light Quality Control system may operate. comes on. Outside air is circulated Press AUTO to return to automatic To adjust the sensitivity of the Air through the vehicle. operation and the air conditioner Quality Control, see “Climate and runs as needed. When the indicator Air Quality” under Vehicle light is on, the air conditioner runs Personalization on page 5‑40. automatically to cool the air inside the vehicle or to dry the air needed to defog the windshield faster. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

8-4 Climate Controls

Rear Window Defogger The heated outside rearview mirrors Remote Start Climate Control turn on when the rear window Operation: For vehicles with the (Rear Window Defogger): = defogger button is on and help to remote vehicle start feature, the Press to turn the rear window clear fog or frost from the surface of climate control system may run defogger on or off. the mirrors. See Heated Mirrors on when the vehicle is started remotely. The rear window defogger page 2‑21. The system uses the driver's turns off automatically after about Notice: Do not try to clear frost previous settings to heat or cool the 10 minutes. If turned on again it or other material from the inside inside of the vehicle. See Remote runs for about five minutes before of the front windshield and rear Vehicle Start on page 2‑9. turning off. At higher speeds, the window with a razor blade or The rear window defogger turns on rear window defogger may stay anything else that is sharp. This if it is cold outside. on continuously. may damage the rear window The rear window defogger can defogger grid and affect your Sensors be set to automatic operation. radio's ability to pick up stations The solar sensor, located on top See “Climate and Air Quality” clearly. The repairs would not be of the instrument panel near the under Vehicle Personalization on covered by your warranty. windshield, monitors the solar heat. page 5 40. When Auto Rear Defog ‑ Heated and Ventilated Seats: is selected, the rear window The climate control system uses Press to heat or ventilate the seat. defogger turns on automatically the sensor information to adjust See Heated and Ventilated Front when the interior temperature is cold the temperature, fan speed, Seats on page 3 10. and the outside temperature is ‑ recirculation, and air delivery mode about 40°F and below. The auto for best comfort. rear defogger turns off automatically If the sensor is covered, the after about 10 minutes. At higher automatic climate control system speeds, the rear window defogger may not work properly. may stay on continuously. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Climate Controls 8-5

Rear Climate Control System The rear climate control can be turned off by pressing i. For vehicles with the rear heat and air conditioning controls, they are integrated with the rear seat audio controls located in the center console. Independent Mode: This mode directs rear seating airflow according to the settings of the rear controls. The front climate control system must be on for the rear climate control to work. To turn on the rear climate control from rear seating, press any rear climate control button. The rear climate control will not work if the front climate control system is in defrost. Rear Climate Control with Rear Seat Audio Controls

A. Fan Control ZONE: When the rear climate B. Air Delivery Mode Control control is turned on from the rear, the ZONE indicator light will turn on. C. Temperature Control Press the ZONE button on the front climate control system to turn off the rear blower and match the rear settings to the front. The ZONE indicator light and rear climate control display will turn off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

8-6 Climate Controls

Automatic Operation −/+ (Temperature Control): Air Vents N Press these buttons to adjust the AUTO: Press until the AUTO temperature of the air flowing into Move the sliding knob on the air setting is selected to control the rear the passenger area. Press + for outlets up and down or left and right temperature, air delivery, and fan warmer air and press − for to direct the airflow. Use the speed automatically. cooler air. thumbwheels near the air outlets to open or close off the airflow. Manual Operation N (Air Delivery Mode Control): h i (Fan Control): Press these Press the mode button to change Operation Tips the direction of the airflow. Multiple buttons on the rear seat audio . Clear away any ice, snow, presses will cycle through the control panel to increase or or leaves from air inlets at the delivery selections. decrease the airflow. Pressing h base of the windshield that could when the system is off will turn the block the flow of air into the system on. The air delivery mode vehicle. remains in its previous setting. . Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside the vehicle more effectively. . Use of non‐GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Climate Controls 8-7

Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter The filter removes dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance, see Maintenance Schedule on page 11‑4. To find out what type of 4. Release the two latches holding 5. Remove the old air filter. filter to use, see Maintenance the service door. Lower the 6. Install the new air filter. Replacement Parts on page 11‑15. service door. 1. Open the glove box completely 7. Close the service door and and remove the four screws latches. along the upper portion of the 8. Reinstall the upper portion of the glove box. glove box. 2. When released, lower the upper See your dealer if additional portion of the glove box. assistance is needed. 3. Locate the service door for the passenger compartment air filter. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

8-8 Climate Controls

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Driving and Operating 9-1

Starting and Operating Drive Systems Driving and New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-16 All-Wheel Drive ...... 9-30 Operating Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal ...... 9-17 Brakes Ignition Positions ...... 9-18 Antilock Brake Driving Information Starting the Gasoline System (ABS) ...... 9-30 Parking Brake ...... 9-31 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Engine ...... 9-20 Engine Heater ...... 9-22 Brake Assist ...... 9-33 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-33 Drunk Driving ...... 9-3 Retained Accessory Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-4 Power (RAP) ...... 9-22 Ride Control Systems Braking ...... 9-4 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-22 Traction Control Steering ...... 9-4 Shifting out of Park ...... 9-24 System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Parking over Things StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-35 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 That Burn ...... 9-24 Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Engine Exhaust Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Cruise Control Running the Vehicle While Cruise Control ...... 9-37 Winter Driving ...... 9-9 Parked ...... 9-25 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-11 Object Detection Systems Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-12 Automatic Transmission Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-40 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-26 Rear Vision Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-43 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-29 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

9-2 Driving and Operating

Fuel Driving Information . Designate a front seat Fuel ...... 9-46 passenger to handle potential Recommended Fuel ...... 9-47 Distracted Driving distractions. Gasoline Specifications . Become familiar with vehicle (U.S. and Canada Only) . . . . 9-47 Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as California Fuel and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio Requirements ...... 9-48 task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-48 judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. Fuel Additives ...... 9-48 activities divert your attention Program all trip information into Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-49 away from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to Filling the Tank ...... 9-50 governments have enacted laws driving. Filling a Portable Fuel regarding driver distraction. Container ...... 9-52 Become familiar with the local laws . Wait until the vehicle is parked in your area. to retrieve items that have fallen Towing to the floor. General Towing To avoid distracted driving, always keep your eyes on the road, hands . Stop or park the vehicle to tend Information ...... 9-52 to children. Driving Characteristics and on the wheel, and mind on the drive. Towing Tips ...... 9-53 . Do not use a phone in . Keep pets in an appropriate Trailer Towing ...... 9-56 demanding driving situations. carrier or restraint. Towing Equipment ...... 9-59 Use a hands-free method to . Avoid stressful conversations Trailer Sway place or receive necessary while driving, whether with a Control (TSC) ...... 9-60 phone calls. passenger or on a cell phone. Conversions and Add-Ons . Watch the road. Do not read, Add-On Electrical take notes, or look up Equipment ...... 9-60 information on phones or other electronic devices. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Driving and Operating 9-3

Defensive Driving Drunk Driving { WARNING Defensive driving means “always Death and injury associated with Taking your eyes off the road too expect the unexpected.” The first drinking and driving is a global long or too often could cause a step in driving defensively is to wear tragedy. crash resulting in injury or death. the safety belt. See Safety Belts on Focus your attention on driving. page 3‑14. { WARNING . Assume that other road users Refer to the Infotainment section for (pedestrians, bicyclists, and Drinking and then driving is more information on using that other drivers) are going to be very dangerous. Your reflexes, system, including pairing and using careless and make mistakes. perceptions, attentiveness, and a cell phone. Anticipate what they might do judgment can be affected by and be ready. even a small amount of alcohol. If equipped, refer to the navigation You can have a serious — or manual for information on that . Allow enough following distance even fatal — collision if you drive system, including pairing and using between you and the driver in after drinking. a cell phone. front of you. . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

9-4 Driving and Operating

Control of a Vehicle Helpful braking tips to keep in mind Steering include: Braking, steering, and accelerating Hydraulic Power Steering are important factors in helping to . Keep enough distance between control a vehicle while driving. you and the vehicle in front Your vehicle has hydraulic of you. power steering. It may require maintenance. See Power Steering Braking . Avoid needless heavy braking. Fluid on page 10‑20. . Keep pace with traffic. Braking action involves perception If power steering assist is lost due time and reaction time. Deciding to If the engine ever stops while the to a system malfunction, the vehicle push the brake pedal is perception vehicle is being driven, brake can be steered, but may require time. Actually doing it is normally but do not pump the increased effort. reaction time. brakes. Doing so could make the See your dealer if there is a Average driver reaction time is pedal harder to push down. If the problem. about three‐fourths of a second. engine stops, there will be some In that time, a vehicle moving at power brake assist but it will be 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m used when the brake is applied. (66 ft), which could be a lot of Once the power assist is used up, distance in an emergency. it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Driving and Operating 9-5

Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the . Take curves at a reasonable right front tire contacts the speed. pavement edge. . Reduce speed before entering a 3. Then turn the steering wheel to curve. go straight down the roadway. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve. Loss of Control . Wait until the vehicle is out of Skidding the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway. There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle's three Steering in Emergencies control systems: . There are some situations when . Braking Skid — wheels are steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can not rolling. be more effective than braking. drop off the edge of a road onto . Steering or Cornering . Holding both sides of the the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: Skid — too much speed or steering wheel allows you to turn steering in a curve causes tires 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and to slip and lose cornering force. a hand. then, if there is nothing in the . Acceleration Skid — too much . The Antilock Brake System way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the throttle causes the driving (ABS) allows steering while wheels to spin. braking. pavement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

9-6 Driving and Operating

Defensive drivers avoid most skids traction is reduced by water, Driving on Wet Roads by taking reasonable care suited to snow, ice, gravel, or other existing conditions, and by not material on the road. Learn to Rain and wet roads can reduce overdriving those conditions. recognize warning clues — such vehicle traction and affect your But skids are always possible. as enough water, ice, or packed ability to stop and accelerate. snow on the road to make a Always drive slower in these types If the vehicle starts to slide, follow of driving conditions and avoid these suggestions: mirrored surface — and slow down when you have any doubt. driving through large puddles and . Ease your foot off the deep‐standing or flowing water. . accelerator pedal and quickly Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, steer the way you want the { WARNING vehicle to go. The vehicle may including reducing vehicle straighten out. Be ready for a speed by shifting to a lower Wet brakes can cause crashes. gear. Any sudden changes could second skid if it occurs. They might not work as well in a cause the tires to slide. . Slow down and adjust your quick stop and could cause driving according to weather Remember: Antilock brakes help pulling to one side. You could conditions. Stopping distance avoid only the braking skid. lose control of the vehicle. can be longer and vehicle (Continued) control can be affected when Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Driving and Operating 9-7

Hydroplaning Other Rainy Weather Tips WARNING (Continued) Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water Besides slowing down, other wet After driving through a large can build up under the vehicle's weather driving tips include: tires so they actually ride on the puddle of water or a car/vehicle . Allow extra following distance. wash, lightly apply the brake water. This can happen if the road is . pedal until the brakes work wet enough and you are going fast Pass with caution. normally. enough. When the vehicle is . Keep windshield wiping hydroplaning, it has little or no equipment in good shape. Flowing or rushing water creates contact with the road. strong forces. Driving through . Keep the windshield washer fluid There is no hard and fast rule about flowing water could cause the reservoir filled. hydroplaning. The best advice is to vehicle to be carried away. If this . slow down when the road is wet. Have good tires with proper happens, you and other vehicle tread depth. See Tires on occupants could drown. Do not page 10‑49. ignore police warnings and be . Turn off cruise control. very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

9-8 Driving and Operating

Highway Hypnosis Hill and Mountain Roads WARNING (Continued) Always be alert and pay attention to Driving on steep hills or through your surroundings while driving. mountains is different than driving You could crash. Shift down to let If you become tired or sleepy, find a on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for the engine assist the brakes on a safe place to park the vehicle driving in these conditions include: steep downhill slope. and rest. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in Other driving tips include: good shape. . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. . Check all fluid levels and brakes, { WARNING tires, cooling system, and . Keep the interior temperature cool. transmission. Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) . Shift to a lower gear when going or with the ignition off is . Keep your eyes moving — scan down steep or long hills. dangerous. The brakes will have the road ahead and to the sides. to do all the work of slowing . Check the rearview mirror and { WARNING down and they could get so hot vehicle instruments often. that they would not work well. If you do not shift down, the You would then have poor braking brakes could get so hot that they or even none going down a hill. would not work well. You would You could crash. Always have the then have poor braking or engine running and the vehicle in even none going down a hill. gear when going downhill. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Driving and Operating 9-9

. Stay in your own lane. Do not Winter Driving Try not to break the fragile traction. swing wide or cut across the If you accelerate too fast, the drive center of the road. Drive at Driving on Snow or Ice wheels will spin and polish the speeds that let you stay in your surface under the tires even more. own lane. Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the The Antilock Brake System (ABS) . Be alert on top of hills, road, creating less traction or grip. on page 9‑30 improves vehicle something could be in your lane Wet ice can occur at about 0°C stability during hard stops on (stalled car, accident). (32°F) when freezing rain begins to slippery roads, but apply the brakes . Pay attention to special road fall, resulting in even less traction. sooner than when on dry pavement. signs (falling rocks area, winding Avoid driving on wet ice or in Allow greater following distance on freezing rain until roads can be roads, long grades, passing or any slippery road and watch for treated with salt or sand. no-passing zones) and take slippery spots. Icy patches can appropriate action. Drive with caution, whatever the occur on otherwise clear roads in condition. Accelerate gently so shaded areas. The surface of a traction is not lost. Accelerating too curve or an overpass can remain icy quickly causes the wheels to spin when the surrounding roads are and makes the surface under the clear. Avoid sudden steering tires slick, so there is even less maneuvers and braking while traction. on ice. Turn off cruise control, if equipped, on slippery surfaces. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

9-10 Driving and Operating

Blizzard Conditions { WARNING WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the Snow can trap engine exhaust . Fully open the air outlets vehicle unless there is help nearby. under the vehicle. This may on or under the instrument If possible, use the Roadside cause exhaust gases to get panel. Service (U.S. and Canada) on inside. Engine exhaust contains . Adjust the climate control page 13 7 or Roadside Service ‑ carbon monoxide (CO) which system to a setting that (Mexico) on page 13 9. To get help ‑ cannot be seen or smelled. circulates the air inside the and keep everyone in the It can cause unconsciousness vehicle and set the fan vehicle safe: and even death. speed to the highest setting. . Turn on the hazard warning If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: See “Climate Control flashers. Systems” in the Index. . Clear away snow from around . Tie a red cloth to an outside the base of your vehicle, For more information about mirror. especially any that is blocking carbon monoxide, see Engine the exhaust pipe. Exhaust on page 9‑24. . Check again from time to time to be sure snow does Run the engine for short periods not collect there. only as needed to keep warm, but be careful. . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the vehicle that is away from the wind to bring in fresh air. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Driving and Operating 9-11

To save fuel, run the engine for only If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to short periods as needed to warm Get it Out the vehicle and then shut the engine Slowly and cautiously spin the off and close the window most of wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and the way to save heat. Repeat this stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction until help arrives but only when you If stuck too severely for the traction system. Shift back and forth feel really uncomfortable from the system to free the vehicle, turn the between R (Reverse) and a forward cold. Moving about to keep warm traction system off and use the gear, spinning the wheels as little as also helps. rocking method. possible. To prevent transmission If it takes some time for help to wear, wait until the wheels stop arrive, now and then when you run { WARNING spinning before shifting gears. the engine, push the accelerator Release the accelerator pedal while pedal slightly so the engine runs If the vehicle's tires spin at high shifting, and press lightly on the faster than the idle speed. This speed, they can explode, and accelerator pedal when the keeps the battery charged to restart you or others could be injured. transmission is in gear. Slowly the vehicle and to signal for help The vehicle can overheat, spinning the wheels in the forward with the headlamps. Do this as little causing an engine compartment and reverse directions causes a as possible to save fuel. fire or other damage. Spin the rocking motion that could free the wheels as little as possible and vehicle. If that does not get the avoid going above 55 km/h vehicle out after a few tries, it might (35 mph). need to be towed out. If the vehicle does need to be towed out, see Towing the Vehicle on page 10 92. For information about using tire ‑ chains on the vehicle, see Tire Chains on page 10‑70. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

9-12 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Load Limits A vehicle-specific Tire and WARNING (Continued) Loading Information label is It is very important to know how attached to the vehicle's center much weight the vehicle can This can cause systems to pillar (B-pillar). With the driver carry. This weight is called the break and change the way the door open, the label is attached vehicle capacity weight and vehicle handles. This could near the door lock post. The Tire includes the weight of all cause loss of control and a and Loading Information label occupants, cargo and all crash. Overloading can also shows the number of occupant nonfactory‐installed options. shorten the life of the vehicle. seating positions (A), and the Two labels on the vehicle maximum vehicle capacity show how much weight it may Tire and Loading Information weight (B) in kilograms and properly carry, the Tire and Label pounds. Loading Information label and the Certification label. The Tire and Loading Information label also shows { WARNING the tire size of the original equipment tires (C) and the Do not load the vehicle any recommended cold tire inflation heavier than the Gross pressures (D). For more Vehicle Weight Rating information on tires and inflation (GVWR), or either the see Tires on page 10‑49 and maximum front or rear Gross Tire Pressure on page 10‑56. Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). (Continued) Label Example Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Driving and Operating 9-13

There is also important loading 3. Subtract the combined 6. If your vehicle will be towing information on the Certification weight of the driver and a trailer, the load from your label. It tells you the Gross passengers from XXX kg or trailer will be transferred to Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) XXX lbs. your vehicle. Consult this and the Gross Axle Weight 4. The resulting figure equals manual to determine how this Rating (GAWR) for the front and the available amount of cargo reduces the available cargo rear axle. See “Certification and luggage load capacity. and luggage load capacity of Label later in this section. your vehicle. ” For example, if the “XXX” Steps for Determining Correct amount equals 1400 lbs and See Trailer Towing on page 9‑56 Load Limit there will be five 150 lb for important information on passengers in your vehicle, towing a trailer, towing safety 1. Locate the statement the amount of available cargo rules and trailering tips. The combined weight of “ and luggage load capacity is occupants and cargo should 650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) never exceed XXX kg or = 650 lbs). XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard. 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo 2. Determine the combined being loaded on the vehicle. weight of the driver and That weight may not safely passengers that will be exceed the available cargo riding in your vehicle. and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

9-14 Driving and Operating

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg Example 2 = 453 kg Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs). B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 340 kg (750 lbs). 453 kg (1,000 lbs). C. Available Occupant and C. Available Cargo Weight = C. Available Cargo Weight = Cargo Weight = 317 kg 113 kg (250 lbs). 0 kg (0 lbs). (700 lbs). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Driving and Operating 9-15

Refer to the vehicle's Tire and A vehicle-specific Certification/ Never exceed the GVWR for the Loading Information label for Tire label is attached to the vehicle, or the GAWR for either specific information about the rear edge of the driver's door. the front or rear axle. vehicle's capacity weight and The label shows the size of the If the vehicle is carrying a heavy seating positions. The combined vehicle's original tires and the load, it should be spread out. weight of the driver, passengers, inflation pressures needed to See “Steps for Determining and cargo should never exceed obtain the gross weight capacity Correct Load Limit” earlier in the vehicle's capacity weight. of the vehicle. This is called this section. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Certification Label (GVWR). The GVWR includes { WARNING the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Do not load the vehicle any The Certification/Tire label also heavier than the Gross tells you the maximum weights Vehicle Weight Rating for the front and rear axles, (GVWR), or either the called Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum front or rear Gross (GAWR). To find out the actual Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). loads on the front and rear This can cause systems to axles, you need to go to a weigh break and change the way the station and weigh the vehicle. vehicle handles. This could Your dealer can help you with cause loss of control and a Label Example this. Be sure to spread out the crash. Overloading can also load equally on both sides of the shorten the life of the vehicle. center line. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

9-16 Driving and Operating

Your warranty does not cover { WARNING Starting and parts or components that fail Operating because of overloading. Things inside the vehicle can The label will help you decide strike and injure people in a New Vehicle Break-In how much cargo and installed sudden stop or turn, or in a equipment your vehicle can crash. Notice: The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it carry. . Put things in the cargo will perform better in the long run Using heavier suspension area of the vehicle. In the if you follow these guidelines: cargo area, put them as components to get added . far forward as possible. Do not drive at any one durability might not change your constant speed, fast or slow, weight ratings. Ask your dealer Try to spread the weight for the first 805 km (500 mi). to help you load your vehicle the evenly. Do not make full-throttle right way. . Never stack heavier starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. If you put things inside your things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that . vehicle – like suitcases, During the first 1 000 km tools, packages, or anything some of them are above (600 mi), avoid using more the tops of the seats. else – they will go as fast as than moderate acceleration the vehicle goes. If you have to . Do not leave an in lower gears and avoid unsecured child restraint vehicle speeds above stop or turn quickly, or if there is 110 km/h (68 mph). a crash, they will keep going. in the vehicle. . Between the first . Secure loose items in the 1 000 km (600 mi) and vehicle. 5 000 km (3,000 mi), . Do not leave a seat folded heavy acceleration in down unless needed. lower gears can be used. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Driving and Operating 9-17

Vehicle speeds above Adjustable Throttle and Pull the switch toward you to move 110 km/h (68 mph) should be the pedals further from the floor, limited to five minutes Brake Pedal or push the switch away from you to per use. If the vehicle has this feature, move the pedals closer to the floor. . Avoid making hard stops for the position of the throttle and Adjust the throttle and brake pedals the first 322 km (200 mi) or brake pedals can be adjusted. while the vehicle is in P (Park) so. During this time the new without pressing on the pedals. brake linings are not yet The pedals cannot be adjusted broken in. Hard stops with while the vehicle is in R (Reverse) new linings can mean or when cruise control is engaged. premature wear and earlier The throttle and brake pedals can replacement. Follow this also be adjusted while driving. breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings. . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑53 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more The switch used to adjust the information. pedals is located on the right side of the steering column, Following break‐in, engine speed below the wiper stalk. and load can be gradually increased. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

9-18 Driving and Operating

Ignition Positions system. See Driver Information See Driver Information Center (DIC) Center (DIC) on page 5‑28 for more on page 5‑28 for more information. information. When the vehicle is shifted into To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle P (Park), the ignition system will must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or switch to OFF. ON/RUN mode and the brake pedal Do not turn the engine off when the must be applied. vehicle is moving. This will cause a STOPPING THE ENGINE/OFF loss of power assist in the brake (No LED Lights): When the and steering systems and disable vehicle is stopped, press the engine the airbags. START/STOP button once to turn If the vehicle must be shut off in an the engine off. emergency: If the vehicle is in P (Park), the 1. Brake using a firm and steady ignition will turn off, and Retained pressure. Do not pump the The vehicle has an electronic Accessory Power (RAP) will remain brakes repeatedly. This may keyless ignition with pushbutton active. See Retained Accessory deplete power assist, requiring start. Power (RAP) on page 9‑22 for increased brake pedal force. Pressing the button cycles it through more information. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). three modes, ACC/ACCESSORY, If the vehicle is not in P (Park), This can be done while the ON/RUN/START and STOPPING the ignition will return to ACC/ vehicle is moving. After shifting THE ENGINE/OFF. ACCESSORY and display the to N (Neutral), firmly apply the If the pushbutton start is not message SHIFT TO PARK in the brakes and steer the vehicle to a working, the vehicle may be near a Driver Information Center (DIC). safe location. strong radio antenna signal causing interference to the keyless entry Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Driving and Operating 9-19

3. Come to a complete stop, shift ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber LED Service Only Mode to P (Park), and turn the ignition Light): This mode allows you to This power mode is available for to OFF. On vehicles with an use some electrical accessories service and diagnostics, and to automatic transmission, the shift when the engine is off. verify the proper operation of the lever must be in P (Park) to With the ignition off, pressing the malfunction indicator lamp as may turn the ignition switch to the button one time without the brake be required for emission inspection OFF position. pedal applied, will place the ignition purposes. With the vehicle off, 4. Set the parking brake. See system in ACC/ACCESSORY. and the brake pedal not applied, Parking Brake on page 9‑31. The ignition will switch from pressing and holding the button for ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF after more than five seconds will place { WARNING ten minutes to prevent battery the vehicle in Service Only Mode. run down. The instruments and audio systems Turning off the vehicle while will operate as they do in ON/RUN, moving may cause loss of power ON/RUN/START (Green LED but the vehicle will not be able to be assist in the brake and steering Light): This mode is for driving and driven. The engine will not start in systems and disable the airbags. starting. With the ignition off, and Service Only Mode. Push the button While driving, only shut the the brake pedal applied, pressing again to turn the vehicle off. the button once will place the vehicle off in an emergency. ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, If the vehicle cannot be pulled release the button. Engine cranking over, and must be shut off while will continue until the engine starts. driving, switch the ignition to See Starting the Gasoline Engine ACC/ACCESSORY. on page 9‑20 for more information. The ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

9-20 Driving and Operating

Starting the Gasoline To start the vehicle: If the battery in the keyless access transmitter needs Engine Starting Procedure replacing, the DIC displays Place the transmission in the proper 1. With the brake pedal applied, REPLACE BATTERY IN gear by moving the shift lever to press the START button located REMOTE KEY. The vehicle can P (Park) or N (Neutral). To restart on the instrument panel. See still be driven. See Remote the engine when the vehicle is Ignition Positions on page 9‑18. Keyless Entry (RKE) System already moving, use N (Neutral). 2. When the engine begins Operation on page 2‑3 for more information. Notice: Do not try to shift to cranking, let go of the button and P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. the engine cranks automatically 3. Do not race the engine If you do, you could damage the until it starts. immediately after starting it. transmission. Shift to P (Park) If the transmitter is not in the Operate the engine and only when the vehicle is stopped. vehicle or something is transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all The keyless access transmitter must interfering with the transmitter, moving parts. be inside the vehicle for the ignition the Driver Information Center to work. (DIC) will display NO REMOTE DETECTED. See Driver Cell phone chargers can interfere Information Center (DIC) on with the operation of the Keyless page 5 28 for more information. Access System. Battery chargers ‑ should not be plugged in when starting or turning off the engine. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Driving and Operating 9-21

4. If the engine does not start and When the engine starts, let go of the Notice: The engine is designed to no DIC message is displayed, accelerator. If the vehicle starts work with the electronics in the wait 15 seconds before trying briefly but then stops again, do the vehicle. If you add electrical parts again to let the cranking motor same thing. This clears the extra or accessories, you could change cool down. gasoline from the engine. the way the engine operates. If the engine does not start The vehicle has a Before adding electrical after 5-10 seconds, especially Computer-Controlled Cranking equipment, check with your in very cold weather (below System. This feature assists in dealer. If you do not, the engine −18°C or 0°F), it could be starting the engine and protects might not perform properly. flooded with too much gasoline. components. Once cranking has Any resulting damage would Try pushing the accelerator been initiated, the engine continues not be covered by the vehicle pedal all the way to the floor cranking for a few seconds or until warranty. while cranking for up to the vehicle starts. If the engine does 15 seconds. not start, cranking automatically Notice: Cranking the engine for stops after 15 seconds to prevent long periods of time, by pressing cranking motor damage. To prevent the START button immediately gear damage, this system also after cranking has ended, can prevents cranking if the engine is overheat and damage the already running. cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

9-22 Driving and Operating

Engine Heater Retained Accessory { WARNING The engine coolant heater, Power (RAP) if available, can help in cold weather Plugging the cord into an These accessories can be used conditions at or below −18°C (0°F) ungrounded outlet could cause an after the engine is turned off: for easier starting and better fuel electrical shock. Also, the wrong . economy during engine warm-up. kind of extension cord could Audio system (up to 10 minutes or driver door is opened). Plug in the coolant heater at least overheat and cause a fire. You four hours before starting the could be seriously injured. Plug . Power windows, sunroof vehicle. An internal thermostat in the cord into a properly grounded (if equipped), and power the plug end of the cord will prevent three-prong 110-volt AC outlet. outlets (up to 10 minutes or engine coolant heater operation at If the cord will not reach, use a any door is opened). temperatures above −18°C (0°F). heavy-duty three-prong extension Shifting Into Park To Use the Engine Coolant cord rated for at least 15 amps. Heater { WARNING 1. Turn off the engine. 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the It can be dangerous to get out of 2. Open the hood and unwrap the cord as it was before to keep it electrical cord. The cord is the vehicle if the shift lever is not away from moving engine parts. fully in P (Park) with the parking located near the air cleaner. If you do not it could be brake firmly set. The vehicle can damaged. 3. Plug it into a normal, grounded roll. If you have left the engine 110-volt AC outlet. The length of time the heater should running, the vehicle can move remain plugged in depends on suddenly. You or others could be several factors. Ask a dealer in the injured. To be sure the vehicle will area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Driving and Operating 9-23

Torque Lock WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Torque lock is when the weight not move, even when you are on P (Park) with the parking brake of the vehicle puts too much fairly level ground, use the steps firmly set. And, if you leave the force on the parking pawl in the transmission. This happens when that follow. vehicle with the engine running, it could overheat and even catch parking on a hill and shifting the fire. You or others could be transmission into P (Park) is not 1. Hold the brake pedal down and injured. Do not leave the vehicle done properly and then it is difficult set the parking brake. with the engine running. to shift out of P (Park). To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 9‑31 for more information. and then shift into P (Park). To find If you have to leave the vehicle with out how, see "Shifting Into P (Park)" 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park) the engine running, be sure the listed previously. by pushing the lever all the way vehicle is in P (Park) and the toward the front of the vehicle. parking brake is firmly set before If torque lock does occur, your vehicle may need to be pushed 3. Turn the ignition off. you leave it. After you have moved the shift lever into P (Park), hold uphill by another vehicle to relieve Leaving the Vehicle with the down the regular brake pedal. See if the parking pawl pressure, so you can shift out of P (Park). Engine Running you can move the shift lever away from P (Park) without first pulling it If you are towing a trailer and { WARNING toward you. If you can, it means that parking on a hill, see Driving the shift lever was not fully locked Characteristics and Towing Tips on It can be dangerous to leave the into P (Park). page 9‑53. vehicle with the engine running. The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

9-24 Driving and Operating

Shifting out of Park If you still are unable to shift out Engine Exhaust of P (Park): This vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission shift lock 1. Fully release the shift lever { WARNING control system. The shift lock button. control is designed to prevent 2. Hold the brake pedal down and Engine exhaust contains carbon movement of the shift lever out of press the shift lever button monoxide (CO) which cannot be P (Park), unless the ignition is in again. seen or smelled. Exposure to CO ON/RUN and the brake pedal is can cause unconsciousness and 3. Move the shift lever to the applied. even death. desired position. The shift lock control is always If you still cannot move the shift Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: functional except in the case of an . uncharged or low voltage (less than lever from P (Park), consult your The vehicle idles in areas dealer or a professional towing with poor ventilation (parking 9‐volt) battery. service. garages, tunnels, deep snow If the vehicle has an uncharged that may block underbody battery or a battery with low voltage, Parking over Things airflow or tail pipes). try charging or jump starting the . battery. See Jump Starting on That Burn The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different. page 10‑88. { WARNING . To shift out of P (Park): The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. 1. Apply the brake pedal. Things that can burn could touch . hot exhaust parts under the The vehicle exhaust system 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN. vehicle and ignite. Do not park has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. 3. Press the shift lever button. over papers, leaves, dry grass, 4. Move the shift lever to the or other things that can burn. (Continued) desired position. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Driving and Operating 9-25

Running the Vehicle WARNING (Continued) { WARNING While Parked . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out in the vehicle body from engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic damage or aftermarket to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully modifications that are not in P (Park) with the parking brake completely sealed. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. { WARNING If unusual fumes are detected or Do not leave the vehicle when the if it is suspected that exhaust is Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you coming into the vehicle: area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can . Drive it only with the windows dangerous. Engine exhaust may move suddenly. You or others completely down. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust contains Carbon Monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the . Have the vehicle repaired which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when immediately. It can cause unconsciousness you are on fairly level ground, Never park the vehicle with the and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and engine running in an enclosed engine in an enclosed area that move the shift lever to P (Park). area such as a garage or a has no fresh air ventilation. building that has no fresh air For more information, see Engine Follow the proper steps to be ventilation. Exhaust on page 9‑24. sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑22. If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑53. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

9-26 Driving and Operating

Automatic Make sure the shift lever is fully in { WARNING P (Park) before starting the engine. Transmission The vehicle has an automatic It is dangerous to get out of the transmission shift lock control The shift lever is located on the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully system. You must fully apply the center console between the front in P (Park) with the parking brake regular brakes first and then press seats. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the shift lever button before you can Do not leave the vehicle when the shift from P (Park) when the ignition engine is running unless you is in ON/RUN. If you cannot shift out have to. If you have left the of P (Park), ease pressure on the engine running, the vehicle can shift lever and push the shift lever move suddenly. You or others all the way into P (Park) as you maintain brake application. Then could be injured. To be sure the press the shift lever button and vehicle will not move, even when move the shift lever into another you are on fairly level ground, gear. See Shifting out of Park on always set the parking brake and page 9‑24. move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving page 9‑22. If you are pulling a There are several different positions trailer, see Driving Characteristics forward could damage the transmission. The repairs would for the shift lever. and Towing Tips on page 9 53. ‑ not be covered by the vehicle P (Park): This position locks the warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only front wheels. It is the best position after the vehicle is stopped. to use when you start the engine because the vehicle cannot move R (Reverse): Use this gear to easily. back up. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Driving and Operating 9-27

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) Downshifting the transmission in can be used to rock the vehicle or N (Neutral) with the engine slippery road conditions could result back and forth to get out of snow, running at high speed may in skidding, see “Skidding” under ice, or sand without damaging your damage the transmission. Loss of Control on page 9‑5 transmission. See If the Vehicle Is The repairs would not be Notice: Spinning the tires or Stuck on page 9‑11 for additional covered by the vehicle warranty. holding the vehicle in one information. Be sure the engine is not running place on a hill using only the N (Neutral): In this position, the at high speed when shifting the accelerator pedal may damage engine does not connect with the vehicle. the transmission. If you are wheels. To restart when the vehicle D (Drive): This position is for stuck, do not spin the tires. is already moving, use N (Neutral) normal driving. It provides the best When stopping on a hill, only. You can also use N (Neutral) fuel economy. If you need more use the brakes to hold the when the vehicle is being towed. power for passing, and you are: vehicle in place. . Going less than 35 mph { WARNING (55 km/h), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down. Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is . Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) dangerous. Unless your foot is or more, push the accelerator all firmly on the brake pedal, the the way down. vehicle could move very rapidly. The transmission will shift down You could lose control and hit to a lower gear and have more people or objects. Do not shift power. into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

9-28 Driving and Operating

Manual Mode SPORT MODE ON will be 3. To return to Sport Mode from displayed in the DIC. See Ride M (Manual Mode), press and Driver Shift Control (DSC) Control System Messages on briefly hold the shift lever Notice: Driving with the engine at page 5‑37. The word “sport” will forward. a high rpm without upshifting display below the odometer. while using Driver Shift Control The gear position will also be (DSC), could damage the vehicle. indicated in the tachometer. Always upshift when necessary Within Sport Mode there is a while using DSC. further performance feature Driver Shift Control (DSC) called Performance Mode Lift allows you to shift an automatic Foot (PMLF) Mode. The feature The tachometer display on the transmission similar to a manual is activated automatically when instrument panel cluster will show transmission. To use the DSC sports oriented driving is which gear the vehicle is in. The feature: detected, based on cornering number indicates the requested and on/off throttle application. gear range when moving the shift 1. Move the shift lever to PMLF allows the transmission to lever forward or rearward. See the left from D (Drive) to hold the current gear instead of Tachometer on page 5 12 for more M (Manual Mode). ‑ upshifting when the throttle is information. If you do not move the shift lever lifted. While using the DSC feature, the forward or rearward, the vehicle 2. To enter M (Manual Mode), press vehicle will have firmer, quicker will be in Sport Mode. When you the shift lever forward to upshift shifting. You can use this for sport are in Sport Mode the vehicle or rearward to downshift. driving or when climbing or will still shift automatically. descending hills, to stay in gear The transmission may remain in An M will be displayed in longer, or to downshift for more a gear longer than it would in the the DIC. power or engine braking. normal driving mode based on braking, throttle input, and vehicle lateral acceleration. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Driving and Operating 9-29

The transmission will only allow you Fuel Economy Mode When fuel economy mode is on: to shift into gears appropriate for The vehicle may have a fuel . The transmission will upshift the vehicle speed and engine sooner, and downshift later. revolutions per minute (rpm). economy mode. When engaged, The transmission will not fuel economy mode can improve . The torque converter will lock up automatically shift to the next lower the vehicle's fuel economy. sooner, and stay on longer. gear if the engine rpm is too high, . The gas pedal will be less nor to the next higher gear when the sensitive. maximum engine rpm is reached. . The vehicle's computers will If shifting is prevented for any more aggressively shut off fuel reason, the currently selected to the engine under deceleration. gear will flash multiple times, indicating that the transmission . The engine operates at lower has not shifted gears. rpm's in fuel economy mode, which can increase noise and While in the DSC mode, the vibration. This is normal. transmission will automatically downshift when the vehicle comes to a stop. This will allow for more power during take-off. Pressing the eco button by the shift When accelerating the vehicle from lever will engage fuel economy a stop in snowy and icy conditions, mode. When activated, the eco light you may want to shift into second in the instrument cluster will come gear. A higher gear ratio allows you on. See Fuel Economy Light on to gain more traction on slippery page 5‑25. Pressing the button a surfaces. second time will turn fuel economy mode off. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

9-30 Driving and Operating

Drive Systems Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the brakes and continue braking to All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a Vehicles with this feature always System (ABS) computer senses that the wheels are slowing down. If one of the send engine power to all four This vehicle has the Antilock Brake wheels is about to stop rolling, the wheels. It is fully automatic, and System (ABS), an advanced computer will separately work the adjusts itself as needed for road electronic braking system that helps brakes at each wheel. conditions. prevent a braking skid. ABS can change the brake pressure When using a compact spare tire When the engine is started and the to each wheel, as required, faster on an AWD vehicle, the system vehicle begins to drive away, ABS than any driver could. This can help automatically detects the compact checks itself. A momentary motor or the driver steer around the obstacle spare and disables AWD. clicking noise might be heard while while braking hard. To restore AWD operation and this test is going on, and it might prevent excessive wear on the even be noticed that the brake As the brakes are applied, the system, replace the compact spare pedal moves a little. This is normal. computer keeps receiving updates with a full-size tire as soon as on wheel speed and controls possible. See Compact Spare Tire braking pressure accordingly. on page 10‑87 for more information. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too If there is a problem with ABS, this close to the vehicle in front of you, warning light stays on. See Antilock there will not be enough time to Brake System (ABS) Warning Light on page 5‑22. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Driving and Operating 9-31

apply the brakes if that vehicle Parking Brake The system has a parking brake suddenly slows or stops. Always status light and a parking brake leave enough room up ahead to warning light. See Brake System stop, even with ABS. Warning Light on page 5‑21. There are also three Driver Using ABS Information Center (DIC) messages. Do not pump the brakes. Just hold See Driver Information Center (DIC) the brake pedal down firmly and let on page 5‑28 for more information. ABS work. You might hear the ABS In case of insufficient electrical pump or motor operating and feel power, the EPB cannot be applied the brake pedal pulsate, but this is or released. normal. Before leaving the vehicle, check Braking in Emergencies the parking brake status light to ensure the parking brake is applied. ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help The vehicle has an Electric Parking more than even the very best Brake (EPB). The switch for the braking. EPB is in the center console. The EPB can always be activated, even if the ignition is off. To avoid draining the battery, do not cycle the EPB too often without the engine running. The EPB can be left applied while the vehicle is parked. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

9-32 Driving and Operating

EPB Apply If the parking brake status light EPB Release flashes continuously, the EPB is The EPB can be applied any time To release the EPB, place the only partially applied or released, the vehicle is stopped. The EPB is ignition in the ON/RUN position, or there is a problem with the EPB. applied by momentarily lifting up on apply and hold the brake pedal, The DIC message SERVICE the EPB switch. Once fully applied, and push down momentarily on the PARKING BRAKE will be displayed. the parking brake status light will be EPB switch. If you attempt to If this light flashes continuously, on. While the brake is being applied, release the EPB without the brake release the EPB, and attempt to the status light will flash until full pedal applied, a chime will sound, apply it again. If this light continues apply is reached. If the light does and the DIC message STEP ON to flash, do not drive the vehicle. not come on, or remains flashing, BRAKE TO RELEASE PARK See your dealer. you need to have the vehicle BRAKE will be displayed. The EPB serviced. Do not drive the vehicle if If the parking brake warning light is is released when the parking brake the parking brake status light is on, the EPB has detected an error status light is off. in another system and is operating flashing. See your dealer. See If the parking brake warning light with reduced functionality. To apply Brake System Warning Light on is on, the EPB has detected an the EPB when this light is on, lift up page 5‑21 for more information. error in another system and is on the EPB switch and hold it in the If the EPB is applied while the operating with reduced functionality. up position. Full application of the vehicle is in motion, a chime will To release the EPB when this light parking brake by the EPB system sound, and the DIC message is on, push down on the EPB switch may take a longer period of time RELEASE PARKING BRAKE and hold it in the down position. than normal when this light is on. will be displayed. The vehicle will EPB release may take a longer Continue to hold the switch until the decelerate as long as the switch is period of time than normal when this parking brake status light remains held in the up position. Releasing light is on. Continue to hold the on. If the parking brake warning light the EPB switch during the switch until the parking brake is on, see your dealer. deceleration will release the parking status light is off. If the light is on, brake. If the switch is held in the up If the EPB fails to apply, the rear see your dealer. position until the vehicle comes to a wheels should be blocked to stop, the EPB will remain applied. prevent vehicle movement. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Driving and Operating 9-33

Notice: Driving with the parking Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature This vehicle has a brake assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist wear or damage to brake system feature designed to assist the driver (HSA) feature, which may be useful parts. Make sure that the parking in stopping or decreasing vehicle when the vehicle is stopped on a brake is fully released and the speed in emergency driving grade. This feature is designed to brake warning light is off before conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, driving. stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver Automatic EPB Release power brake system under completely stops and holds the The EPB will automatically release if conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on a the vehicle is running, placed into quickly and forcefully applied the grade, HSA will be automatically gear, and an attempt is made to brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration stop or slow down the vehicle. period between when the driver when the EPB is applied, to The stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts preserve parking brake lining life. control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade, pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure to If you are towing a trailer and vehicle until the ABS activates. ensure that there is no rolling. parking on a hill, see Driving Minor brake pedal pulsation or The brakes will automatically Characteristics and Towing Tips on pedal movement during this time release when the accelerator pedal page 9‑53 for more information. is normal and the driver should is applied within the two‐second continue to apply the brake pedal window. It will not activate if the as the driving situation dictates. vehicle is in a drive gear and facing The brake assist feature will downhill or if the vehicle is facing automatically disengage when uphill and in R (Reverse). the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

9-34 Driving and Operating

Ride Control Systems TCS is on whenever the vehicle the vehicle is safe to drive but the is started. To limit wheel spin, system is not operational. Driving Traction Control especially in slippery road should be adjusted accordingly. conditions, the system should Notice: Do not repeatedly brake System (TCS) always be left on. But, TCS can be or accelerate heavily when TCS is turned off if needed. The vehicle has a Traction Control off. The vehicle's driveline could System (TCS) that limits wheel spin. be damaged. On a front-wheel-drive vehicle, the d system operates if it senses that If comes on and stays on, reset one or both of the front wheels are the system by: spinning or beginning to lose 1. Stopping the vehicle. traction. On an All-Wheel-Drive 2. Turning the engine off and (AWD) vehicle, the system will waiting 15 seconds. operate if it senses that any of the d flashes to indicate that the wheels are spinning or beginning to traction control system is active. 3. Starting the engine. lose traction. When this happens, If there is a problem detected with If d still comes on and stays on at a the system brakes the spinning TCS, SERVICE TRACTION wheel(s) and/or reduces engine speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see CONTROL and SERVICE your dealer for service. power to limit wheel spin. STABILITRAK may be displayed on The system may be heard or felt the Driver Information Center (DIC) A chime may also sound when the while it is working, but this is and d will be on. See Ride Control light comes on steady. normal. System Messages on page 5‑37. The g is located on the console. When this message is displayed and d comes on and stays on, Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Driving and Operating 9-35

When TCS is turned off on AWD StabiliTrak® System vehicles, the system may still make noise. This is normal and necessary The vehicle has a vehicle stability with AWD hardware. enhancement system called StabiliTrak. It is an advanced It may be necessary to turn the computer controlled system that system off if the vehicle ever gets assists with directional control of the The TCS off light comes on and stuck in sand, mud, or snow and vehicle in difficult driving conditions. TRACTION CONTROL OFF is rocking the vehicle is required. displayed on the Driver Information See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on StabiliTrak activates when the Center (DIC) to indicate that the page 9‑11 for more information. computer senses a difference traction control system has been See also Winter Driving on page 9‑9 between the intended path and the turned off. See Ride Control System for information on using TCS when direction the vehicle is actually Messages on page 5‑37. driving in snowy or icy conditions. traveling. StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure to the TCS can be turned off by pressing If cruise control is being used when vehicle's brakes to help steer the and releasing g. When TCS is TCS activates, cruise control will vehicle in the intended direction. turned off, i comes on and the automatically disengage. Press the cruise control button to re engage StabiliTrak is on automatically system will not limit wheel spin. ‐ when road conditions allow. See whenever the vehicle is started. Driving should be adjusted Cruise Control on page 9‑37. To assist with directional control of accordingly. Press and release g the vehicle, the system should again to turn the system back on. Adding non‐GM accessories can always be left on. Trailer Sway affect the vehicle's performance. Control (TSC) is also on See Accessories and Modifications automatically when the vehicle is on page 10‑3 for more information. started. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑60 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

9-36 Driving and Operating

is safe to drive but the system is not Both StabiliTrak and Traction operational. Driving should be Control can be turned off if needed adjusted accordingly. See Ride by pressing and holding g until g Control System Messages on and i come on the instrument page 5‑37. panel. This will also disable the TSC When the stability control system If d comes on and stays on, reset feature. When StabiliTrak is turned activates, the Traction Control the system by: off, the system will not assist with directional control of the vehicle or System (TCS)/StabiliTrak light will 1. Stopping the vehicle. flash on the instrument panel. limit wheel spin. Driving should be This also occurs when traction 2. Turning the engine off and adjusted accordingly. Press and control or TSC is activated. A noise waiting 15 seconds. release g again to turn the system may be heard or vibration may be 3. Starting the engine. back on. felt in the brake pedal. This is If d still comes on and stays on at If cruise control is being used when normal. Continue to steer the StabiliTrak activates, the cruise vehicle in the intended direction. a speed above 20 km/h (13 mph), see your dealer for service. control will automatically disengage. If there is a problem detected Press the cruise control button to with StabiliTrak, SERVICE re‐engage when road conditions STABILITRAK is displayed on the allow. See Cruise Control on Driver Information Center (DIC) page 9‑37 for more information. and d will stay on. See Vehicle Messages on page 5‑32. When this message is displayed and/or d comes on and stays on, the vehicle g is located on the console. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Driving and Operating 9-37

Limited-Slip Rear Axle To switch from TOUR to SPORT Cruise Control mode, move the shift lever to the Vehicles with a limited-slip rear axle left while the transmission is in can give more traction on snow, D (Drive). { WARNING mud, ice, sand, or gravel. When traction is low, this feature allows TOUR: Use for normal city and Cruise control can be dangerous the drive wheel with the most highway driving. This setting where you cannot drive safely at traction to move the vehicle. provides a smooth, soft ride. a steady speed. So, do not use The limited-slip rear axle also gives SPORT: Use where road conditions the cruise control on winding the driver enhanced control when or personal preference demand roads or in heavy traffic. cornering hard or completing a more control. This setting provides Cruise control can be dangerous maneuver, such as a lane change. more feel, or response to road “ ” on slippery roads. On such roads, conditions through increased fast changes in tire traction can Selective Ride Control steering effort and suspension control. Transmission shift points cause excessive wheel slip, and The vehicle may have a ride control and shift firmness are also you could lose control. Do not use system called Selective Ride enhanced. See Manual Mode on cruise control on slippery roads. Control. The setting can be changed page 9 28 under Automatic at any time. Based on road ‑ Transmission. conditions, steering wheel angle, With cruise control, a speed of and the vehicle speed, the system If there is a problem detected with about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can automatically adjusts to provide the Selective Ride Control, SERVICE be maintained without keeping your best handling while providing a SUSPENSION SYSTEM displays foot on the accelerator. Cruise smooth ride. The Tour and Sport on the Driver Information Center control does not work at speeds modes will feel similar on a (DIC). See Ride Control System below about 40 km/h (25 mph). smooth road. Messages on page 5‑37. Driving should be adjusted accordingly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

9-38 Driving and Operating

If the brakes are applied, the cruise J (On/Off): Press to turn the The cruise control light on the control shuts off. system on and off. instrument panel cluster comes on If the vehicle has the StabiliTrak® after the cruise control has been set + RES (Resume/Accelerate): to the desired speed. system and begins to limit wheel Press briefly to make the vehicle spin while using cruise control, resume to a previously set speed or 1. Press J. the cruise control automatically press and hold to accelerate. disengages. See StabiliTrak® 2. Get up to the desired speed. −SET (Set/Coast): Press to set the System on page 9‑35 or Traction 3. Press and release the −SET speed and activate cruise control or Control System (TCS) on button located on the steering make the vehicle decelerate. page 9‑34. When road conditions wheel. allow the cruise control to be safely OFF (Cancel): Press to J 4. Take your foot off the used, you can apply the cruise disengage cruise control without accelerator. control again. erasing the set speed from memory. Resuming a Set Speed Setting Cruise Control If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes If the cruise button is on when not in are applied, the cruise control is use, it could get bumped and go into disengaged without erasing the set cruise when not desired. Keep the speed from memory. cruise control switch off when cruise is not being used. Once the vehicle speed reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press the +RES button on the steering wheel. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed and stays there. Cruise Control Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Driving and Operating 9-39

Increasing Speed While Cruise . To slow down in small amounts, Ending Cruise Control Control is at a Set Speed press the −SET button on the steering wheel briefly. Each time There are three ways to end cruise If the cruise control system is this is done, the vehicle goes control: already activated, about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. . Press and hold the +RES button Passing Another Vehicle While . on the steering wheel until the Press the J OFF button on the Using Cruise Control desired speed is reached, then steering wheel. Use the accelerator pedal to release it. . Press the button on the increase the vehicle speed. J . To increase vehicle speed in When you take your foot off the steering wheel. small amounts, press the +RES pedal, the vehicle will slow down to button. Each time this is done, Erasing Speed Memory the previous set cruise speed. the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h The cruise control set speed is (1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control on Hills erased from memory by pressing Reducing Speed While Cruise How well the cruise control will work the J button or if the ignition is Control is at a Set Speed on hills depends upon the vehicle turned off. speed, load, and the steepness of If the cruise control system is the hills. When going up steep hills, already activated, you might have to step on the . Press and hold the −SET button accelerator pedal to maintain the on the steering wheel until the vehicle speed. When going desired lower speed is reached, downhill, you might have to brake or then release it. shift to a lower gear to keep the vehicle speed down. If the brake is applied the cruise control disengages. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

9-40 Driving and Operating

How the System Works Object Detection { WARNING Systems When the vehicle is shifted into The Ultrasonic Front and Rear R (Reverse) the front and rear Ultrasonic Parking Assist Parking Assist (UFRPA) system sensors are automatically turned on. does not replace driver vision. After the vehicle is shifted out of If available, the Ultrasonic Front and It cannot detect: R (Reverse), the rear sensors are Rear Parking Assist (UFRPA) turned off and the front sensors . Objects that are below the system assists the driver with stay on until the vehicle is above a bumper, under the vehicle, parking and avoiding objects. speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). For the or too close or far from the UFRPA operates at speeds less front park assist system to be vehicle. than 8 km/h (5 mph). The sensors active again without shifting into on the front and rear bumper detect . Children, pedestrians, R (Reverse), the park assist button objects up to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of bicyclists, or pets. next to the shift lever must be pressed. See “Turning the System the vehicle, and 2.5 m (8 ft) behind If you do not use proper care On and Off” later in this section. the vehicle, and at least 25 cm before moving forward and while (10 in) off the ground. backing up, vehicle damage, UFRPA operates only at speeds injury, or death could occur. Even less than 8 km/h (5 mph). with UFRPA, always check in When the vehicle is in N (Neutral), front of the vehicle before moving the system may be active. If the forward and behind the vehicle vehicle is in a car wash, the sensors before backing up. While moving may detect objects in the car wash. forward and backing up, be sure See “Turning the System On and to look for objects and check the Off” later in this section to turn the vehicle mirrors. system off. High-toned beeps from the front speakers are for objects detected near the front bumper. Low-toned Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Driving and Operating 9-41

beeps from the rear speakers are The following describes how the UFRPA front display lights appear as the for objects detected near the rear vehicle gets closer to a detected object: bumper. The interval between the beeps becomes shorter as the Description Metric English vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. one amber bar 1.2 m 4 ft When the distance is less than 30 cm (12 in) the beeping is a two amber bars 1.0 m 40 in continuous tone for five seconds. three amber bars 0.6 m 23 in To be detected, objects must be at three amber bars and one red bar 0.3 m 1 ft least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground and below liftgate level. Objects must also be within 1.2 m (4 ft) in Objects Detected by Both the Turning the System On and Off front of the vehicle and 2.5 m (8 ft) Front and Rear Sensors from the rear bumper. This distance The UFRPA system can be turned may be less during warmer or humid In general, if objects are detected at on and off by pressing the park weather. the same time near both the front assist button located next to the and rear bumpers while backing up, shift lever. Front Display the beeps only sound to indicate that objects are close to the rear bumper. However, if an object comes within 0.3 m (1 ft) of the front bumper while the vehicle is backing up and at the The front display is located in the same time there is another object The LED next to the park assist instrument panel in the center of the further than 0.3 m (1 ft) from the rear button lights up when the system is speedometer and has four bars to bumper, then the beeps only sound on and turns off when it has been provide distance and system to indicate the object that is closer disabled. information. to the front bumper. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

9-42 Driving and Operating

When the system is off, PARK PARK ASSIST OFF: If the UFRPA . A trailer was attached to the ASSIST OFF displays on the system does not activate due to a vehicle, or an object was Driver Information Center (DIC). temporary condition, the message hanging out of the liftgate during The message disappears after a displays on the DIC. This can occur the last drive cycle. Once the short period of time. under the following conditions: attached object is removed, UFRPA will return to normal UFRPA defaults to the on setting . The driver has disabled the operation. each time the vehicle is started. system. . An object or cover is attached to When the System Does Not . The ultrasonic sensors are the front of the vehicle. Seem to Work Properly not clean. Keep the vehicle's bumpers free of mud, dirt, snow, . A tow bar is attached to the The following messages may be ice and slush. For cleaning vehicle. displayed on the DIC: instructions, see Exterior Care . The bumper is damaged. SERVICE PARKING ASSIST: on page 10‑96. Take the vehicle to your dealer If this message occurs, take the . The park assist sensors are to repair the system. vehicle to your dealer to repair covered by frost or ice. Frost or . Other conditions, such as the system. ice can form around and behind vibrations from a jackhammer or the sensors and may not always the compression of air brakes on be seen; this can occur after a very large truck, are affecting washing the vehicle in cold system performance. weather. The message may not clear until the frost or ice has melted. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Driving and Operating 9-43

Rear Vision Vehicles Without a Navigation WARNING (Continued) Camera (RVC) System The vehicle may have a Rear Vision Do not back the vehicle using When the vehicle is on and the Camera (RVC) system. Read this only the RVC screen or by using driver shifts into R (Reverse), entire section before using it. the screen during longer, higher the video image automatically speed backing maneuvers, appears on the inside rearview The RVC system can assist the or where there could be mirror. Once the driver shifts out of driver when backing up by cross-traffic. Perceived distances R (Reverse), the video image displaying a view of the area behind may be different from actual automatically disappears from the the vehicle. distances. inside rearview mirror. Turning the Rear Vision Camera { WARNING Failure to use proper care before backing may result in injury, System Off or On The RVC system does not display death, or vehicle damage. Always To turn off the RVC system, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, check before backing by checking press and hold z, located on the or any other object located behind and around the vehicle. inside rearview mirror, until the left outside the camera's field of view, indicator light turns off. The RVC below the bumper, or under the display is now disabled. vehicle. To turn the RVC system on again, (Continued) press and hold z until the left indicator light illuminates. The RVC system display is now enabled and the display will appear in the mirror normally. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

9-44 Driving and Operating

Vehicles With a Navigation Turning the Rear Vision Camera Symbols System System On or Off The navigation system may have a An image appears on the navigation To turn the rear vision camera feature that lets the driver view screen with the message “Check system on or off: symbols on the navigation screen Surroundings for Safety” when the 1. Shift into P (Park). while using the rear vision camera. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). The Ultrasonic Front and Rear The navigation screen goes to the 2. Press the CONFIG button. Parking Assist (UFRPA) system previous screen after approximately 3. Select Display. must not be disabled to use the 10 seconds once the vehicle is caution symbols. The error message shifted out of R (Reverse). “Rear Parking Assist Symbols Unavailable” may display if UFRPA To cancel the delay, do one of the has been disabled and the following: symbols have been turned on. . Press a hard key on the See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on navigation system. page 9‑40. . Shift into P (Park). The symbols appear and may cover an object when viewing the . Reach a vehicle speed of navigation screen when an object is 8 km/h (5 mph). detected by the UFRPA system.

4. Select Camera. When a checkmark appears next to the Camera option, the RVC system is on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Driving and Operating 9-45

To turn the symbols on or off: Rear Vision Camera Error The area displayed by the camera 1. Shift into P (Park). Messages is limited. 2. Press the CONFIG button. SERVICE REAR VISION CAMERA It does not display objects that are SYSTEM: This message can close to either corner or under the 3. Select Display. display when the system is not bumper and can vary depending 4. Select Symbols. When a receiving information it requires from on vehicle orientation or road checkmark appears next to the other vehicle systems. conditions. The distance of the Symbols option, symbols will If any other problem occurs or if a image that appears on the screen is appear. problem persists, see your dealer. different from the actual distance. Guidelines The following illustration shows the Rear Vision Camera Location field of view that the camera The RVC system has a guideline provides. overlay that can help the driver align the vehicle when backing into a parking spot. To turn the guidelines on or off: 1. Shift into P (Park). 2. Press the CONFIG button. 3. Select Display. 4. Select Guidelines. When a checkmark appears next to the Guidelines option, guidelines will appear. The camera is located above the license plate. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

9-46 Driving and Operating

When the System Does Not Fuel Seem to Work Properly Use of the recommended fuel is The rear vision camera system may an important part of the proper not work properly or display a clear maintenance of this vehicle. To help image if: keep the engine clean and maintain . The RVC is turned off. optimum vehicle performance, we See “Turning the Rear Vision recommend the use of gasoline Camera System On or Off” advertised as TOP TIER Detergent earlier in this section. Gasoline. . It is dark. Look for the TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets . The sun or the beam of enhanced detergency standards headlamps is shining directly developed by auto companies. A list into the camera lens. of marketers providing TOP TIER . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else Detergent Gasoline can be found at builds up on the camera lens. www.toptiergas.com. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. . The back of the vehicle is in an accident. The position and mounting angle of the camera can change or the camera can A. View displayed by the camera. be affected. Be sure to have the camera and its position and B. Corner of the rear bumper. mounting angle checked at your dealer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Driving and Operating 9-47

Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge Gasoline Specifications and a yellow fuel cap can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel (U.S. and Canada Only) containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). At a minimum, gasoline should See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on meet ASTM specification page 9‑49. For all other vehicles, D 4814 in the United States or use only the unleaded gasoline CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in described under Recommended Canada. Some gasolines contain Fuel on page 9‑47. an octane-enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese Recommended Fuel tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend against the use of gasolines Use regular unleaded gasoline with containing MMT. See Fuel Additives The eighth digit of the Vehicle a posted octane rating of 87 or on page 9 48 for additional Identification Number (VIN) shows ‑ higher. If the octane rating is less information. the code letter or number that than 87, an audible knocking noise, identifies the vehicle's engine. commonly referred to as spark The VIN is at the top left of the knock, might be heard when driving. instrument panel. See Vehicle If this occurs, use a gasoline rated Identification Number (VIN) on at 87 octane or higher as soon as page 12‑1. possible. If heavy knocking is heard when using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher, the engine needs service. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

9-48 Driving and Operating

California Fuel Fuels in Foreign However, some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of Requirements Countries additive required to meet U.S. If the vehicle is certified to meet Never use leaded gasoline or any Environmental Protection Agency California Emissions Standards, other fuel not recommended in the regulations. To help keep fuel it is designed to operate on fuels previous text on fuel. Costly repairs injectors and intake valves clean that meet California specifications. caused by use of improper fuel and avoid problems due to dirty See the underhood emission control would not be covered by the vehicle injectors or valves, look for gasoline label. If this fuel is not available in warranty. that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline. Look for the states adopting California Emissions To check the fuel availability, ask an TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to Standards, the vehicle will operate auto club, or contact a major oil ensure gasoline meets enhanced satisfactorily on fuels meeting company that does business in the detergency standards developed by federal specifications, but emission country where you will be driving. control system performance might the auto companies. A list of be affected. The malfunction marketers providing TOP TIER indicator lamp could turn on and the Fuel Additives Detergent Gasoline can be found at vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. To provide cleaner air, all gasolines www.toptiergas.com. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on in the United States are now For customers who do not use TOP page 5‑18. If this occurs, return to required to contain additives that TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, your authorized dealer for diagnosis. help prevent engine and fuel system one bottle of GM Fuel System If it is determined that the condition deposits from forming, allowing the Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel is caused by the type of fuel used, emission control system to work tank at every engine oil change, repairs might not be covered by the properly. In most cases, nothing can help clean deposits from fuel vehicle warranty. should have to be added to the fuel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Driving and Operating 9-49

injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel Some gasolines that are not We encourage the use of E85 in System Treatment PLUS is the only reformulated for low vehicles that are designed to use it. gasoline additive recommended by emissions can contain an The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” General Motors. It is available at octane-enhancing additive called fuel, meaning it is made from your dealer. methylcyclopentadienyl manganese renewable sources such as corn Gasolines containing oxygenates, tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant and other crops. such as ethers and ethanol, where you buy gasoline whether the Many service stations will not have and reformulated gasolines fuel contains MMT. We recommend an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump might be available in your area. against the use of such gasolines. available. The U.S. Department of We recommend that you use these Fuels containing MMT can reduce Energy has an alternative fuels gasolines, if they comply with the spark plug life and affect emission website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ specifications described earlier. control system performance. locator/stations/) that can help you However, E85 (85% ethanol) and The malfunction indicator lamp find E85 fuel. Those stations that other fuels containing more than might turn on. If this occurs, return do have E85 should have a label 15% ethanol must not be used in to your dealer for service. indicating ethanol content. Do not vehicles that were not designed for use the fuel if the ethanol content is those fuels. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) greater than 85%. Notice: This vehicle was not Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge At a minimum, E85 should meet designed for fuel that contains and a yellow fuel cap can use either ASTM Specification D 5798 or methanol. Do not use fuel unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel CGSB Specification 3.512. containing methanol. It can containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). Filling the tank with fuel mixtures corrode metal parts in the fuel For all other vehicles, use only the that do not meet ASTM or CGSB system and also damage plastic unleaded gasoline described under specifications can affect driveability and rubber parts. That damage Recommended Fuel on page 9‑47. and could cause the malfunction would not be covered under the indicator lamp to come on. vehicle warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

9-50 Driving and Operating

As the outside temperature E85 has less energy per liter Filling the Tank approaches freezing, ethanol fuel (gallon) than gasoline, so you will distributors should supply winter need to refill the fuel tank more grade ethanol, the same as with often when using E85 than when { WARNING unleaded gasoline. Winter grade you are using gasoline. See Filling Fuel vapor burns violently and a blends typically do not exceed the Tank on page 9 50. ‑ fuel fire can cause bad injuries. 70% ethanol (E70). Notice: Some additives are not To help avoid injuries to you and The starting characteristics of compatible with E85 fuel and can others, read and follow all the ethanol make it more difficult to harm the vehicle's fuel system. instructions on the fuel pump start below 0°C (32°F), which may Do not add anything to E85. island. Turn off the engine when lead to longer start/crank times. Damage caused by additives refueling. Do not smoke near fuel Engine start on ethanol fuels would not be covered by the or when refueling the vehicle. down to −30°C (−20°F) is possible, vehicle warranty. Do not use cellular phones. provided a winter grade ethanol Notice: This vehicle was not Keep sparks, flames, and blend is used. designed for fuel that contains smoking materials away from fuel. It is best not to alternate repeatedly methanol. Do not use fuel Do not leave the fuel pump between gasoline and E85. If you containing methanol. It can unattended when refueling the do switch fuels, it is recommended corrode metal parts in the fuel vehicle. This is against the law in that you add as much fuel as system and also damage plastic some places. Do not re-enter the possible — do not add less than and rubber parts. That damage vehicle while pumping fuel. Keep 11 L (3 gal) when refueling. would not be covered under the children away from the fuel pump; You should drive the vehicle vehicle warranty. never let children pump fuel. immediately after refueling for at least 11 km (7 mi) to allow the vehicle to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Driving and Operating 9-51

See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on The diagnostic system can page 5‑18. determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed. This { WARNING would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. See Malfunction Fuel can spray out on you if you Indicator Lamp on page 5‑18. open the fuel cap too quickly. If you spill fuel and then { WARNING something ignites it, you could be badly burned. This spray can If a fire starts while you are happen if the tank is nearly full, refueling, do not remove the and is more likely in hot weather. nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by The tethered fuel cap is located Open the fuel cap slowly and wait shutting off the pump or by behind a hinged fuel door on the for any hiss noise to stop. Then notifying the station attendant. passenger side of the vehicle. unscrew the cap all the way. Leave the area immediately. To open the fuel door, push the rearward center edge in and release Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not Notice: If a new fuel cap is and it will open. top off or overfill the tank and wait a needed, be sure to get the right To remove the fuel cap, turn it few seconds after you have finished type of cap from your dealer. slowly counterclockwise. pumping before removing the The wrong type of fuel cap might nozzle. Clean fuel from painted not fit properly, might cause the While refueling, hang the tethered malfunction indicator lamp to fuel cap from the hook on the surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care on page 10‑96. light, and could damage the fuel fuel door. tank and emissions system. When reinstalling the cap, turn it When replacing the fuel cap, turn See Malfunction Indicator Lamp it clockwise until it clicks once. clockwise until it clicks once, on page 5‑18. otherwise the malfunction Make sure the cap is fully installed. indicator lamp could turn on. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

9-52 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel WARNING (Continued) Towing Container . Bring the fill nozzle in contact General Towing { WARNING with the inside of the fill Information opening before operating the Only use towing equipment that has Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle. Contact should be been designed for the vehicle. while it is in the vehicle. Static maintained until the filling is Contact your dealer or trailering electricity discharge from the complete. dealer for assistance with preparing container can ignite the fuel . Do not smoke while the vehicle for towing a trailer. vapor. You can be badly burned pumping fuel. and the vehicle damaged if this See the following trailer towing occurs. To help avoid injury to you . Do not use a cellular phone information in this section: and others: while pumping fuel. . For information on driving while towing a trailer, see . Dispense fuel only into Driving Characteristics and approved containers. “ Towing Tips.” . Do not fill a container while it . For maximum vehicle and trailer is inside a vehicle, in a weights, see Trailer Towing. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, “ ” or on any surface other than . For information on equipment the ground. to tow a trailer, see “Towing (Continued) Equipment.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Driving and Operating 9-53

For information on towing a disabled The following information has vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on WARNING (Continued) important trailering tips and rules page 10‑92. For information on for your safety and that of your towing the vehicle behind another Pull a trailer only if all the steps in passengers. Read this section vehicle such as a motor home, see this section have been followed. carefully before pulling a trailer. Recreational Vehicle Towing on Ask your dealer for advice and page 10‑92. information about towing a trailer Pulling a Trailer with the vehicle. Here are some important points: Driving Characteristics . There are many laws, including and Towing Tips The vehicle can tow a trailer when speed limit restrictions that apply equipped with the proper trailer to trailering. Check for legal { WARNING towing equipment. For trailering requirements. capacity, see Trailer Towing on . Do not tow a trailer at all during The driver can lose control when page 9‑56. Trailering changes the first 1 600 km (1,000 miles) pulling a trailer if the correct handling, acceleration, braking, the new vehicle is driven. equipment is not used or the durability and fuel economy. The engine, axle or other vehicle is not driven properly. With the added weight, the engine, parts could be damaged. For example, if the trailer is too transmission, wheel assemblies and . During the first 800 km heavy, the brakes may not tires are forced to work harder and (500 miles) that a trailer is work well — or even at all. under greater loads. The trailer also adds wind resistance, increasing the towed, do not drive over The driver and passengers could 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not be seriously injured. The vehicle pulling requirements. For safe trailering, correctly use the proper make starts at full throttle. may also be damaged; the trailering equipment. This reduces wear on the resulting repairs would not be vehicle. covered by the vehicle warranty. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

9-54 Driving and Operating

. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). and trailer moving and then apply Passing Use a lower gear if the the trailer brake controller by hand More passing distance is needed transmission shifts too often. to be sure the brakes are working. when towing a trailer. Because the . Do not use the Fuel Economy During the trip, check regularly to be rig is longer, it is necessary to go Mode when towing. sure that the load is secure, and the farther beyond the passed vehicle . Obey speed limit restrictions. lamps and trailer brakes are working before returning to the lane. Do not drive faster than the properly. Backing Up maximum posted speed for Towing with a Stability trailers, or no more than Hold the bottom of the steering 90 km/h (55 mph), to reduce Control System wheel with one hand. To move the wear on the vehicle. When towing, the sound of the trailer to the left, move that hand to stability control system might be the left. To move the trailer to the Driving with a Trailer heard. The system is reacting to the right, move your hand to the right. Towing a trailer requires experience. vehicle movement caused by the Always back up slowly and, Get familiar with handling and trailer, which mainly occurs during if possible, have someone braking with the added trailer cornering. This is normal when guide you. weight. The vehicle is now longer towing heavier trailers. and not as responsive as the Making Turns vehicle is by itself. Following Distance Notice: Making very sharp turns Check all trailer hitch parts and Stay at least twice as far behind the while trailering could cause the attachments, safety chains, vehicle ahead as you would when trailer to come in contact with the electrical connectors, lamps, tires driving the vehicle without a trailer. vehicle. The vehicle could be and mirror adjustments. If the trailer This can help to avoid situations damaged. Avoid making very has electric brakes, start the vehicle that require heavy braking and sharp turns while trailering. sudden turns. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Driving and Operating 9-55

When turning with a trailer, make Driving on Grades Parking on Hills wider turns than normal so the Reduce speed and shift to a trailer will not strike soft shoulders, lower gear before starting down a { WARNING curbs, road signs, trees or other long or steep downgrade. If the objects. Use the turn signal well transmission is not shifted down, Parking the vehicle on a hill with in advance and avoid jerky or the brakes might have to be used the trailer attached can be sudden maneuvers. so much that they would get hot and dangerous. If something goes Turn Signals When Towing a no longer work well. wrong, the rig could start to move. People can be injured, and both Trailer The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). the vehicle and the trailer can be Use a lower gear if the transmission The turn signal indicators on the damaged. When possible, always shifts too often. instrument panel flash whenever park the rig on a flat surface. signaling a turn or lane change. When towing at high altitude on Properly hooked up, the trailer steep uphill grades, engine coolant lamps also flash, telling other boils at a lower temperature than at If parking the rig on a hill: drivers the vehicle is turning, normal altitudes. If the engine is 1. Press the brake pedal, but do changing lanes or stopping. turned off immediately after towing not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn When towing a trailer, the arrows at high altitude on steep uphill the wheels into the curb if facing on the instrument panel flash for grades, the vehicle could show downhill or into traffic if facing turns even if the bulbs on the trailer signs similar to engine overheating. uphill. To avoid this, let the engine run are burned out. Check occasionally 2. Have someone place chocks while parked, preferably on level to be sure the trailer bulbs are still under the trailer wheels. working. ground, with the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes before 3. When the wheel chocks are in turning the engine off. If the place, release the brake pedal overheat warning comes on, see until the chocks absorb the load. Engine Overheating on page 10‑18. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

9-56 Driving and Operating

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Things that are especially important Weight of the Trailer Then apply the parking brake in trailer operation are automatic How heavy can a trailer safely be? and shift into P (Park). transmission fluid, engine oil, axle It depends on how the rig is used. 5. Release the brake pedal. lubricant, belts, cooling system and brake system. Inspect these before For example, speed, altitude, road Leaving After Parking on a Hill and during the trip. grades, outside temperature and how much the vehicle is used to pull Check periodically to see that all 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal a trailer are all important. It can hitch nuts and bolts are tight. while you: depend on any special equipment . Start the engine. Engine Cooling When Trailer on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. . Shift into a gear. Towing See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue” . Release the parking brake. The cooling system may temporarily later in this section for more overheat during severe operating information. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. conditions. See Engine Overheating 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is on page 10‑18. Maximum trailer weight is calculated clear of the chocks. assuming only the driver is in the Trailer Towing tow vehicle and it has all the 4. Stop and have someone pick up required trailering equipment. and store the chocks. Before pulling a trailer, there are The weight of additional optional Maintenance When Trailer three important considerations that equipment, passengers and cargo in have to do with weight: Towing the tow vehicle must be subtracted . The weight of the trailer from the maximum trailer weight. The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer. See this . The weight of the trailer tongue manual's Maintenance Schedule . The total weight on the vehicle's or index for more information. tires Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Driving and Operating 9-57

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.

Maximum Trailer Maximum Tongue Vehicle Weight GCWR* Weight 3.6L Engine, FWD without Trailering 1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 185 kg (7,022 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) Package 3.6L Engine, FWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 640 kg (8,025 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) 3.6L Engine, AWD without Trailering 1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3 270 kg (7,209 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) Package 3.6L Engine, AWD with Trailering Package 1 588 kg (3,500 lbs) 3 725 kg (8,212 lbs) 159 kg (350 lbs) *The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue If there are a lot of options, information or advice. See equipment, passengers or cargo in The tongue load (A) of any trailer is Customer Assistance Offices the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue an important weight to measure (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 4 or weight the vehicle can carry, which ‑ because it affects the total gross Customer Assistance Offices will also reduce the trailer weight the weight of the vehicle. The Gross (Mexico) on page 13 5 for more vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer, ‑ Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the information. the tongue load must be added to curb weight of the vehicle, any the GVW because the vehicle cargo carried in it, and the people will be carrying that weight, too. who will be riding in the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

9-58 Driving and Operating

See Vehicle Load Limits on After loading the trailer, weigh the Total Weight on the page 9‑12 for more information trailer and then the tongue, Vehicle's Tires about the vehicle's maximum load separately, to see if the weights are capacity. proper. If they are not, adjustments Be sure the vehicle's tires are might be made by moving some inflated to the upper limit for cold items around in the trailer. tires. These numbers can be found on the Certification label or see Trailering may be limited by the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12 vehicle's ability to carry tongue for more information. Make sure not weight. Tongue weight cannot cause to go over the GVW limit for the the vehicle to exceed the GVWR vehicle, or the GAWR, including the (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or weight of the trailer tongue. If using the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle a weight distributing hitch, make Weight Rating). The effect of sure not to go over the rear axle additional weight may reduce the limit before applying the weight trailering capacity more than the distribution spring bars. total of the additional weight. If a weight-carrying hitch or a It is important that the vehicle weight-distributing hitch is being does not exceed any of its used, the trailer tongue (A) should ratings — GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, weigh 10‐15 percent of the total Maximum Trailer Rating or Tongue loaded trailer weight (B). Weight. The only way to be sure it is not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the vehicle and trailer. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Driving and Operating 9-59

Towing Equipment Hitch Cover To reinstall the hitch cover: Hitches 1. Hold the cover at a 45 degree angle to the vehicle and push It is important to have the correct the upper tabs in the hitch cover hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large into the slots in the fascia. trucks going by and rough roads are 2. Move the bottom of the cover a few reasons why the right hitch is forward until the lower tabs line needed. up with the lower fascia slots. . The rear bumper on the vehicle 3. Snap the hitch cover into place is not intended for hitches. Do by pushing the upper corners not attach rental hitches or other forward. bumper-type hitches to it. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that 4. Turn the fasteners on the lower does not attach to the bumper. tabs 90 degrees clockwise to lock the cover in place. . Will any holes be made in the The vehicle may have a hitch cover. body of the vehicle when the To remove the hitch cover: trailer hitch is installed? If there 1. Turn the fasteners on the lower are, then be sure to seal the tabs 90 degrees holes later when the hitch is counterclockwise. removed. If the holes are not sealed, dirt, water, and deadly 2. Lift the lower edge of the cover carbon monoxide (CO) from about 45 degrees. the exhaust can get into the 3. Pull the cover downward to vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on disengage the upper page 9‑24. attachments. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

9-60 Driving and Operating

Safety Chains Trailer Sway Conversions and Always attach chains between the Control (TSC) Add-Ons vehicle and the trailer. Cross the The vehicle has a Trailer Sway safety chains under the tongue of Control (TSC) feature as part of the the trailer to help prevent the tongue Add-On Electrical StabiliTrak system. If TSC detects from contacting the road if it Equipment that the trailer is swaying, the becomes separated from the hitch. vehicle's brakes are automatically Notice: Do not add anything Always leave just enough slack so applied. electrical to the vehicle unless the rig can turn. Never allow safety you check with your dealer first. chains to drag on the ground. Some electrical equipment can Trailer Brakes damage the vehicle and the damage would not be covered by A loaded trailer that weighs more the vehicle's warranty. Some than 450 kg (1,000 lbs) needs to add-on electrical equipment can have its own brake system that is keep other components from adequate for the weight of the working as they should. trailer. Be sure to read and follow When TSC is applying the brakes, the instructions for the trailer brakes the TCS/StabiliTrak indicator light Add-on equipment can drain the so they are installed, adjusted and flashes to notify the driver to reduce vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if the maintained properly. speed. If the trailer continues to vehicle is not operating. sway, StabiliTrak will reduce engine The vehicle has an airbag system. Because the vehicle has anti-lock torque to help slow the vehicle. brakes, do not tap into the vehicle's Before attempting to add anything brake system. If you do, both brake TSC will not function if StabiliTrak is electrical to the vehicle, see ® systems will not work well, or at all. turned off. See StabiliTrak System Servicing the Airbag-Equipped on page 9‑35 for more information. Vehicle on page 3‑34 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑34. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Vehicle Care 10-1

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12 Bulb Replacement Vehicle Care Cooling System ...... 10-14 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 Engine Coolant ...... 10-15 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 General Information Engine Overheating ...... 10-18 High Intensity Discharge Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 General Information ...... 10-2 Washer Fluid ...... 10-20 Headlamps ...... 10-32 California Proposition Brakes ...... 10-21 Fog Lamps ...... 10-37 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Brake Fluid ...... 10-22 Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-37 California Perchlorate Battery ...... 10-24 Back-Up Lamps ...... 10-38 Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-24 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-40 Accessories and Starter Switch Check ...... 10-25 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-40 Modifications ...... 10-3 Automatic Transmission Shift Vehicle Checks Lock Control Function Electrical System Doing Your Own Check ...... 10-25 Electrical System Service Work ...... 10-4 Park Brake and P (Park) Overload ...... 10-41 Hood ...... 10-5 Mechanism Check ...... 10-26 Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Wiper Blade Breakers ...... 10-41 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Replacement ...... 10-26 Fuse Block ...... 10-42 Engine Cover ...... 10-8 Headlamp Aiming Instrument Panel Fuse Engine Oil ...... 10-8 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Block ...... 10-44 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Rear Compartment Automatic Transmission Fuse Block ...... 10-46 Fluid ...... 10-12 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

10-2 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Wheel Replacement ...... 10-70 General Information Tires ...... 10-49 Tire Chains ...... 10-70 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-71 For service and parts needs, Tire Designations ...... 10-52 Tire Sealant and visit your dealer. You will receive Tire Terminology and Compressor Kit ...... 10-73 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Definitions ...... 10-53 Storing the Tire Sealant and and supported service people. Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Compressor Kit ...... 10-80 Genuine GM parts have one of Tire Pressure for Tire Changing ...... 10-81 these marks: High-Speed Operation . . . . 10-57 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-87 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 10-58 Jump Starting Tire Pressure Monitor Jump Starting ...... 10-88 Operation ...... 10-59 Towing Tire Inspection ...... 10-63 Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-92 Tire Rotation ...... 10-63 Recreational Vehicle When It Is Time for Towing ...... 10-92 New Tires ...... 10-64 Buying New Tires ...... 10-65 Appearance Care Different Size Tires and Exterior Care ...... 10-96 Wheels ...... 10-67 Interior Care ...... 10-99 Uniform Tire Quality Floor Mats ...... 10-102 Grading ...... 10-67 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 10-69 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Vehicle Care 10-3

California Proposition Accessories and Damage to vehicle components 65 Warning Modifications resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non‐GM Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or certified parts, including control one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle module or software modifications, known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and is not covered under the terms of cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as the vehicle warranty and may affect other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride and remaining warranty coverage for exhaust, many parts and systems, handling, emissions systems, affected parts. many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and GM Accessories are designed to wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock complement and function with other emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability systems on the vehicle. See your control. These accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle California Perchlorate modifications could even cause using genuine GM Accessories Materials Requirements malfunction or damage not covered installed by a dealer technician. by the vehicle warranty. Certain types of automotive Also, see Adding Equipment to applications, such as airbag the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on initiators, seat belt pretensioners, page 3‑34. and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may be necessary. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

10-4 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. WARNING (Continued) Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Doing Your Own . Be sure to use the proper Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Service Work nuts, bolts, and other page 3‑34. fasteners. Metric and English fasteners can be Keep a record with all parts { WARNING easily confused. If the receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. wrong fasteners are used, You can be injured and the See Maintenance Records on parts can later break or fall vehicle could be damaged if you page 11‑16. try to do service work on a vehicle off. You could be hurt. without knowing enough about it. . Be sure you have sufficient If doing some of your own service knowledge, experience, work, use the proper service the proper replacement manual. It tells you much more parts, and tools before about how to service the vehicle attempting any vehicle than this manual can. To order the maintenance task. proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information (Continued) on page 13‑17. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Vehicle Care 10-5

Hood To open the hood:

2. Move the secondary hood release lever up to release the striker. The lever is located near the middle of the hood. 1. Pull the release handle with the 3. Lift the hood. above symbol on it. It is located Before closing the hood, be sure all below the instrument panel to the filler caps are on properly. the left of the steering wheel. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

10-6 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Vehicle Care 10-7

A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on F. Transmission Fluid Cap K. Remote Negative (−) Terminal page 10‑12. and Dipstick (Out of View). See (Out of View). See Jump B. Power Steering Reservoir and Automatic Transmission Fluid Starting on page 10‑88. Cap (Under Engine Cover). on page 10‑12. L. Engine Compartment Fuse See Power Steering Fluid on G. Brake Master Cylinder Block on page 10‑42. page 10‑20. Reservoir. See Brakes on M. Windshield Washer Fluid C. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine page 10‑21. Reservoir. See Washer Oil on page 10‑8. H. Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Fluid on page 10‑20. D. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Pressure Cap. See Engine View). See Engine Oil on Coolant on page 10‑15. page 10‑8. I. Battery (Out of View). See Battery on page 10 24. E. Engine Cover on page 10‑8. ‑ J. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump Starting on page 10‑88. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

10-8 Vehicle Care

Engine Cover Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil To ensure proper engine It is a good idea to check the performance and long life, careful engine oil level at each fuel fill. In attention must be paid to engine oil. order to get an accurate reading, Following these simple, but the vehicle must be on level ground. important steps will help protect The engine oil dipstick handle your investment: is a yellow loop. See Engine Compartment Overview on . Always use engine oil approved page 10‑6 for the location of the to the proper specification and of engine oil dipstick. the proper viscosity grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” 1. If the engine has been running in this section. recently, turn off the engine and allow several minutes for the oil A. Oil Fill Cap . Check the engine oil level to drain back into the oil pan. B. Engine Cover Bolt regularly and maintain the Checking the oil level too soon proper oil level. See Checking C. Engine Cover “ after engine shutoff will not Engine Oil” and “When to Add provide an accurate oil level To remove: Engine Oil” in this section. reading. 1. Remove the oil fill cap (A). . Change the engine oil at the 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it 2. Remove the engine cover appropriate time. See Engine Oil with a paper towel or cloth, bolt (B). Life System on page 10‑10. then push it back in all the way. 3. Raise the engine cover (C) to . Always dispose of engine oil Remove it again, keeping the tip release from the retainers. properly. See “What to Do with down, and check the level. 4. Lift and remove the engine Used Oil” in this section. cover. 5. Reverse Steps 1 through 4 to reinstall engine cover. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Vehicle Care 10-9

When to Add Engine Oil be damaged. You should drain Specification out the excess oil or limit driving If the oil is below the cross-hatched Use and ask for licensed engine of the vehicle and seek a service area at the tip of the dipstick, add oils with the dexos1™ approved professional to remove the 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil certification mark. Engine oils excess amount of oil. and then recheck the level. See meeting the requirements for the “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in See Engine Compartment Overview vehicle should have the dexos1 this section for an explanation of on page 10‑6 for the location of the approved certification mark. what kind of oil to use. For engine engine oil fill cap. This certification mark indicates oil crankcase capacity, see Add enough oil to put the level that the oil has been approved to Capacities and Specifications on somewhere in the proper operating the dexos1 specification. page 12‑2. range. Push the dipstick all the way Notice: Do not add too much oil. back in when through. Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range Selecting the Right Engine Oil shown on the dipstick are harmful Selecting the right engine oil to the engine. If you find that you depends on both the proper oil have an oil level above the specification and viscosity grade. operating range, i.e., the engine See Recommended Fluids and Notice: Failure to use the has so much oil that the oil level Lubricants on page 11‑13. recommended engine oil or gets above the cross-hatched equivalent can result in engine area that shows the proper damage not covered by the operating range, the engine could vehicle warranty. Check with your dealer or service provider on whether the oil is approved to the dexos1 specification. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

10-10 Vehicle Care

Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not Engine Oil Life System recommended and could cause SAE 5W‐30 is the best viscosity When to Change Engine Oil grade for the vehicle. Do not use engine damage not covered by the other viscosity grade oils such as vehicle warranty. This vehicle has a computer system SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W‐50. What to Do with Used Oil that indicates when to change the If in an area of extreme cold, where engine oil and filter. This is based Used engine oil contains certain on a combination of factors which the temperature falls below −20°F elements that can be unhealthy for (−29°C), an SAE 0W 30 oil should include engine revolutions, engine ‐ your skin and could even cause temperature, and miles driven. be used. An oil of this viscosity cancer. Do not let used oil stay on grade will provide easier cold Based on driving conditions, the your skin for very long. Clean your mileage at which an oil change is starting for the engine at extremely skin and nails with soap and water, low temperatures. When selecting indicated can vary considerably. or a good hand cleaner. Wash or For the oil life system to work an oil of the appropriate viscosity properly dispose of clothing or rags grade, always select an oil that properly, the system must be reset containing used engine oil. See the every time the oil is changed. meets the dexos1 specification or manufacturer's warnings about the equivalent. See “Specification” for use and disposal of oil products. When the system has calculated more information. that oil life has been diminished, Used oil can be a threat to the it indicates that an oil change is Engine Oil Additives/Engine environment. If you change your necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE Oil Flushes own oil, be sure to drain all the oil OIL SOON message comes on. from the filter before disposal. Never Do not add anything to the oil. dispose of oil by putting it in the The recommended oils with the trash or pouring it on the ground, dexos specification and displaying into sewers, or into streams or the dexos certification mark are all bodies of water. Recycle it by taking that is needed for good performance it to a place that collects used oil. and engine protection. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Vehicle Care 10-11

See Engine Oil Messages on How to Reset the Engine Oil The oil life system can also be reset page 5‑35. Change the oil as Life System as follows: soon as possible within the next Reset the system whenever the 1. Turn the ignition on with the 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, engine off. if driving under the best conditions, engine oil is changed so that the the oil life system might indicate that system can calculate the next 2. Fully press and release the an oil change is not necessary for engine oil change. To reset the accelerator pedal three times up to a year. The engine oil and system: within five seconds. filter must be changed at least once 1. Using the DIC MENU button and If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL a year and at this time the system thumbwheel on the turn signal SOON message is not on, must be reset. Your dealer has lever, display REMAINING OIL the system is reset. trained service people who will LIFE on the DIC. See Driver perform this work and reset the Information Center (DIC) on The system is reset when the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON system. It is also important to check page 5‑28 and Engine Oil message is off. the oil regularly over the course of Messages on page 5‑35. an oil drain interval and keep it at 2. Press the SET/CLR button to If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON the proper level. reset the oil life at 100%. message comes back on when the If the system is ever reset vehicle is started, the engine oil life Be careful not to reset the oil life accidentally, the oil must be system has not been reset. Repeat display accidentally at any time changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) the procedure. other than after the oil is since the last oil change. changed. It cannot be reset Remember to reset the oil life accurately until the next oil system whenever the oil is change. changed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

10-12 Vehicle Care

Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the How to Inspect the Engine Fluid intervals listed in Maintenance Air Cleaner/Filter Schedule on page 11‑4, and To inspect the air cleaner/filter, How to Check Automatic be sure to use the fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and remove the filter from the vehicle Transmission Fluid and lightly shake the filter to release Lubricants on page 11‑13. It is not necessary to check loose dust and dirt. If the filter the transmission fluid level. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter remains covered with dirt, a new A transmission fluid leak is the filter is required. Never use only reason for fluid loss. If a leak See Engine Compartment Overview compressed air to clean the filter. occurs, take the vehicle to your on page 10‑6 for the location of the To inspect or replace the engine air dealer and have it repaired as soon engine air cleaner/filter. cleaner/filter: as possible. When to Inspect the Engine 1. Open the hood. See Hood on There is a special procedure for Air Cleaner/Filter page 10‑5. checking and changing the transmission fluid. Because this Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the 2. Locate the air filter housing on procedure is difficult, you should scheduled maintenance intervals the front of the passenger side have this done at your dealer. and replace it at the first oil change of the engine compartment. Contact your dealer for additional after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) See Engine Compartment information or the procedure can interval. See Maintenance Schedule Overview on page 10‑6. be found in the service manual. on page 11‑4 for more information. To purchase a service manual, If driving in dusty/dirty conditions, see Service Publications Ordering inspect the filter at each engine oil change. Information on page 13‑17. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Vehicle Care 10-13

9. Retighten the air duct clamp. 10. Reconnect the electrical connector.

{ WARNING

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when A. Cover Cut Outs A. Air Duct Clamp working on the engine and do not B. Electrical Connector B. Air Filter Tabs drive with the air cleaner/filter off. C. Retaining Clips 7. To install the air filter, place filter inside box where the pleats fit in Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by between the tabs located inside loosening the air duct clamp (A). off, dirt can easily get into the the lower box. Ensure that the engine, which could damage it. 4. Disconnect the electrical cover cut outs (A) on both sides Always have the air cleaner/filter connector (B). match the air filter tabs (B) on in place when you are driving. both sides. 5. Lift the 3 retaining clips (C) on Notice: Installing an air the air filter housing. 8. Replace air cleaner cover by cleaner different than the one inserting the 4 tabs into the 6. Tilt and lift the cover slightly recommended in Maintenance 4 slots. Lower cover to meet Replacement Parts may cause upwards and slide the cover bottom of box. Place the 3 clips away from outside edge of the engine damage not covered by on retention features and clip the vehicle warranty. vehicle. Remove the air filter. closed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

10-14 Vehicle Care

Cooling System { WARNING { WARNING When it is safe to lift the hood: An electric engine cooling fan Heater and radiator hoses, and under the hood can start up even other engine parts, can be very when the engine is not running hot. Do not touch them. If you do, and can cause injury. Keep you can be burned. hands, clothing, and tools away Do not run the engine if there is from any underhood electric fan. a leak. If you run the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could If the coolant inside the coolant cause an engine fire, and you surge tank is boiling, do not do could be burned. Get any leak anything else until it cools down. fixed before you drive the vehicle. The vehicle should be parked on a level surface. If there seems to be no leak, A. Engine Cooling Fan The coolant level should be with the engine on, check to see if (Out of View) between the MIN and MAX lines. the electric engine cooling fan If it is not, the vehicle may have a is running. If the engine is B. Engine Coolant Surge Tank leak at the radiator hoses, heater overheating, the fan should be and Pressure Cap hoses, radiator, water pump, running. If it is not, the vehicle or somewhere else in the cooling needs service. Turn off the engine. system. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Vehicle Care 10-15

Notice: Using coolant other than The following explains the Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, DEX-COOL® can cause premature cooling system and how to check drinkable water and DEX-COOL engine, heater core, or radiator and add coolant when it is low. coolant. If using this mixture, corrosion. In addition, the engine If there is a problem with engine nothing else needs to be added. coolant could require changing overheating, see Engine This mixture: sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) Overheating on page 10 18 ‑ . Gives freezing protection down or 24 months, whichever occurs What to Use to −37°C (−34°F), outside first. Any repairs would not be temperature. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL { WARNING . Gives boiling protection up to (silicate-free) coolant in the 129°C (265°F), engine vehicle. Adding only plain water or some temperature. other liquid to the cooling system . Protects against rust and Engine Coolant can be dangerous. Plain water corrosion. and other liquids, can boil before The cooling system in the vehicle the proper coolant mixture will. . Will not damage aluminum parts. is filled with DEX-COOL® engine The coolant warning system is . Helps keep the proper engine coolant. This coolant is designed to set for the proper coolant mixture. temperature. remain in the vehicle for 5 years or With plain water or the wrong 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever Notice: If an improper coolant mixture, the engine could get occurs first. mixture is used, the engine could too hot but you would not get the overheat and be badly damaged. overheat warning. The engine The repair cost would not be could catch fire and you or covered by the vehicle warranty. others could be burned. Use a Too much water in the mixture 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable can freeze and crack the engine, water and DEX-COOL coolant. radiator, heater core, and other parts. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

10-16 Vehicle Care

Never dispose of engine coolant by surge tank, but be sure the cooling at the indicated level mark, add a putting it in the trash, pouring it on system is cool before this is done. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable the ground, or into sewers, streams, See Engine Overheating on water and DEX-COOL coolant at or bodies of water. Have the page 10‑18 for more information. the coolant surge tank, but be sure coolant changed by an authorized The coolant surge tank is located in the cooling system, including the service center, familiar with legal the engine compartment on the coolant surge tank pressure cap, requirements regarding used driver side of the vehicle. See is cool before you do it. coolant disposal. This will help Engine Compartment Overview on protect the environment and your page 10‑6 for more information on { WARNING health. location. Steam and scalding liquids from a Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the hot cooling system can blow out The vehicle must be on a level Coolant Surge Tank and burn you badly. They are surface when checking the coolant Notice: This vehicle has a under pressure, and if you turn level. specific coolant fill procedure. the coolant surge tank pressure Check to see if coolant is visible in Failure to follow this procedure cap — even a little — they can the coolant surge tank. If the coolant could cause the engine to come out at high speed. Never inside the coolant surge tank is overheat and be severely turn the cap when the cooling boiling, do not do anything else until damaged. system, including the coolant it cools down. If coolant is visible surge tank pressure cap, is hot. If no problem is found, check to but the coolant level is not at the Wait for the cooling system and see if coolant is visible in the indicated mark, add a 50/50 mixture coolant surge tank. If coolant is coolant surge tank pressure cap of clean, drinkable water and visible but the coolant level is not to cool if you ever have to turn DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant the pressure cap. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Vehicle Care 10-17

Notice: In cold weather, water { WARNING can freeze and crack the engine, radiator, heater core and other Adding only plain water or some parts. Use the recommended other liquid to the cooling system coolant and the proper coolant can be dangerous. Plain water mixture. and other liquids, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. { WARNING The coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture. You can be burned if you spill With plain water or the wrong coolant on hot engine parts. mixture, the engine could get too Coolant contains ethylene glycol hot but you would not get the and it will burn if the engine parts 1. Remove the coolant surge tank overheat warning. The engine are hot enough. Do not spill pressure cap when the cooling could catch fire and you or coolant on a hot engine. system, including the coolant others could be burned. Use a surge tank pressure cap and 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable upper radiator hose, is no water and DEX-COOL coolant. longer hot. Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one-quarter of a turn. If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. This will allow any pressure still left to be vented out the discharge hose. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

10-18 Vehicle Care

2. Then keep turning the pressure Check the level in the coolant surge If the decision is made to lift the cap slowly and remove it. tank when the cooling system has hood, make sure the vehicle is 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with cooled down. If the coolant is not at parked on a level surface. the proper DEX-COOL coolant the proper level, repeat Steps 1 Then check to see if the engine mixture to the indicated through 3 and reinstall the pressure cooling fans are running. If the level mark. cap. If the coolant still is not at the engine is overheating, both fans proper level when the system cools should be running. If they are not, 4. With the coolant surge tank down again, see your dealer. pressure cap off, start the do not continue to run the engine and have the vehicle serviced. engine and let it run until you Engine Overheating can feel the upper radiator hose Notice: Engine damage from getting hot. Watch out for the The vehicle has an indicator to warn running the engine without engine cooling fan. of engine overheating. coolant is not covered by the By this time, the coolant level There is an engine coolant warranty. inside the coolant surge tank temperature warning light on the Notice: If the engine catches fire may be lower. If the level is vehicle's instrument panel. because of being driven with no lower, add more of the proper See Engine Coolant Temperature coolant, the vehicle can be badly DEX-COOL® coolant mixture to Gauge on page 5‑14. damaged. The costly repairs the coolant surge tank until the If the decision is made not to lift the would not be covered by the level reaches the indicated hood when this warning appears, vehicle warranty. level mark. but instead get service help right 5. Then replace the pressure cap. away. See Roadside Service Be sure the pressure cap is (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or hand-tight. Roadside Service (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Vehicle Care 10-19

If Steam Is Coming from the If No Steam Is Coming from If the temperature overheat gauge Engine Compartment the Engine Compartment is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer If an engine overheat warning is { WARNING displays, the vehicle can be driven. displayed but no steam can be seen Continue to drive the vehicle slowly or heard, the problem may not be Steam from an overheated engine for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe too serious. Sometimes the engine vehicle distance from the vehicle in can burn you badly, even if you can get a little too hot when the just open the hood. Stay away front. If the warning does not come vehicle: back on, continue to drive normally. from the engine if you see or hear . steam coming from it. Just turn it Climbs a long hill on a hot day If the warning continues, off and get everyone away from . Stops after high-speed driving pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away. the vehicle until it cools down. . Idles for long periods in traffic Wait until there is no sign of If there is no sign of steam, . Tows a trailer steam or coolant before you open idle the engine for three minutes the hood. If the overheat warning displays with while parked. If the warning is no sign of steam: If you keep driving when the still displayed, turn off the engine engine is overheated, the liquids 1. Turn the air off. until it cools down. in it can catch fire. You or others 2. Turn the heater on to the highest could be badly burned. Stop the temperature and to the highest engine if it overheats, and get out fan speed. Open the windows as of the vehicle until the engine necessary. is cool. 3. In heavy traffic, let the engine idle in N (Neutral) while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral) and let the engine idle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

10-20 Vehicle Care

Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power The level should be within the Steering Fluid HOT mark. If necessary, add only enough fluid to bring the level within Notice: Extremely small amounts the mark. of contamination can cause steering system damage and What to Use cause it to not work properly. To determine what kind of fluid to Do not allow contaminants to use, see Recommended Fluids contact the fluid side of the and Lubricants on page 11 13. reservoir cap/dipstick or from ‑ Always use the proper fluid. See Engine Compartment Overview entering the reservoir. on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. To check the power steering fluid: Washer Fluid When to Check Power 1. Turn the engine off and let the What to Use Steering Fluid engine compartment cool down. When windshield washer fluid is It is not necessary to regularly 2. Remove the engine cover, needed, be sure to read the check power steering fluid unless a if required. See Engine Cover on manufacturer's instructions before leak is suspected in the system or page 10‑8. unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss use. If operating the vehicle in an in this system could indicate a 3. Wipe the cap and the top of the area where the temperature may problem. Have the system inspected reservoir clean. fall below freezing, use a fluid that and repaired. 4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the has sufficient protection against dipstick with a clean rag. freezing. 5. Replace the cap and completely tighten it. 6. Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Vehicle Care 10-21

Adding Washer Fluid Notice Brakes The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD . When using concentrated This vehicle has disc brakes. FLUID message appears on the washer fluid, follow the Disc brake pads have built-in wear Driver Information Center (DIC) manufacturer's instructions indicators that make a high-pitched when the fluid level is low. for adding water. warning sound when the brake pads . Do not mix water with are worn and new pads are needed. ready-to-use washer fluid. The sound can come and go or be Water can cause the solution heard all the time the vehicle is to freeze and damage the moving, except when applying the washer fluid tank and other brake pedal firmly. parts of the washer system. Also, water does not clean as { WARNING well as washer fluid. The brake wear warning sound Open the cap with the washer . Fill the washer fluid tank only symbol on it. Add washer fluid three-quarters full when it is means that soon the brakes will up to the fill mark. See Engine very cold. This allows for not work well. That could lead to Compartment Overview on fluid expansion if freezing a crash. When the brake wear page 10‑6 for reservoir location. occurs, which could warning sound is heard, have the damage the tank if it is vehicle serviced. completely full. . Do not use engine coolant Notice: Continuing to drive with (antifreeze) in the windshield worn-out brake pads could result washer. It can damage the in costly brake repair. windshield washer system and paint. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

10-22 Vehicle Care

Some driving conditions or climates Brake Adjustment Brake Fluid can cause a brake squeal when the Every time the brakes are applied, brakes are first applied or lightly with or without the vehicle moving, applied. This does not mean the brakes adjust for wear. something is wrong with the brakes. Properly torqued wheel nuts are Replacing Brake System Parts necessary to help prevent brake The braking system on a vehicle is pulsation. When tires are rotated, complex. Its many parts have to be The brake master cylinder reservoir inspect brake pads for wear and of top quality and work well together is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as evenly tighten wheel nuts in the if the vehicle is to have really good indicated on the reservoir cap. proper sequence to torque braking. The vehicle was designed See Engine Compartment Overview specifications in Capacities and and tested with top-quality brake on page 10‑6 for the location of the Specifications on page 12‑2. parts. When parts of the braking reservoir. system are replaced, be sure to get Brake linings should always be There are only two reasons why the new, approved replacement parts. replaced as complete axle sets. brake fluid level in the reservoir If this is not done, the brakes might might go down: Brake Pedal Travel not work properly. For example, . The brake fluid level goes down See your dealer if the brake pedal installing disc brake pads that are wrong for the vehicle, can change because of normal brake lining does not return to normal height, wear. When new linings are or if there is a rapid increase in the balance between the front and rear brakes — for the worse. installed, the fluid level goes pedal travel. This could be a sign back up. that brake service might be The braking performance expected required. can change in many other ways if . A fluid leak in the brake the wrong replacement brake parts hydraulic system can also cause are installed. a low fluid level. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed, since a leak means that sooner or later the brakes will not work well. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (23,1)

Vehicle Care 10-23

Do not top off the brake fluid. What to Add Notice Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid . Using the wrong fluid can If fluid is added when the linings are from a sealed container. See badly damage brake worn, there will be too much fluid Recommended Fluids and hydraulic system parts. when new brake linings are Lubricants on page 11‑13. For example, just a few installed. Add or remove brake fluid, Always clean the brake fluid drops of mineral-based oil, as necessary, only when work is such as engine oil, in the done on the brake hydraulic system. reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it. This brake hydraulic system can damage brake hydraulic { WARNING helps keep dirt from entering the reservoir. system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced. If too much brake fluid is added, Do not let someone put in it can spill on the engine and { WARNING the wrong kind of fluid. burn, if the engine is hot enough. . You or others could be burned, With the wrong kind of fluid in the If brake fluid is spilled on the and the vehicle could be brake hydraulic system, the vehicle's painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Add brake fluid only brakes might not work well. damaged. Be careful not to when work is done on the brake This could cause a crash. Always use the proper brake fluid. spill brake fluid on the hydraulic system. vehicle. If you do, wash it off immediately. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑21. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (24,1)

10-24 Vehicle Care

Battery Vehicle Storage All-Wheel Drive Refer to the replacement number Transfer Case shown on the original battery label { WARNING when a new battery is needed. When to Check and Change Batteries have acid that can burn See Engine Compartment Overview Lubricant you and gas that can explode. on page 10‑6 for battery location. You can be badly hurt if you are The transfer case is filled with oil not careful. See Jump Starting on during manufacture, which then { WARNING page 10 88 for tips on working does not require changing. It is not ‑ necessary to regularly check the around a battery without Battery posts, terminals, and transfer case fluid unless there is a getting hurt. related accessories contain lead leak suspected or an unusual noise and lead compounds, chemicals is heard. A fluid loss could indicate known to the State of California to Infrequent Usage: Remove the a problem. It is recommended to cause cancer and reproductive black, negative (−) cable from the have the transfer case serviced at harm. Wash hands after handling. battery to keep the battery from your dealer. running down. Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative (−) cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (25,1)

Vehicle Care 10-25

Starter Switch Check 3. Try to start the engine in each 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. gear. The vehicle should start See Parking Brake on only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). page 9 31. { WARNING ‑ If the vehicle starts in any other Be ready to apply the regular When you are doing this position, contact your dealer for brake immediately if the vehicle service. inspection, the vehicle could begins to move. move suddenly. If the vehicle Automatic Transmission 3. With the engine off, turn the moves, you or others could be ignition on, but do not start the injured. Shift Lock Control engine. Without applying the Function Check regular brake, try to move the 1. Before starting this check, be shift lever out of P (Park) with sure there is enough room { WARNING normal effort. If the shift lever around the vehicle. moves out of P (Park), contact 2. Firmly apply both the parking When you are doing this your dealer for service. brake and the regular brake. inspection, the vehicle could See Parking Brake on move suddenly. If the vehicle page 9‑31. moves, you or others could be injured. Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it 1. Before starting this check, be starts. sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (26,1)

10-26 Vehicle Care

Park Brake and P (Park) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Wiper Blade Replacement vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Mechanism Check your foot on the regular brake, Windshield wiper blades should be set the parking brake. inspected for wear or cracking. { See Maintenance Schedule on WARNING . To check the parking brake's page 11‑4 for more information. When you are doing this check, holding ability: With the engine running and the transmission in It is a good idea to clean or replace the vehicle could begin to move. the wiper blade assembly on a You or others could be injured N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake regular basis or when worn. and property could be damaged. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is For proper windshield wiper blade Make sure there is room in front held by the parking brake only. length and type, see Maintenance of the vehicle in case it begins to Replacement Parts on page 11‑15. roll. Be ready to apply the regular . To check the P (Park) Notice: Allowing the wiper blade brake at once should the vehicle mechanism's holding ability: arm to touch the windshield begin to move. With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the when no wiper blade is installed parking brake followed by the could damage the windshield. regular brake. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by your warranty. Contact your dealer if service is Do not allow the wiper blade arm required. to touch the windshield. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (27,1)

Vehicle Care 10-27

Front Wiper Blade Rear Wiper Blade Replacement To remove the wiper blade: Replacement The rear wiper blade and wiper arm 1. Lift the wiper arm away from To replace the wiper blade have a cover for protection. The the windshield. assembly: cover must be removed before the wiper blade can be replaced. 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away from the To remove the cover: windshield.

1. Slide a plastic tool under cover and push upward to unsnap. A. Wiper Arm 2. Slide cover towards wiper blade B. Release Lever tip to unhook from blade C. Blade Assembly assembly. 2. Push the release lever (B) to 3. Remove the cover. disengage the hook and push 2. Press the button in the middle of 4. After wiper blade replacement, the wiper arm (A) out of the the wiper arm connector, and ensure that cover hook slides blade assembly (C). pull the wiper blade away from into slot in blade assembly. the arm connector. 3. Push the new blade assembly 5. Snap cover down to secure. securely on the wiper arm until 3. Remove the wiper blade. the release lever clicks into 4. Reverse steps 1 through 3 for place. wiper blade replacement. 4. Replace wiper cover. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (28,1)

10-28 Vehicle Care

. The vehicle should be placed so To adjust the vertical aim: Headlamp Aiming it is perpendicular to the wall. 1. Open the hood. See Hood on The headlamp aiming system has . The vehicle should not have any page 10‑5 for more information. been preset at the factory. snow, ice, or mud on it. If the vehicle is damaged in an . The vehicle should be fully accident, the aim of the headlamps assembled and all other work can be affected and adjustment stopped while headlamp aiming could be necessary. is being performed. It is recommended that a dealer . The vehicle should be normally adjust the headlamps. To re-aim loaded with a full tank of fuel and the headlamps yourself, use the one person or 75 kg (160 lbs) following procedure. sitting on the driver seat. The vehicle should be properly . Tires should be properly inflated. prepared as follows: Headlamp aiming is done with the . The vehicle should be placed so vehicle's low-beam headlamps. Base Vehicle the headlamps are 7.6 m (25 ft) The high-beam headlamps will be from a light‐colored wall. correctly aimed if the low-beam . The vehicle must have all four headlamps are aimed properly. tires on a level surface which is level all the way to the wall. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (29,1)

Vehicle Care 10-29

Notice: Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut-off when aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up which may cause damage to the headlamp. 6. Turn on the low-beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front 4. At the wall, measure from the of the headlamp not being ground upward (A) to the adjusted. This allows only the recorded distance from beam of light from the headlamp Up-level Vehicle Step 3 and mark it. being adjusted to be seen on the 2. Locate the aim point at the 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) flat surface. center inner projector on the wall the width of the condensing lens of the low-beam vehicle at the height of the mark headlamp, not the outer lens. in Step 4. 3. Measure the distance from the ground to the aim dot on the low‐beam headlamp. Record the distance. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (30,1)

10-30 Vehicle Care

8. For the base vehicle, turn the vertical adjuster (V1) until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line. Turn it clockwise or counterclockwise to raise or lower the angle of the beam. For the up-level vehicle, turn the vertical adjusters (V1 and V2) simultaneously until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line. Turn them 7. Locate the vertical headlamp For the vehicle equipped with clockwise or counterclockwise adjusters, which are under the an up-level headlamp (HID), to raise or lower the angle of hood near each headlamp there will be two vertical the beam. assembly. headlamp adjusters (V1 and V2). For the vehicle equipped with a Some vehicles have base level lamp (halogen bulb), funnel‐shaped caps on the there will be one vertical adjusters for easier access of a headlamp adjuster (V1). Number 2 Phillips screwdriver to turn the adjusters. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (31,1)

Vehicle Care 10-31

Bulb Replacement High Intensity Discharge For the proper type of replacement (HID) Lighting bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on page 10‑40. { WARNING For any bulb changing procedure The low beam high intensity not listed in this section, contact discharge lighting system your dealer. operates at a very high voltage. 9. Make sure that the light from the Halogen Bulbs If you try to service any of the headlamp is positioned at the system components, you could be bottom edge of the horizontal seriously injured. Have your tape line. The lamp on the { WARNING dealer or a qualified technician left (A) shows the correct service them. Halogen bulbs have pressurized headlamp aim. The lamp on the gas inside and can burst if you right (B) shows the incorrect After an HID headlamp bulb has headlamp aim. drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure been replaced, the beam might be a 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for to read and follow the instructions slightly different shade than it was the opposite headlamp. on the bulb package. originally. This is normal. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (32,1)

10-32 Vehicle Care

Headlamps

Base Headlamp Assembly Up-Level Headlamp Assembly (Rear View Passenger Side) (Front View Driver Side) Base Headlamp Assembly A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp (Front View Passenger Side) Running Lamp (DRL) (To be replaced at dealer only) A. Low‐Beam Headlamp/Daytime B. High‐Beam Headlamp B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) Running Lamp (DRL) C. Turn Signal Lamp C. Turn Signal Lamp B. High‐Beam Headlamp C. Turn Signal Lamp Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (33,1)

Vehicle Care 10-33

Driver Side The removal of the underhood electrical center is required for the replacement of one of these bulbs: 1. Open the hood. See Hood on page 10‑5.

{ WARNING

Liquids from environment or spillage and/or tools placed on Up-Level Headlamp Assembly top of or used in the underhood 2. Unlatch three clips and lift up the (Rear View Driver Side) electrical center while the cover underhood electrical center is removed can pose a risk of cover to remove. A. High/Low‐Beam Headlamp electrical shock/burn to anyone in (To be replaced at dealer only) the vicinity. These conditions can B. Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) also cause damage to electrical C. Turn Signal Lamp components on the vehicle. Keep liquids and tools away from the underhood electrical center when the cover is removed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (34,1)

10-34 Vehicle Care

Passenger Side 2. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening the air duct clamp (A). The removal of the air filter/cleaner assembly and base is required 3. Remove the connector lock (B) for the replacement of one of located at the bottom of the these bulbs: sensor connector (C). 1. Open the hood. See Hood on 4. Press on the top and bottom of page 10‑5. the sensor connectors (C) and remove. 5. Lift the three retaining clips (D) on the air filter housing. 6. Turn and tilt cover slightly upwards and slide cover away 7. Lift the air cleaner/filter base to from outside edge of vehicle. disengage from three pins. Lift the cover away from base.

A. Air Duct Clamp B. Connector Lock C. Sensor Connectors D. Retaining Clips Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (35,1)

Vehicle Care 10-35

Low-Beam Headlamps/Daytime 7. Connect the electrical connector. Running Lamps (DRL), 8. Install the cap with the down High-Beam Headlamps (Base) arrow pointing down in the back of the headlamp assembly. 9. For driver side, reinstall the underhood electrical center cover by latching three clips. 10. For passenger side, reinstall the air filter/cleaner assembly base by pushing to seat. Verify the base is seated 2. From the back side of the securely, then install the headlamp assembly, remove the engine air filter/cleaner bottom cap to replace the assembly. high-beam headlamp bulb. High/Low‐Beam Headlamps 1. From the back side of the 3. Disconnect electrical connector. (Up-Level) headlamp assembly, remove the 4. Remove the bulb socket from top cap to replace the low-beam The high/low beam headlamps on the headlamp assembly. headlamp/DRL bulb. the up-level are High Intensity 5. Replace the bulb in the bulb Discharge (HID) and should be socket. replaced at the dealer. 6. Install the bulb socket in the headlamp assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (36,1)

10-36 Vehicle Care

Daytime Running Lamp (DRL) 4. Replace the bulb in the bulb Front Turn Signal Lamp (Up-Level) socket. (Base and Up-Level) 5. Install the bulb socket in the To replace the Front Turn headlamp assembly. Signal Lamp: 6. Connect the electrical connector. 1. Remove the turn signal lamp 7. Install the cap with the down bulb socket from the headlamp arrow pointing down in the back assembly. of the headlamp assembly. 2. Remove the turn signal lamp 8. For driver side, reinstall the bulb from the socket. underhood electrical center 3. Replace the bulb in the bulb cover by latching three clips. socket. 9. For passenger side, reinstall 4. Install the bulb socket in the the air filter/cleaner assembly headlamp assembly. 1. From the back side of the base by pushing to seat . 5. For driver side, reinstall the headlamp assembly, remove the Verify the base is seated underhood electrical center bottom cap to replace the securely, then install the engine cover by latching three clips. DRL bulb. air filter/cleaner assembly. 6. For passenger side, reinstall 2. Disconnect electrical connector. the air filter/cleaner assembly 3. Remove the DRL bulb socket base by pushing to seat . from the headlamp assembly. Verify the base is seated securely, then install the engine air filter/cleaner assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (37,1)

Vehicle Care 10-37

Fog Lamps Turn Signal Lamps To replace the fog lamp bulb: To replace one of these bulbs: 1. Locate the bulb assembly under 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate the front fascia. on page 2‑14. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb assembly. 3. Remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out of the assembly. 4. Install the new bulb by turning it 4. Remove the two screws from the clockwise into the assembly. taillamp assembly. 5. Reconnect the electrical 5. Pull the taillamp assembly connector to the bulb assembly. straight back to remove. A. Push Pin B. Taillamp Cover 2. Pull on push pin (A) to release the taillamp cover (B). 3. Remove the taillamp cover from the lamp assembly by pulling rearward from the top to unfasten from snap tabs. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (38,1)

10-38 Vehicle Care

8. Press a new bulb into the Back-Up Lamps socket, insert it into the taillamp assembly and turn the bulb To replace one of these bulbs: socket clockwise until it clicks. 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly on page 2‑14. and tighten the screws. 10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place. 11. Push the push pin to secure the taillamp cover.

A. Turn Signal Lamp B. Back-Up Bulb/Socket

6. Turn the turn signal lamp (A) bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp A. Push Pin assembly. B. Taillamp Cover 7. Pull the bulb straight out from the socket. 2. Pull on push pin (A) to release the taillamp cover (B). 3. Remove the taillamp cover from the lamp assembly by pulling rearward from the top to unfasten from snap tabs. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (39,1)

Vehicle Care 10-39

8. Press a new bulb/socket into the taillamp assembly and turn the bulb/socket clockwise until it clicks. 9. Reinstall the taillamp assembly and tighten the screws. 10. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place. 11. Push the push pin to secure the taillamp cover.

4. Remove the two screws from the A. Turn Signal Lamp taillamp assembly. B. Back-Up Bulb/Socket 5. Pull the taillamp assembly straight back to remove. 6. Disconnect the wire harness from the back-up bulb/socket (B). 7. Turn the back-up bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (40,1)

10-40 Vehicle Care

License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs To replace one of these bulbs: Bulb Exterior Lamp 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate Number on page 2 14 for more ‑ Back up Lamp 921 information. ‐ Daytime 7443 Running Lamp A. Bulb Socket Fog Lamp H10 B. Bulb Headlamp 9005 C. Lamp Assembly High-Beam 4. Turn the bulb socket (A) Headlamp counterclockwise to remove from H10 Low-Beam lamp assembly (C). License Plate Lamp 194LL 5. Pull the bulb (B) straight out of the bulb socket. Turn Signal Front 7440 6. Push the replacement bulb Tail/Turn 7440 Passenger Side Shown, straight into the bulb socket and Signal Rear Driver Side Similar turn the bulb socket clockwise to 2. Push the left end of the lamp install into lamp assembly. For replacement bulbs not listed assembly towards the right. 7. Turn the lamp assembly into here, contact your dealer. 3. Turn the lamp assembly down to the liftgate engaging the remove from liftgate. clip side first. 8. Push on the lamp side opposite the clip until the lamp assembly snaps into place. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (41,1)

Vehicle Care 10-41

Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit An electrical overload may cause Breakers the lamps to go on and off, or in Electrical System The wiring circuits in the vehicle are some cases to remain off. Have the Overload protected from short circuits by a headlamp wiring checked right away combination of fuses and circuit The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or breakers. This greatly reduces the breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by Windshield Wipers electrical problems. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to To check a fuse, look at the and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield silver-colored band inside the fuse. until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools If the band is broken or melted, normal or the problem is fixed. and will then restart. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace This greatly reduces the chance of a bad fuse with a new one of the Although the circuit is protected identical size and rating. circuit overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Fuses of the same amperage can Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. be temporarily borrowed from power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow another fuse location, if a fuse goes from the windshield before using the out. Replace the fuse as soon as Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. you can. of the identical size and rating. If the overload is caused by an To identify and check fuses, circuit If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or breakers, and relays, see Engine a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. Compartment Fuse Block on same amperage fuse can be page 10‑42 and Rear Compartment borrowed. Choose some feature of Fuse Block on page 10‑46. the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (42,1)

10-42 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Fuse Block To remove the fuse block cover, press the clips on the cover and lift it straight up. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block

The vehicle may not be equipped J-Case with all of the fuses, relays, and Fuses Usage features shown. Antilock Brake 24 J-Case System Pump Fuses Usage Rear Electrical 25 6 Wiper Center 1 12 Vacuum Pump Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (43,1)

Vehicle Care 10-43

J-Case Mini Fuses Usage Mini Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Engine Control Battery Sense 9 Rear Electrical Module Powertrain 32 (Regulated Voltage 26 Center 2 Control) 10 Fuel Injectors-Even 41 Cooling Fan 2 Adaptive Forward 11 Fuel Injectors-Odd Lighting/Adaptive 42 Starter 33 13 Washer Headlamp Leveling 45 Cooling Fan 1 Heated Steering Module 14 Wheel Body Control 34 Mini Fuses Usage Module 7 Instrument Panel Engine Control Cluster/Malfunction Electronic Brake 1 16 35 Module Battery Indicator Lamp/ Control Module Ignition Transmission Air Conditioning 36 2 Control Module 17 Air Quality Sensor Compressor Clutch Battery 18 Headlamp Washer Low-Beam Engine Control 46 5 Headlamp‐Right Module Run Crank Transmission 19 Control Module Run Low-Beam 47 Post-Catalytic Crank Headlamp‐Left 7 Converter O2 Rear Electrical 50 Front Fog Lamps Sensor 20 Center Run Crank Pre-Catalytic 51 Horn 30 Switch Back Light 8 Converter O2 Fuel System Control 52 Sensor Module Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (44,1)

10-44 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage Mini Relays Usage Instrument Panel 53 Headlamp Level 7 Powertrain Fuse Block Sensing Diagnostic 9 Cooling Fan 2 54 Module Ignition 13 Cooling Fan 1 High-Beam 55 15 Run/Crank Headlamp-Right High-Beam 56 Micro Headlamp-Left Relays Usage Ignition Steering 57 2 Vacuum Pump Column Lock 4 Wiper Control Trailer Right 65 Stoplamp 5 Wiper Speed 66 Trailer Left Stoplamp 10 Starter The instrument panel fuse block is located in the center console 67 Spare 12 Cool Fan 3 between the driver and passenger 68 Spare 14 Low Beam/HID seats. To access the fuses, open the fuse panel door from the 69 Spare passenger side by pulling it out. U Micro 70 Spare Relays Usage To reinstall the door, push the door back into its original location. 71 Spare Air Conditioning 3 The vehicle may not be equipped 72 Spare Compressor Clutch with all of the fuses, relays and 8 Headlamp Washer features shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (45,1)

Vehicle Care 10-45

Mini Fuses Usage DISPLY Display S/ROOF Sun Roof Rear Vision RVC MIRR Camera Mirror Universal UHP Handsfree Phone RDO Radio Auxiliary Power APO ‐ IP Outlet ‐ Instrument Panel Auxiliary Power APO ‐ CNSL Outlet ‐ Floor Console Body Control BCM 3 Module 3 Body Control BCM 4 Module 4 Body Control BCM 5 Module 5 Instrument Panel Fuse Block OnStar® System ONSTAR (If Equipped) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (46,1)

10-46 Vehicle Care

Mini Fuses Usage J‐Case Usage Rear Compartment Fuses RAIN SNSR Rain Sensor Fuse Block Body Control Body Control BCM 8 BCM 6 Module 8 Module 6 FRT BLWR Front Blower Electronic Steering ESCL Column Lock Relays Usage Sensing and AIRBAG Diagnostic Module LOGIC RLY Logistics Relay Retained Data Link RAP/ DLC Accessory Power/ Connection ACCY RLY Accessory Relay Instrument Panel IPC Cluster SPARE Not Used The rear compartment fuse block is located in the cargo area, on the Body Control BCM 1 driver side of the vehicle behind the Module 1 lower trim panel. To open, turn the Body Control latch with a flat bladed tool and pull BCM 2 Module 2 the trim panel from the edges to fold it down. AMP/RDO Amplifier/Radio The vehicle may not be equipped Heating Ventilation HVAC with all of the fuses, relays, and & Air Conditioning features shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (47,1)

Vehicle Care 10-47

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage SPARE FUEL Spare Fuses Fuel Pump FUSES PUMP Automatic Occupant * SEC Security AOS MDL Sensing Module INFOTMNT Infotainment SPARE Not Used * TRLR EXP Trailer Export SPARE Not Used WPR REAR Rear Wiper SPARE Not Used MIR Mirror Window PASS DR Passenger Door WDO MDL Module WDO SW Window Switch Vehicle Information DRV VICS Communications Driver Power Seat PWR SEAT System (Export) PASS DR Passenger/Driver CNSTR Canister Vent PWR SEAT Power Seats VENT MDL TRLR Trailer Module LGM Lift Gate Module LOGIC Logic Rear Parking Assist RPA MDL Module CAMERA Rear Vision Camera RDM Rear Drive Module FRT Front Ventilated VENT SEAT Seats PRK LPS Rear Compartment Fuse Block Trailer Park Lamps TRLR TRLR MDL Trailer Module Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (48,1)

10-48 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage Semi Active RT WDO Right Window SPARE Not Used SADS MDL Damping System PRK * FUEL Module Park Brake Module Fuel Pump BRK MDL PUMP RR Rear Heated Seats SPARE Not Used WPR HTD SEAT Wiper Control CONTRL LT WDO Left Window FRT Front Heated Seats * RUN RLY Run Relay HTD SEAT IGN/ Ignition/Theft 1 THEFT 1 Logistic Relay THEFT LOGIC Theft Horn (Export) HORN LGATE Liftgate Module MDL DEFOG Rear Window * LGATE Liftgate REAR Defogger IGN/ SHUNT Shunt Ignition/Theft 2 THEFT 2 REAR *‐Denotes up‐level content. Rear Defog SPARE Not Used DEFOG HTD MIR Heated Mirror * BCM Body Control THEFT Module Theft Auxiliary Power AUX PWR Outlet * TRLR 2 Trailer 2 Universal Garage UGDO Door Opener Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (49,1)

Vehicle Care 10-49

Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair, leading tire manufacturer. Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount See the warranty manual for maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure information regarding the tire . Do not spin the tires in warranty and where to get should be checked when the excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) service. For additional tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. { WARNING impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at See Tire Pressure for . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. High-Speed Operation on improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a dangerous. page 10‑57 for inflation crash. If the tread is badly pressure adjustment for . worn, replace them. Overloading the tires can high-speed driving. cause overheating as a result . Replace any tires that have of too much flexing. There been damaged by impacts could be a blowout and a with potholes, curbs, etc. serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) Load Limits on page 9‑12. (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (50,1)

10-50 Vehicle Care

Tire Sidewall Labeling See the “Tire Size” illustration the Tire Identification Number later in this section for more (TIN). The TIN shows the Useful information about a tire detail. manufacturer and plant code, is molded into its sidewall. tire size, and date the tire was The examples show a typical (B) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria manufactured. The TIN is passenger vehicle tire and a molded onto both sides of the compact spare tire sidewall. Specification): Original equipment tires designed to tire, although only one side may GM's specific tire performance have the date of manufacture. criteria have a TPC specification (E) Tire Ply Material: The type code molded onto the sidewall. of cord and number of plies in GM's TPC specifications meet the sidewall and under the tread. or exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire (C) DOT (Department of manufacturers are required Transportation): The to grade tires based on three Department of Transportation performance factors: treadwear, (DOT) code indicates that the traction, and temperature Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Example tire is in compliance with resistance. For more information the U.S. Department of see Uniform Tire Quality (A) Tire Size: The tire size is a Transportation Motor Vehicle Grading on page 10‑67. combination of letters and Safety Standards. (G) Maximum Cold Inflation numbers used to define a (D) Tire Identification Number Load Limit: Maximum load particular tire's width, height, (TIN): The letters and numbers that can be carried and the aspect ratio, construction type, following the DOT (Department maximum pressure needed to and service description. of Transportation) code are support that load. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (51,1)

Vehicle Care 10-51

regular road tire has lost air and (E) Tire Inflation: The gone flat. If the vehicle has a temporary use tire or compact compact spare tire, see spare tire should be inflated to Compact Spare Tire on 420 kPa (60 psi). For more page 10‑87 and If a Tire Goes information on tire pressure and Flat on page 10‑71. inflation see Tire Pressure on (C) Tire Identification Number page 10‑56. (TIN): The letters and numbers (F) Tire Size: A combination of following the DOT (Department letters and numbers define a of Transportation) code are tire's width, height, aspect ratio, the Tire Identification Number construction type, and service Compact Spare Tire Example (TIN). The TIN shows the description. The letter T as the manufacturer and plant code, first character in the tire size (A) Tire Ply Material: The type tire size, and date the tire was means the tire is for temporary of cord and number of plies in manufactured. The TIN is use only. the sidewall and under the tread. molded onto both sides of the (G) TPC Spec (Tire (B) Temporary Use Only: tire, although only one side may Performance Criteria The compact spare tire or have the date of manufacture. Specification): Original temporary use tire has a tread (D) Maximum Cold Inflation equipment tires designed to life of approximately 5 000 km Load Limit: Maximum load GM's specific tire performance (3,000 mi) and should not be that can be carried and the criteria have a TPC specification driven at speeds over 105 km/h maximum pressure needed to code molded onto the sidewall. (65 mph). The compact spare support that load. GM's TPC specifications meet tire is for emergency use when a or exceed all federal safety guidelines. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (52,1)

10-52 Vehicle Care

Tire Designations (B) Tire Width: The three‐digit (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of number indicates the tire section the wheel in inches. Tire Size width in millimeters from (F) Service Description: The following is an example sidewall to sidewall. These characters represent the of a typical passenger vehicle (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit load index and speed rating of tire size. number that indicates the tire the tire. The load index height‐to‐width measurements. represents the load carrying For example, if the tire size capacity a tire is certified to aspect ratio is 60, as shown in carry. The speed rating is the item C of the illustration, it would maximum speed a tire is mean that the tire's sidewall is certified to carry a load. 60 percent as high as it is wide. (D) Construction Code: (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: A letter code is used to indicate The United States version of the type of ply construction in a metric tire sizing system. the tire. The letter R means The letter P as the first radial ply construction; the character in the tire size letter D means diagonal or means a passenger vehicle bias ply construction; and the tire engineered to standards letter B means belted‐bias ply set by the U.S. Tire and Rim construction. Association. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (53,1)

Vehicle Care 10-53

Tire Terminology and Belt: A rubber coated layer of Curb Weight: The weight of a Definitions cords that is located between motor vehicle with standard and the plies and the tread. Cords optional equipment including the Air Pressure: The amount of may be made from steel or other maximum capacity of fuel, oil, air inside the tire pressing reinforcing materials. and coolant, but without outward on each square inch passengers and cargo. of the tire. Air pressure is Bead: The tire bead contains expressed in kPa (kilopascal) steel wires wrapped by steel DOT Markings: A code molded or psi (pounds per square inch). cords that hold the tire onto into the sidewall of a tire the rim. signifying that the tire is in Accessory Weight: The Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire compliance with the U.S. combined weight of optional Department of Transportation accessories. Some examples of in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety optional accessories are Standards. The DOT code automatic transmission, power 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread. includes the Tire Identification steering, power brakes, power Number (TIN), an alphanumeric windows, power seats, and air Cold Tire Pressure: The designator which can also conditioning. amount of air pressure in a tire, identify the tire manufacturer, Aspect Ratio: The relationship measured in kPa (kilopascal) production plant, brand, and of a tire's height to its width. or psi (pounds per square inch) date of production. before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits on page 10‑56. on page 9‑12. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (54,1)

10-54 Vehicle Care

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Maximum Inflation Pressure: Outward Facing Sidewall: Weight Rating for the front axle. The maximum air pressure to The side of an asymmetrical tire See Vehicle Load Limits on which a cold tire can be inflated. that has a particular side that page 9‑12. The maximum air pressure is faces outward when mounted on GAWR RR: Gross Axle molded onto the sidewall. a vehicle. The side of the tire Weight Rating for the rear axle. Maximum Load Rating: that contains a whitewall, See Vehicle Load Limits on The load rating for a tire at the bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or page 9‑12. maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. model name molding that is Intended Outboard Sidewall: higher or deeper than the same The side of an asymmetrical tire, Maximum Loaded Vehicle moldings on the other sidewall that must always face outward Weight: The sum of curb of the tire. when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: Kilopascal (kPa): The metric vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight. A tire used on passenger cars unit for air pressure. and some light duty trucks and Normal Occupant Weight: Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: multipurpose vehicles. A tire used on light duty trucks The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat Recommended Inflation and some multipurpose Pressure: Vehicle passenger vehicles. multiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle Load Limits on manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown Load Index: An assigned page 9‑12. number ranging from 1 to 279 on the tire placard. See Tire that corresponds to the load Occupant Distribution: Pressure on page 10‑56 carrying capacity of a tire. Designated seating positions. andVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (55,1)

Vehicle Care 10-55

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Vehicle Capacity Weight: tire in which the ply cords that bands, sometimes called wear The number of designated extend to the beads are laid at bars, that show across the seating positions multiplied by 90 degrees to the centerline of tread of a tire when only 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated the tread. 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread cargo load. See Vehicle Load Rim: A metal support for a tire remains. See When It Is Time Limits on page 9‑12. and upon which the tire beads for New Tires on page 10‑64. Vehicle Maximum Load on the are seated. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Tire: Load on an individual tire Sidewall: The portion of a tire Quality Grading Standards): due to curb weight, accessory between the tread and the bead. A tire information system that weight, occupant weight, and provides consumers with cargo weight. Speed Rating: An ratings for a tire's traction, Vehicle Placard: A label alphanumeric code assigned to temperature, and treadwear. a tire indicating the maximum permanently attached to a Ratings are determined by vehicle showing the vehicle speed at which a tire can tire manufacturers using operate. capacity weight and the original government testing procedures. equipment tire size and Traction: The friction between The ratings are molded into recommended inflation pressure. the sidewall of the tire. the tire and the road surface. See “Tire and Loading See Uniform Tire Quality The amount of grip provided. Information Label” under Vehicle Grading on page 10‑67. Tread: The portion of a tire that Load Limits on page 9‑12. comes into contact with the road. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (56,1)

10-56 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Overinflated tires, or tires that How the vehicle is loaded have too much air, can affects vehicle handling and ride Tires need the correct amount result in: comfort. Never load the vehicle of air pressure to operate with more weight than it was . Unusual wear. effectively. designed to carry. Notice: Neither tire . Poor handling. When to Check underinflation nor . Rough ride. overinflation is good. Check the tires once a month or Underinflated tires, or tires . Needless damage from more. Do not forget the compact that do not have enough air, road hazards. spare tire, if the vehicle has one. can result in: The Tire and Loading The cold compact spare Information label on the should be at 420 kPa (60 psi). . Tire overloading and For additional information overheating which could vehicle indicates the original regarding the compact spare lead to a blowout. equipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. tire, see Compact Spare Tire on . Premature or The recommended pressure is page 10‑87. irregular wear. the minimum air pressure How to Check . Poor handling. needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying capacity. Use a good quality pocket-type . Reduced fuel economy. gauge to check tire pressure. For additional information Proper tire inflation cannot be regarding how much weight the determined by looking at the tire. vehicle can carry, and an Check the tire inflation pressure example of the Tire and Loading when the tires are cold, meaning Information label, see Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑12. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (57,1)

Vehicle Care 10-57

the vehicle has not been driven Tire Pressure for Vehicles with P235/65R18, for at least three hours or no High-Speed Operation P235/55R20, or 235/55R20 size more than 1.6 km (1 mi). tires require inflation pressure adjustment when driving the vehicle Remove the valve cap from the { WARNING at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or tire valve stem. Press the tire higher. Set the cold inflation gauge firmly onto the valve to Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h pressure to the maximum inflation get a pressure measurement. (100 mph) or higher, puts an pressure shown on the tire sidewall, If the cold tire inflation pressure additional strain on tires. or 260 kPa (38 psi), whichever is matches the recommended Sustained high-speed driving lower. Return the tires to the pressure on the Tire and causes excessive heat buildup recommended cold tire inflation Loading Information label, no and can cause sudden tire failure. pressure when high-speed driving You could have a crash and you has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits further adjustment is necessary. or others could be killed. Some on page 9‑12 and Tire Pressure on If the inflation pressure is low, high-speed rated tires require page 10‑56. add air until the recommended inflation pressure adjustment for pressure is reached. If the The maximum load and inflation high-speed operation. When pressure is molded on the inflation pressure is high, press speed limits and road conditions tire sidewall, in small letters, on the metal stem in the center are such that a vehicle can be near the rim flange. It will read of the tire valve to release air. driven at high speeds, make sure something like this: Maximum load Re‐check the tire pressure with the tires are rated for high-speed 690 kg (1521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) the tire gauge. operation, in excellent condition, Max. Press. and set to the correct cold tire Return the valve caps on the inflation pressure for the valve stems to prevent leaks vehicle load. and keep out dirt and moisture. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (58,1)

10-58 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire Your vehicle has also been pressure telltale when one or equipped with a TPMS malfunction System more of your tires is significantly indicator to indicate when the The Tire Pressure Monitor System under‐inflated. system is not operating properly. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor Accordingly, when the low tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is technology to check tire pressure pressure telltale illuminates, you combined with the low tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor should stop and check your tires as telltale. When the system detects a the air pressure in your tires and soon as possible, and inflate them malfunction, the telltale will flash for transmit tire pressure readings to a to the proper pressure. Driving on a approximately one minute and then receiver located in the vehicle. remain continuously illuminated. significantly under‐inflated tire This sequence will continue upon Each tire, including the spare causes the tire to overheat and can subsequent vehicle start ups as (if provided), should be checked lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation ‐ long as the malfunction exists. monthly when cold and inflated to also reduces fuel efficiency and tire the inflation pressure recommended tread life, and may affect the When the malfunction indicator is by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle's handling and stopping illuminated, the system may not be vehicle placard or tire inflation ability. able to detect or signal low tire pressure label. (If your vehicle has Please note that the TPMS is not a pressure as intended. TPMS tires of a different size than the size substitute for proper tire malfunctions may occur for a variety indicated on the vehicle placard or maintenance, and it is the driver's of reasons, including the installation tire inflation pressure label, you responsibility to maintain correct tire of replacement or alternate tires or should determine the proper tire wheels on the vehicle that prevent pressure, even if under‐inflation has inflation pressure for those tires.) not reached the level to trigger the TPMS from functioning properly. As an added safety feature, your illumination of the TPMS low tire vehicle has been equipped with a pressure telltale. tire pressure monitoring system Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (59,1)

Vehicle Care 10-59

Always check the TPMS malfunction Tire Pressure Monitor If the warning light comes on, stop telltale after replacing one or more as soon as possible and inflate tires or wheels on your vehicle to Operation the tires to the recommended ensure that the replacement or This vehicle may have a Tire pressure shown on the tire loading alternate tires and wheels allow Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). information label. See Vehicle Load the TPMS to continue to function The TPMS is designed to warn the Limits on page 9‑12. properly. driver when a low tire pressure A message to check the pressure See Tire Pressure Monitor condition exists. TPMS sensors are displays in the Driver Information mounted onto each tire and wheel Operation on page 10‑59 for Center (DIC). The low tire pressure additional information. assembly, excluding the spare tire warning light and the DIC warning and wheel assembly. The TPMS message come on at each ignition Federal Communications sensors monitor the air pressure cycle until the tires are inflated to Commission (FCC) Rules and in the tires and transmit the tire the correct inflation pressure. Using with Industry Canada pressure readings to a receiver the DIC, tire pressure levels can be Standards located in the vehicle. viewed. For additional information See Radio Frequency Statement on and details about the DIC operation and displays see Driver Information page 13‑21 for information regarding Part 15 of the Federal Center (DIC) on page 5‑28. Communications Commission (FCC) The low tire pressure warning light Rules and with Industry Canada may come on in cool weather when Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. When a low tire pressure condition This could be an early indicator that is detected, the TPMS illuminates the air pressure is getting low and the low tire pressure warning light needs to be inflated to the proper located on the instrument cluster. pressure. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (60,1)

10-60 Vehicle Care

A Tire and Loading Information label Notice: Tire sealant materials are TPMS Malfunction Light and shows the size of the original not all the same. A non-approved Message equipment tires and the correct tire sealant could damage the inflation pressure for the tires when TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor The TPMS will not function properly they are cold. See Vehicle Load damage caused by using an if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the Limits on page 9‑12, for an example incorrect tire sealant is not of the Tire and Loading Information covered by the vehicle system detects a malfunction, the label and its location. Also see Tire warranty. Always use only the low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and Pressure on page 10‑56. GM-approved tire sealant then stays on for the remainder of The TPMS can warn about a low available through your dealer or included in the vehicle. the ignition cycle. A DIC warning tire pressure condition but it message also displays. The does not replace normal tire Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits malfunction light and DIC warning maintenance. See Tire Inspection use a GM approved liquid tire message come on at each ignition on page 10‑63, Tire Rotation on sealant. Using non-approved tire cycle until the problem is corrected. page 10‑63 and Tires on sealants could damage the TPMS Some of the conditions that can page 10‑49. sensors. See Tire Sealant and cause these to come on are: Compressor Kit on page 10‑73 for information regarding the inflator kit . One of the road tires has been materials and instructions. replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching Process" later in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (61,1)

Vehicle Care 10-61

. The TPMS sensor matching . Replacement tires or wheels do TPMS Sensor Matching process was not done or not match the original equipment Process not completed successfully tires or wheels. Tires and wheels after rotating the tires. The other than those recommended Each TPMS sensor has a unique malfunction light and the DIC could prevent the TPMS from identification code. The identification message should go off after functioning properly. See Buying code needs to be matched to a new successfully completing the New Tires on page 10‑65. tire/wheel position after rotating the vehicle s tires or replacing one or sensor matching process. . ’ Operating electronic devices or more of the TPMS sensors. See "TPMS Sensor Matching being near facilities using radio Process" later in this section. Also, the TPMS sensor matching wave frequencies similar to the process should be performed after . One or more TPMS sensors TPMS could cause the TPMS replacing a spare tire with a road are missing or damaged. sensors to malfunction. tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the If the TPMS is not functioning The malfunction light and the DIC DIC message should go off properly, it cannot detect or signal a message should go off at the next when the TPMS sensors are low tire condition. See your dealer ignition cycle. The sensors are installed and the sensor for service if the TPMS malfunction matched to the tire/wheel positions, matching process is performed light and DIC message come on using a TPMS relearn tool, in the successfully. See your dealer and stay on. following order: driver side front tire, for service. passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (62,1)

10-62 Vehicle Care

There are two minutes to match 6. Press SET to confirm selection. 10. Proceed to the passenger side the first tire/wheel position, and The horn sounds twice to signal rear tire, and repeat the five minutes overall to match all the receiver is in relearn mode procedure in Step 8. four tire/wheel positions. If it takes and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE 11. Proceed to the driver side rear longer, the matching process stops message displays on the DIC tire, and repeat the procedure and must be restarted. screen. in Step 8. The horn sounds The TPMS sensor matching 7. Start with the driver side two times to indicate the process is: front tire. sensor identification code has been matched to the driver 1. Set the parking brake. 8. Place the relearn tool against the tire sidewall, near the valve side rear tire, and the TPMS 2. Place the vehicle power mode in stem. Then press the button to sensor matching process is ON/RUN/START. See Ignition activate the TPMS sensor. no longer active. The TIRE Positions on page 9‑18. A horn chirp confirms that the LEARNING ACTIVE message 3. Select the vehicle information sensor identification code has on the DIC display screen menu using the menu button. been matched to this tire and goes off. 4. Select the tire pressure screen wheel position. 12. Press STOP to turn the using the up/down thumbwheel. 9. Proceed to the passenger side ignition off. 5. Press and hold SET to begin the front tire, and repeat the 13. Set all four tires to the sensor matching process. procedure in Step 8. recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (63,1)

Vehicle Care 10-63

Tire Inspection Tire Rotation We recommend that the tires, Tires should be rotated including the spare tire, if the every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). vehicle has one, be inspected See Maintenance Schedule on for signs of wear or damage at page 11‑4. least once a month. Tires are rotated to achieve a Replace the tire if: uniform wear for all tires. . The indicators at three or The first rotation is the most more places around the tire important. can be seen. Any time unusual wear is . There is cord or fabric noticed, rotate the tires as soon Use this rotation pattern when showing through the tire's as possible and check the rotating the tires. rubber. wheel alignment. Also check for damaged tires or wheels. Do not include the compact . The tread or sidewall is See When It Is Time for New spare tire in the tire rotation. cracked, cut, or snagged Tires on page 10‑64 and Wheel Adjust the front and rear tires to deep enough to show cord Replacement on page 10‑70. the recommended inflation or fabric. pressure on the Tire and . The tire has a bump, bulge, Loading Information label after or split. the tires have been rotated. . The tire has a puncture, cut, See Tire Pressure on or other damage that cannot page 10‑56 and Vehicle Load be repaired well because of Limits on page 9‑12. the size or location of the damage. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (64,1)

10-64 Vehicle Care

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor When It Is Time for WARNING (Continued) System. See Tire Pressure New Tires Monitor Operation on In an emergency, a cloth or a page 10‑59. Factors such as maintenance, paper towel can be used; temperatures, driving speeds, Check that all wheel nuts however, use a scraper or wire vehicle loading, and road conditions are properly tightened. brush later to remove all rust affect the wear rate of the tires. See “Wheel Nut Torque” under or dirt. Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2. Lightly coat the center of the wheel hub with wheel bearing { WARNING grease after a wheel change or Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the tire rotation to prevent corrosion parts to which it is fastened, can or rust build-up. Do not get make wheel nuts become loose grease on the flat wheel after time. The wheel could come mounting surface or on the off and cause an accident. When wheel nuts or bolts. changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. Treadwear indicators are one way (Continued) to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (65,1)

Vehicle Care 10-65

See Tire Inspection on page 10‑63 Parking for an extended period can GM's exclusive TPC Spec and Tire Rotation on page 10‑63 cause flat spots on the tires that system considers over a for more information. may result in vibrations while dozen critical specifications that The rubber in tires ages over time. driving. When storing a vehicle for impact the overall performance This also applies for the spare tire, at least a month, remove the tires or of the vehicle, including brake if the vehicle has one, even if it is raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires. system performance, ride and never used. Multiple conditions handling, traction control, and including temperatures, loading Buying New Tires tire pressure monitoring conditions, and inflation pressure performance. GM's TPC Spec maintenance affect how fast aging GM has developed and takes place. Tires will typically need number is molded onto the tire's matched specific tires for the sidewall near the tire size. If the to be replaced due to wear before vehicle. The original equipment they may need to be replaced tires have an all‐season tread due to age. Consult the tire tires installed were designed design, the TPC Spec number manufacturer for more information to meet General Motors will be followed by MS for mud on when tires should be replaced. Tire Performance Criteria and snow. See Tire Sidewall Specification (TPC Spec) Vehicle Storage Labeling on page 10‑50 for system rating. When additional information. Tires age when stored normally replacement tires are needed, mounted on a parked vehicle. GM strongly recommends GM recommends replacing all Park a vehicle that will be stored for buying tires with the same the tires at the same time. at least a month in a cool, dry, clean TPC Spec rating. Uniform tread depth on all area away from direct sunlight to tires will help to maintain the slow aging. This area should be free performance of the vehicle. of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can deteriorate rubber. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (66,1)

10-66 Vehicle Care

Braking and handling If the vehicle tires must be performance may be adversely { WARNING replaced with a tire that does not affected if all the tires are not Mixing tires of different sizes, have a TPC Spec number, make replaced at the same time. brands, or types may cause sure they are the same size, See Tire Inspection on loss of control of the vehicle, load range, speed rating, and page 10‑63 and Tire Rotation on resulting in a crash or other construction (radial) as the page 10‑63 for information on vehicle damage. Use the original tires. proper tire rotation. correct size, brand, and type Vehicles that have a tire of tires on all wheels. pressure monitoring system { WARNING could give an inaccurate Tires could explode during low‐pressure warning if non‐TPC improper service. Attempting { WARNING Spec rated tires are installed. to mount or dismount a tire See Tire Pressure Monitor could cause injury or death. Using bias-ply tires on the System on page 10‑58. Only your dealer or authorized vehicle may cause the wheel The Tire and Loading tire service center should rim flanges to develop cracks Information label indicates the mount or dismount the tires. after many miles of driving. original equipment tires on the A tire and/or wheel could fail vehicle. See Vehicle Load suddenly and cause a crash. Limits on page 9‑12 for the label Use only radial-ply tires with location and more information the wheels on the vehicle. about the Tire and Loading Information label. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (67,1)

Vehicle Care 10-67

Different Size Tires Uniform Tire Quality { WARNING and Wheels Grading If wheels or tires are installed that If different sized wheels are used, Quality grades can be found there may not be an acceptable are a different size than the original where applicable on the tire level of performance and safety equipment wheels and tires, vehicle sidewall between tread shoulder performance, including its braking, if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. and maximum section width. ride and handling characteristics, For example: stability, and resistance to rollover This increases the chance of may be affected. If the vehicle has a crash and serious injury. Treadwear 200 Traction AA electronic systems such as antilock Only use GM specific wheel and Temperature A brakes, rollover airbags, traction tire systems developed for the control, and electronic stability vehicle, and have them properly The following information relates control, the performance of these installed by a GM certified to the system developed by the systems can also be affected. technician. United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration See Buying New Tires on (NHTSA), which grades tires page 10‑65 and Accessories and by treadwear, traction, and Modifications on page 10‑3 for temperature performance. additional information. This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (68,1)

10-68 Vehicle Care

The grades are molded on the Treadwear Traction – AA, A, B, C sidewalls of most passenger car The treadwear grade is a The traction grades, from tires. The Uniform Tire Quality comparative rating based on the highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, Grading (UTQG) system wear rate of the tire when tested and C. Those grades represent does not apply to deep tread, under controlled conditions on the tire's ability to stop on wet winter-type snow tires, a specified government test pavement as measured under space-saver, or temporary use course. For example, a tire controlled conditions on spare tires, tires with nominal graded 150 would wear one and specified government test rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches a half (1½) times as well on the surfaces of asphalt and (25 to 30 cm), or to some government course as a tire concrete. A tire marked C may limited-production tires. graded 100. The relative have poor traction performance. While the tires available on performance of tires depends Warning: The traction grade General Motors passenger cars upon the actual conditions of assigned to this tire is based on and light trucks may vary with their use, however, and may straight-ahead braking traction respect to these grades, they depart significantly from the tests, and does not include must also conform to federal norm due to variations in acceleration, cornering, safety requirements and driving habits, service practices hydroplaning, or peak traction additional General Motors Tire and differences in road characteristics. Performance Criteria (TPC) characteristics and climate. standards. All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (69,1)

Vehicle Care 10-69

Temperature – A, B, C The grade C corresponds to a Wheel Alignment and The temperature grades level of performance which all Tire Balance are A (the highest), B, and C, passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety The tires and wheels were aligned representing the tire's resistance and balanced at the factory to to the generation of heat and Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of provide the longest tire life and best its ability to dissipate heat overall performance. Adjustments to when tested under controlled performance on the laboratory wheel alignment and tire balancing conditions on a specified indoor test wheel than the minimum will not be necessary on a regular laboratory test wheel. Sustained required by law. Warning: The basis. However, check the high temperature can cause temperature grade for this tire is alignment if there is unusual tire the material of the tire to established for a tire that is wear or if the vehicle is pulling to one side or the other. If the vehicle degenerate and reduce tire life, properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, vibrates when driving on a smooth and excessive temperature can road, the tires and wheels might lead to sudden tire failure. underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in need to be rebalanced. See your combination, can cause heat dealer for proper diagnosis. buildup and possible tire failure. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (70,1)

10-70 Vehicle Care

Wheel Replacement Used Replacement Wheels { WARNING Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement { WARNING corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Replacing a wheel with a used loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts can be dangerous. It could one is dangerous. How it has wheel nuts should be replaced. affect the braking and handling of been used or how far it has been If the wheel leaks air, replace it. the vehicle. Tires can lose air, driven may be unknown. It could Some aluminum wheels can be and cause loss of control, causing fail suddenly and cause a crash. repaired. See your dealer if any of a crash. Always use the correct When replacing wheels, use a these conditions exist. wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel new GM original equipment nuts for replacement. Your dealer will know the kind of wheel. wheel that is needed. Each new wheel should have the Notice: The wrong wheel can same load-carrying capacity, also cause problems with bearing Tire Chains diameter, width, offset, and be life, brake cooling, speedometer mounted the same way as the or odometer calibration, { WARNING one it replaces. headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire Do not use tire chains. There is Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel or tire chain clearance to the not enough clearance. Tire chains nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor body and chassis. System (TPMS) sensors with new used on a vehicle without the GM original equipment parts. See If a Tire Goes Flat on proper amount of clearance can page 10‑71 for more information. cause damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle (Continued) Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (71,1)

Vehicle Care 10-71

If a Tire Goes Flat It may be very bumpy and noisy. WARNING (Continued) Gently brake to a stop, well off the It is unusual for a tire to blow out, road, if possible. parts. The area damaged by the especially if the tires are maintained tire chains could cause loss of properly. See Tires on page 10‑49. { control and a crash. If air goes out of a tire, it is much WARNING Use another type of traction more likely to leak out slowly. But if Driving on a flat tire will cause there is ever a blowout, here are a device only if its manufacturer permanent damage to the tire. few tips about what to expect and Re-inflating a tire after it has recommends it for the vehicle's what to do: tire size combination and road been driven on while severely conditions. Follow that If a front tire fails, the flat tire underinflated or flat may cause a manufacturer's instructions. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle blowout and a serious crash. To avoid vehicle damage, drive toward that side. Take your foot off Never attempt to re-inflate a tire slow and readjust or remove the the accelerator pedal and grip the that has been driven on while traction device if it contacts the steering wheel firmly. Steer to severely underinflated or flat. maintain lane position, and then vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. Have your dealer or an authorized gently brake to a stop, well off the If traction devices are used, tire service center repair or road, if possible. install them on the front tires. replace the flat tire as soon as A rear blowout, particularly on a possible. curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (72,1)

10-72 Vehicle Care

This vehicle may come with a jack { WARNING { WARNING and spare tire or a tire sealant and compressor kit. To use the jacking Lifting a vehicle and getting Changing a tire can be equipment to change a spare tire under it to do maintenance or dangerous. The vehicle can slip safely, follow the instructions below. repairs is dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall Then see Tire Changing on appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a page 10‑81. To use the tire sealant training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. and compressor kit, see Tire the vehicle, it is designed only for To help prevent the vehicle from Sealant and Compressor Kit on changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: page 10‑73. anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), be badly injured or killed if the use the following example as a vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a guide to assist you in the placement is provided with the vehicle, only of wheel blocks (A). use it for changing a flat tire. manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). 3. Turn off the engine and do If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard 4. Do not allow passengers to warning flashers. See Hazard remain in the vehicle. Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. 5. Place wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the A. Wheel Block opposite corner of the tire being changed. B. Flat Tire The following information explains how to repair or change a tire. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (73,1)

Vehicle Care 10-73

Tire Sealant and If this vehicle has a tire sealant and { WARNING compressor kit, there may not be a Compressor Kit spare tire, tire changing equipment, Overinflating a tire could cause and on some vehicles there may not { WARNING the tire to rupture and you or be a place to store a tire. others could be injured. Be sure Idling a vehicle in an enclosed to read and follow the tire sealant The tire sealant and compressor area with poor ventilation is and compressor kit instructions can be used to temporarily seal dangerous. Engine exhaust may and inflate the tire to its punctures up to 6 mm (¼ in) in the tread area of the tire. It can also be enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust recommended pressure. Do not used to inflate an under inflated tire. contains carbon monoxide (CO) exceed the recommended which cannot be seen or smelled. pressure. If the tire has been separated from It can cause unconsciousness the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, and even death. Never run the or has a large puncture, the tire is engine in an enclosed area that too severely damaged for the tire has no fresh air ventilation. For { WARNING sealant and compressor kit to be more information, see Engine effective. See Roadside Service Storing the tire sealant and (U.S. and Canada) on page 13 7 or Exhaust on page 9‑24. ‑ compressor kit or other Roadside Service (Mexico) on equipment in the passenger page 13‑9. compartment of the vehicle could Read and follow all of the tire cause injury. In a sudden stop or sealant and compressor kit collision, loose equipment could instructions. strike someone. Store the tire sealant and compressor kit in its original location. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (74,1)

10-74 Vehicle Care

The kit includes: A. Selector Switch Replacement sealant canisters (Sealant/Air or Air Only) are available at your local dealer. B. On/Off Button See “Removal and Installation of the Sealant Canister” following. C. Pressure Gauge There is only enough sealant to D. Pressure Deflation Button seal one tire. After usage, the E. Tire Sealant Canister sealant canister and sealant/air hose assembly must be replaced. F. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear) See “Removal and Installation of G. Air Only Hose (Black) the Sealant Canister” following. H. Power Plug Using the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit to Tire Sealant Temporarily Seal and Inflate Read and follow the safe handling a Punctured Tire instructions on the label adhered to Follow the directions closely for the sealant canister. correct sealant usage. Check the tire sealant expiration date on the sealant canister. The sealant canister should be replaced before its expiration date. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (75,1)

Vehicle Care 10-75

When using the tire sealant and 3. Place the kit on the ground. compressor kit during cold Make sure the tire valve stem is temperatures, warm the kit in a positioned close to the ground heated environment for five minutes. so the hose will reach it. This will help to inflate the tire faster. 4. Remove the valve stem cap from the flat tire by turning it If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire counterclockwise. and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place. Turn on the hazard 5. Attach the sealant/air hose (F) warning flashers. See Hazard onto the tire valve stem. Turn it Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. clockwise until it is tight. See If a Tire Goes Flat on 6. Plug the power plug (H) into the page 10‑71 for other important accessory power outlet in the safety warnings. vehicle. Unplug all items from other accessory power outlets. Do not remove any objects that See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. have penetrated the tire. If the vehicle has an accessory 1. Remove the tire sealant and power outlet, do not use the compressor kit from its storage cigarette lighter. location. See Storing the Tire Sealant and Compressor Kit on If the vehicle only has a cigarette page 10‑80. lighter, use the cigarette lighter. 2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (F) Do not pinch the power plug and the power plug (H). cord in the door or window. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (76,1)

10-76 Vehicle Care

7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle 10. Inflate the tire to the tire. Remove the power plug from must be running while using the recommended inflation the accessory power outlet and air compressor. pressure using the pressure unscrew the inflating hose from 8. Turn the selector switch (A) gauge (C). The recommended the tire valve. See Roadside counterclockwise to the inflation pressure can be found Service (U.S. and Canada) on Sealant + Air position. on the Tire and Loading page 13‑7 or Roadside Service Information label. See Tire (Mexico) on page 13‑9. 9. Press the on/off button (B) to Pressure on page 10‑56. turn the tire sealant and 11. Press the on/off button (B) to compressor kit on. The pressure gauge (C) may turn the tire sealant and read higher than the actual tire compressor kit off. The compressor will inject pressure while the compressor sealant and air into the tire. The tire is not sealed and will is on. Turn the compressor off continue to leak air until the The pressure gauge (C) will to get an accurate pressure vehicle is driven and the initially show a high pressure reading. The compressor may sealant is distributed in the tire, while the compressor pushes the be turned on/off until the therefore, Steps 12 through sealant into the tire. Once the correct pressure is reached. 18 must be done immediately sealant is completely dispersed Notice: If the recommended after Step 11. into the tire, the pressure will pressure cannot be reached after quickly drop and start to rise Be careful while handling the approximately 25 minutes, the tire sealant and compressor kit again as the tire inflates with vehicle should not be driven air only. as it could be warm after farther. The tire is too severely usage. damaged and the tire sealant and compressor kit cannot inflate the Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (77,1)

Vehicle Care 10-77

12. Unplug the power plug (H) from 19. Stop at a safe location and the accessory power outlet in check the tire pressure. the vehicle. Refer to Steps 1 through 11 13. Turn the sealant/air hose (F) under “Using the Tire Sealant counterclockwise to remove it and Compressor Kit without from the tire valve stem. Sealant to Inflate a Tire 16. If the flat tire was able to (Not Punctured).” 14. Replace the tire valve inflate to the recommended stem cap. If the tire pressure has fallen inflation pressure, remove the more than 68 kPa (10 psi) 15. Replace the sealant/air maximum speed label from the below the recommended hose (F), and the power sealant canister (E) and place inflation pressure, stop driving plug (H) back in their original it in a highly visible location. the vehicle. The tire is too location. Do not exceed the speed on severely damaged and the tire this label until the damaged tire sealant cannot seal the tire. is repaired or replaced. See Roadside Service 17. Return the equipment to its (U.S. and Canada) on original storage location in the page 13‑7 or Roadside vehicle. Service (Mexico) on page 13‑9. 18. Immediately drive the vehicle If the tire pressure has not 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the dropped more than 68 kPa sealant in the tire. (10 psi) from the recommended inflation pressure, inflate the tire to the recommended inflation pressure. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (78,1)

10-78 Vehicle Care

20. Wipe off any sealant from the If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire wheel, tire, and vehicle. and wheel damage by driving slowly 21. Dispose of the used sealant to a level place. Turn on the hazard canister (E) and sealant/air warning flashers. See Hazard hose (F) assembly at a local Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. dealer or in accordance with See If a Tire Goes Flat on local state codes and practices. page 10‑71 for other important 22. Replace it with a new canister safety warnings. available from your dealer. 1. Remove the tire sealant and 23. After temporarily sealing the compressor kit from its storage tire using the tire sealant and location. See Storing the Tire compressor kit, take the Sealant and Compressor Kit on vehicle to an authorized dealer page 10‑80. within 161 km (100 mi) of 2. Unwrap the air only hose (G) driving to have the tire repaired and the power plug (H). or replaced. 3. Place the kit on the ground. Using the Tire Sealant and Make sure the tire valve stem is Compressor Kit without positioned close to the ground Sealant to Inflate a Tire so the hose will reach it. (Not Punctured) 4. Remove the tire valve stem cap To use the air compressor to inflate from the flat tire by turning it a tire with air only and not sealant: counterclockwise. 5. Attach the air only hose (G) onto the tire valve stem by turning it clockwise until it is tight. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (79,1)

Vehicle Care 10-79

6. Plug the power plug (H) into the 10. Inflate the tire to the 11. Press the on/off button (B) to accessory power outlet in the recommended inflation turn the tire sealant and vehicle. Unplug all items from pressure using the pressure compressor kit off. other accessory power outlets. gauge (C). The recommended Be careful while handling the See Power Outlets on page 5‑8. inflation pressure can be found tire sealant and compressor kit If the vehicle has an accessory on the Tire and Loading as it could be warm after power outlet, do not use the Information label. See Tire usage. Pressure on page 10‑56. cigarette lighter. 12. Unplug the power plug (H) from If the vehicle only has a cigarette The pressure gauge (C) may the accessory power outlet in lighter, use the cigarette lighter. read higher than the actual tire the vehicle. pressure while the compressor Do not pinch the power plug is on. Turn the compressor off 13. Disconnect the air only cord in the door or window. to get an accurate reading. hose (G) from the tire 7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle The compressor may be turned valve stem, by turning it must be running while using the on/off until the correct pressure counterclockwise, and replace air compressor. is reached. the tire valve stem cap. 8. Turn the selector switch (A) If you inflate the tire higher 14. Replace the air only hose (G) clockwise to the Air Only than the recommended and the power plug (H) and position. pressure you can adjust the cord back in its original excess pressure by pressing location. 9. Press the on/off button (B) to the pressure deflation turn the compressor on. 15. Place the equipment in the button (D) until the proper original storage location in The compressor will inflate the pressure reading is reached. the vehicle. tire with air only. This option is only functional when using the air only hose (G). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (80,1)

10-80 Vehicle Care

Removal and Installation of the Storing the Tire Sealant Sealant Canister and Compressor Kit To remove the sealant canister: 1. Unwrap the sealant hose. 2. Press the canister release button. 3. Pull up and remove the canister. 4. Replace with a new canister which is available from your dealer. The tire sealant and compressor kit 5. Push the new canister into has an accessory adapter located in place. a compartment on the bottom of its housing that may be used to inflate air mattresses, balls, etc. This vehicle may have a tire sealant and compressor kit in place of a jack or spare tire. It is located in a foam container in the rear compartment storage area. If the vehicle has a cargo cover, see Cargo Management System on page 4‑4 for instructions on how to access the tire sealant and compressor kit. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (81,1)

Vehicle Care 10-81

Tire Changing 5. Remove the spare tire and place it next to the tire being changed. Removing the Spare Tire and Tools To access the spare tire and tools: 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate on page 2‑14.

3. Remove the spare tire cover.

6. Remove the wing nut (D). 7. Remove the extension (A), jack (B) and wheel wrench (C) and place them near the tire being changed. 2. Press on the bottom of the handle assembly to unlatch it and lift up on the handle. The prop rod locks into place when open. 4. Remove the nut retaining the spare tire. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (82,1)

10-82 Vehicle Care

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire Take off the wheel cover or center cap, if the vehicle has one, to reach the wheel bolts. 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat on page 10‑71 for more information. 2. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen and remove the wheel nut caps. 4. Turn the wheel wrench 6. Position the jack lift head at the Do not try to remove plastic caps counterclockwise to loosen all jack location nearest the flat tire. from the cover or center cap. the wheel nuts, but do not The jacking location is indicated remove them yet. 3. Pull the cover or center cap by a V-shaped notch in the away from the wheel. Store the 5. Place the jack near the flat tire. plastic molding. The jack must wheel cover in the cargo area Notice: Make sure that the jack not be used in any other until you have the flat tire lift head is in the correct position position. repaired or replaced. or you may damage your vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (83,1)

Vehicle Care 10-83

{ WARNING { WARNING

Getting under a vehicle when it is Lifting a vehicle and getting jacked up is dangerous. If the under it to do maintenance or vehicle slips off the jack, you repairs is dangerous without the could be badly injured or killed. appropriate safety equipment and Never get under a vehicle when it training. If a jack is provided with is supported only by a jack. the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could be badly injured or killed if the { WARNING vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 7. Insert the hooked end of the is provided with the vehicle, only extension handle through the Raising the vehicle with the jack jack and the flat end through the improperly positioned can use it for changing a flat tire. wheel wrench. damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help 8. Turn the extension with the avoid personal injury and vehicle wheel wrench clockwise to raise damage, be sure to fit the jack lift the jack lift head until the jack head into the proper location just fits under the vehicle. before raising the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (84,1)

10-84 Vehicle Care

10. Put the compact spare tire near you. { WARNING Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a 9. Raise the vehicle by turning the paper towel can be used; wheel wrench clockwise until the however, use a scraper or wire slots in the jack head fit into the brush later to remove all rust metal flange located behind the Remove all of the wheel nuts. or dirt. triangle on the plastic moulding. 11. Remove the flat tire. Notice: Using a jack to raise the vehicle without positioning it correctly could damage your vehicle. When raising your vehicle on a jack, be sure to position it correctly under the frame and avoid contact with the plastic molding. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (85,1)

Vehicle Care 10-85

14. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Notice: Improperly tightened Tighten each nut by hand until wheel nuts can lead to brake the wheel is held against pulsation and rotor damage. the hub. To avoid expensive brake repairs, 15. Lower the vehicle by evenly tighten the wheel nuts in turning the jack handle the proper sequence and to the counterclockwise. proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2 for the wheel nut { WARNING torque specification. Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause 12. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheels to become loose or the wheel bolts, mounting come off. The wheel nuts should surfaces, and spare wheel. be tightened with a torque wrench 13. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification on the wheel-mounting surface. after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the { WARNING aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel Never use oil or grease on bolts nuts. See Capacities and or nuts because the nuts might Specifications on page 12‑2 for original equipment wheel nut come loose. The vehicle's wheel 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly could fall off, causing a crash. torque specifications. in a crisscross sequence, as shown. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (86,1)

10-86 Vehicle Care

17. Lower the jack all the way and Storing a Flat or Spare Tire 3. Install the cargo cover. remove the jack from under the and Tools For more information, see vehicle. Cargo Management System on 18. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly { WARNING page 4‑4. with the wheel wrench. 4. Place the tire, lying flat, in the Storing a jack, a tire, or other When reinstalling the wheel cover rear storage compartment. equipment in the passenger or center cap on the full-size tire, compartment of the vehicle could tighten all five plastic caps hand snug with the aid of the wheel cause injury. In a sudden stop or wrench and tighten them with the collision, loose equipment could wheel wrench an additional strike someone. Store all these in one‐quarter of a turn. the proper place. Notice: Wheel covers will not fit on the vehicle's compact spare. To store the flat or spare tire and If you try to put a wheel cover on tools: the compact spare, the cover or 1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate the spare could be damaged. on page 2‑14 for more information. 2. Put back all tools as they were 5. Attach the strap to the cargo stored in the rear storage tie-down in the rear of the compartment and put the vehicle. compartment cover back on. For more information, see “Storing the Compact Spare Tire and Tools” next in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (87,1)

Vehicle Care 10-87

Compact Spare Tire full-size tire repaired or replaced when possible. However, the compact spare tire will last longer { WARNING and be in good shape if it is Driving with more than one replaced as soon as possible. compact spare tire at a time could Notice: When the compact result in loss of braking and spare is installed, do not take handling. This could lead to a the vehicle through an automatic crash and you or others could be car wash with guide rails. injured. Use only one compact The compact spare can get spare tire at a time. caught on the rails which can damage the tire, wheel, and other 6. Route the strap through the parts of the vehicle. wheel, as shown. If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it was fully inflated when the Do not use the compact spare on 7. Attach the strap to the other vehicle was new; however, it can other vehicles. cargo tie-down in the rear of the lose air after a time. Check the Do not mix the compact spare tire or vehicle. inflation pressure regularly. It should wheel with other wheels or tires. 8. Tighten the strap. be 420 kPa (60 psi). They will not fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel together. The compact spare is for temporary Stop as soon as possible and check use only. Replace the compact that the spare tire is correctly Notice: Tire chains will not fit the spare tire with a full-size tire as inflated after installing the spare on compact spare. Using them can soon as you can. the vehicle. The compact spare is damage the vehicle and can designed to perform well at speeds damage the chains too. Do not up to 105 km/h (65 mph) for use tire chains on the compact distances up to 5 000 km (3,000 mi), spare. so a trip can be completed and the Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (88,1)

10-88 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting Notice: Ignoring these steps To avoid the possibility of the could result in costly damage to vehicles rolling, set the parking For more information about the the vehicle that would not be brake firmly on both vehicles vehicle battery, see Battery on covered by the warranty. involved in the jump start page 10‑24. Trying to start the vehicle by procedure. Put the transmission If the vehicle battery has run down, pushing or pulling it will not in P (Park) before setting the you may want to use another work, and it could damage the parking brake. vehicle and some jumper cables to vehicle. Notice: If any accessories are left start your vehicle. Be sure to use 1. Check the other vehicle. It must on or plugged in during the jump the following steps to do it safely. have a 12-volt battery with a starting procedure, they could be negative ground system. damaged. The repairs would not { WARNING Notice: Only use a vehicle that be covered by the vehicle has a 12-volt system with a warranty. Whenever possible, Batteries can hurt you. They can negative ground for jump turn off or unplug all accessories be dangerous because: starting. If the other vehicle on either vehicle when jump starting the vehicle. . They contain acid that can does not have a 12-volt system burn you. with a negative ground, both 3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles can be damaged. vehicles. Unplug unnecessary . They contain gas that can accessories plugged into the explode or ignite. 2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach, cigarette lighter or the accessory . They contain enough but be sure the vehicles are power outlet. Turn off the radio electricity to burn you. not touching each other. If they and all lamps that are not If you do not follow these steps are, it could cause a ground needed. This will avoid sparks, helping save both batteries and exactly, some or all of these connection you do not want. the radio. things can hurt you. You would not be able to start your vehicle, and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (89,1)

Vehicle Care 10-89

4. Open the hood on the other The remote positive (+) vehicle and locate the terminal is located in the engine { WARNING positive (+) and negative (−) compartment on the driver side terminal locations on that of the vehicle, above the rear Using an open flame near a vehicle. of the battery. The remote battery can cause battery gas to negative (−) terminal is a explode. People have been hurt Open the hood on your vehicle doing this, and some have been and find the remote positive (+) stud located in the engine compartment on the driver side blinded. Use a flashlight if you and remote negative (−) jump need more light. starting terminals. of the vehicle, on the front tie bar. See Engine Compartment Be sure the battery has enough Overview on page 10‑6 for more water. You do not need to add information on location. water to the battery installed in To uncover the remote your new vehicle. But if a battery positive (+) terminal, lift open the has filler caps, be sure the right access panel on the battery amount of fluid is there. If it is low, cover indicated by the (+) sign. add water to take care of that first. If you do not, explosive gas { WARNING could be present. An electric fan can start up even Battery fluid contains acid that when the engine is not running can burn you. Do not get it on and can injure you. Keep hands, you. If you accidentally get it in Your vehicle is equipped clothing and tools away from any your eyes or on your skin, flush with a remote positive (+) underhood electric fan. the place with water and get terminal (A) and a remote medical help immediately. negative (−) terminal (B). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (90,1)

10-90 Vehicle Care

Do not connect positive (+) to 8. Now connect the black { WARNING negative (−) or you will get a negative (−) cable to the short that would damage the negative (−) terminal of the Fans or other moving engine battery and maybe other parts. good battery. Use a remote parts can injure you badly. Keep Do not connect the negative (−) negative (−) terminal if the your hands away from moving cable to the negative (−) terminal vehicle has one. parts once the engine is running. on the dead battery because this Do not let the other end touch can cause sparks. anything until the next step. 5. Check that the jumper cables 6. Connect the red positive (+) The other end of the negative (−) do not have loose or missing cable to the positive (+) cable does not go to the dead insulation. If they do, you could terminal on the vehicle with the battery. It goes to a heavy, get a shock. The vehicles could dead battery. Use a remote unpainted metal engine part or also be damaged. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle to a remote negative (−) terminal Before you connect the cables, has one. on the vehicle with the dead here are some basic things you 7. Do not let the other end touch battery. should know. Positive (+) will go metal. Connect it to the 9. Connect the other end of the to positive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal of the negative (−) cable away from positive (+) terminal if the vehicle good battery. Use a remote the dead battery, but not has one. Negative (−) will go to a positive (+) terminal if the near engine parts that move. heavy, unpainted metal engine vehicle has one. The electrical connection is just part or to a remote negative (−) as good there, and the chance terminal if the vehicle has one. of sparks getting back to the battery is much less. Your vehicle has a remote (−) terminal for this purpose. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (91,1)

Vehicle Care 10-91

10. Now start the vehicle with the To disconnect the jumper cables good battery and run the from both vehicles, do the following: engine for a while. 1. Disconnect the black 11. Try to start the vehicle that had negative (−) cable from the the dead battery. If it will not vehicle that had the dead start after a few tries, it battery. probably needs service. 2. Disconnect the black Notice: If the jumper cables are negative (−) cable from the connected or removed in the vehicle with the good battery. wrong order, electrical shorting 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) may occur and damage the cable from the vehicle with the vehicle. The repairs would not be Jumper Cable Removal good battery. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal jumper cables in the correct cable from the other vehicle. Engine Part or Remote order, making sure that the Negative (−) Terminal 5. Close the access panel on the cables do not touch each other battery cover, if applicable. or other metal. B. Good Battery or Remote Positive (+) and Remote Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (92,1)

10-92 Vehicle Care

Towing Recreational Vehicle Here are some important things to Towing consider before recreational vehicle Towing the Vehicle towing: Recreational vehicle towing means . What is the towing capacity Notice: To avoid damage, towing the vehicle behind another of the towing vehicle? the disabled vehicle should be vehicle – such as behind a motor Be sure to read the tow vehicle towed with all four wheels off the home. The two most common types manufacturer's ground. Care must be taken of recreational vehicle towing are recommendations. with vehicles that have low known as dinghy towing and dolly ground clearance and/or special towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . What is the distance that will be equipment. Always flatbed on a vehicle with all four wheels on the travelled? Some vehicles have car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the restrictions on how far and how vehicle with two wheels on the long they can tow. Consult your dealer or a ground and two wheels up on a . professional towing service if the Is the proper towing equipment device known as a dolly. disabled vehicle must be towed. going to be used? See your See Roadside Service (U.S. and dealer or trailering professional Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside for additional advice and Service (Mexico) on page 13‑9. equipment recommendations. To tow the vehicle behind another . Is the vehicle ready to be vehicle for recreational purposes, towed? Just as preparing the such as behind a motor home, see vehicle for a long trip, make sure “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in the vehicle is prepared to be this section. towed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (93,1)

Vehicle Care 10-93

Dinghy Towing Front-wheel‐drive and all-wheel-drive vehicles may be dinghy towed from the front. These vehicles can also be towed by placing them on a platform trailer with all four wheels off of the ground. For other towing options, see “Dolly Towing” following in this section. Notice: If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded while towing the vehicle, it could be damaged. To tow the vehicle from the front 2. Remove the shift lever boot by Never exceed 105 km/h (65 mph) with all four wheels on the ground: pulling up on the rear of the trim while towing the vehicle. 1. Position the vehicle that will be plate. For vehicles being dinghy towed, towed and secure it to the the vehicle should be run at the towing vehicle. beginning of each day and at each RV fuel stop for about five minutes. This will ensure proper lubrication of transmission components. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (94,1)

10-94 Vehicle Care

Once the destination has been Notice: Do not tow a vehicle with reached: the front drive wheels on the 1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). ground if one of the front tires is a compact spare tire. Towing with 2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by two different tire sizes on the inserting the front edge and front of the vehicle can cause pressing the rear of the trim severe damage to the plate until it snaps into place. transmission. 3. Start the engine and let it idle for Dolly Towing more than three minutes before (All-Wheel Drive Vehicles) driving the vehicle. ‐ All-wheel drive vehicles should not Notice: Too much or too little ‐ be towed with two wheels on the 3. Use a small screw driver or tool fluid can damage the ground. To properly tow these to press and hold the manual transmission. Be sure that the vehicles, they should be placed on release button on the front right. transmission fluid is at the proper a platform trailer with all four wheels level before towing with all four 4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral). off of the ground or dinghy towed wheels on the ground. Notice: If the vehicle is towed from the front. See Dinghy Towing without performing each of the earlier in this section. steps listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the automatic transmission could be damaged. Be sure to follow all steps of the dinghy towing procedure prior to and after towing the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (95,1)

Vehicle Care 10-95

Dolly Towing 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly. (Front-Wheel‐Drive Vehicles) 5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's instructions for preparing the vehicle and dolly for towing. 6. Release the parking brake. Towing the Vehicle From the Rear

Notice: Towing the vehicle from the rear could damage it. Also, repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never have To tow the vehicle from the front the vehicle towed from the rear. with the rear wheels on the ground, do the following: 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly. 2. Move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park on page 9‑22. 3. Set the parking brake. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (96,1)

10-96 Vehicle Care

Appearance Care Notice: Avoid using high Finish Care pressure washes closer than Application of aftermarket clearcoat 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the sealant/wax materials is not Exterior Care vehicle. Use of power washers recommended. If painted surfaces exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) Washing the Vehicle are damaged, see your dealer to can result in damage or removal have the damage assessed and To preserve the vehicle's finish, of paint and decals. wash it often and out of direct repaired. Foreign materials such as sunlight. Rinse the vehicle well, before calcium chloride and other salts, ice washing and after, to remove all melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Notice: Do not use petroleum cleaning agents completely. If they sap, bird droppings, chemicals based, acidic, or abrasive are allowed to dry on the surface, from industrial chimneys, etc., can cleaning agents as they can they could stain. damage the vehicle's finish if they damage the vehicle's paint, remain on painted surfaces. Wash metal, or plastic parts. If damage Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to the vehicle as soon as possible. occurs, it would not be covered If necessary, use non-abrasive by the vehicle's warranty. avoid surface scratches and water spotting. cleaners that are marked safe for Approved cleaning products can painted surfaces to remove foreign be obtained from your dealer. matter. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (97,1)

Vehicle Care 10-97

Occasional hand waxing or mild Protecting Exterior Bright Windshield and Wiper Blades polishing should be done to Metal Parts Clean the outside of the windshield remove residue from the paint finish. Regularly clean bright metal parts with glass cleaner. See your dealer for approved with water or chrome polish on Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cleaning products. chrome or stainless steel trim, cloth or paper towel soaked with Notice: Machine compounding if necessary. windshield washer fluid or a mild or aggressive polishing on a For aluminum, never use auto or detergent. Wash the windshield basecoat/clearcoat paint chrome polish, steam, or caustic thoroughly when cleaning the finish may damage it. Use only soap to clean. A coating of wax, blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, non-abrasive waxes and polishes rubbed to a high polish, is and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax that are made for a basecoat/ recommended for all bright treatments may cause wiper clearcoat paint finish on the metal parts. streaking. vehicle. Replace the wiper blades if they To keep the paint finish looking Cleaning Exterior are worn or damaged. Damage new, keep the vehicle garaged or Lamps/Lenses and Emblems can be caused by extreme dusty covered whenever possible. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, soft cloth, and a car washing soap snow, and ice. to clean exterior lamps and lenses. Follow instructions under "Washing the Vehicle" later in this section. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (98,1)

10-98 Vehicle Care

Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim — Aluminum Notice: To avoid surface damage, do not use strong soaps, Apply silicone grease on or Chrome chemicals, abrasive polishes, weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild cleaners, brushes, or cleaners longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels. that contain acid on aluminum or squeak. See Recommended Fluids After rinsing thoroughly with clean chrome-plated wheels. Use only and Lubricants on page 11 13 ‑ water, dry with a soft, clean towel. approved cleaners. Also, never A wax may then be applied. Tires drive a vehicle with aluminum or Keep the wheels clean using a soft, chrome-plated wheels through an Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean cloth with mild soap and automatic car wash that uses clean the tires. water. Rinse with clean water. silicone carbide tire cleaning Notice: Using petroleum-based After rinsing thoroughly, dry with a brushes. Damage could occur tire dressing products on the soft, clean towel. A wax may then and the repairs would not be vehicle may damage the paint be applied. covered by the vehicle warranty. finish and/or tires. When applying Notice: Chrome wheels and other a tire dressing, always wipe off Steering, Suspension, and chrome trim may be damaged if Chassis Components any overspray from all painted the vehicle is not washed after surfaces on the vehicle. driving on roads that have been Visually inspect front and rear sprayed with magnesium, suspension and steering system for calcium, or sodium chloride. damaged, loose, or missing parts These chlorides are used on or signs of wear. Inspect power roads for conditions such as steering lines and hoses for proper ice and dust. Always wash the hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chrome with soap and water after chafing, etc. Visually check constant exposure. velocity joints, rubber boots, and axle seals for leaks. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (99,1)

Vehicle Care 10-99

Body Component Lubrication Original manufacturer replacement Interior Care parts will provide the corrosion Lubricate all key lock cylinders, protection while maintaining the To prevent dirt particle abrasions, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the vehicle warranty. regularly clean the vehicle's interior. steel fuel door hinge unless the Immediately remove any soils. components are plastic. Applying Finish Damage Note that newspapers or dark silicone grease on weatherstrips garments that can transfer color with a clean cloth will make them Quickly repair minor chips and scratches with touch-up materials to home furnishings can also last longer, seal better, and not stick permanently transfer color to the or squeak. available from your dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of finish vehicle's interior. Underbody Maintenance damage can be corrected in your Use a soft bristle brush to remove dealer's body and paint shop. dust from knobs and crevices on the Use plain water to flush dirt and instrument cluster. Using a mild debris from the vehicle's underbody. Chemical Paint Spotting soap solution, immediately remove Your dealer or an underbody car hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect washing system can do this. If not Airborne pollutants can fall upon repellant from all interior surfaces or removed, rust and corrosion can and attack painted vehicle surfaces permanent damage may result. develop. causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular Sheet Metal Damage dark spots etched into the paint surface. If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (100,1)

10-100 Vehicle Care

Your dealer may have products for To prevent damage, do not clean . Do not heavily saturate the cleaning the interior. Use cleaners the interior using the following upholstery when cleaning. specifically designed for the cleaners or techniques: . Do not use solvents or surfaces being cleaned to prevent . Never use a razor or any other cleaners containing permanent damage. To prevent sharp object to remove a soil solvents. overspray, apply all cleaners directly from any interior surface. to the cleaning cloth. Cleaners Interior Glass . should be removed quickly. Never Never use a brush with stiff To clean, use a terry cloth fabric allow cleaners to remain on the bristles. dampened with water. Wipe droplets surface being cleaned for extended . Never rub any surface left behind with a clean dry cloth. periods of time. aggressively or with excessive Commercial glass cleaners may be Cleaners may contain solvents that pressure. used, if necessary, after cleaning the interior glass with plain water. can become concentrated in the . Do not use laundry detergents interior. Before using cleaners, or dishwashing soaps with Notice: To prevent scratching, read and adhere to all safety degreasers. For liquid cleaners, never use abrasive cleaners on instructions on the label. While use approximately 20 drops automotive glass. Abrasive cleaning the interior, maintain per 3.78L (1 gal) of water. cleaners or aggressive cleaning adequate ventilation by opening the A concentrated soap may damage the rear window doors and windows. solution will leave a residue defogger. that creates streaks and attracts dirt. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (101,1)

Vehicle Care 10-101

Fabric/Carpet To clean: If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to Start by vacuuming the surface 1. Saturate a clean lint-free use a commercial upholstery using a soft brush attachment. If a colorfast cloth with water or club cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small rotating brush attachment is being soda. Microfiber cloth is hidden area for colorfastness used during vacuuming, only use it recommended to prevent lint before using a commercial on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, transfer to the fabric or carpet. upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. gently remove as much of the soil 2. Remove excess moisture by If ring formation occurs, clean the as possible using one of the gently wringing until water does entire fabric or carpet. following techniques: not drip from the cleaning cloth. Following the cleaning process, a . Gently blot liquids with a paper 3. Start on the outside edge of the paper towel can be used to blot towel. Continue blotting until no soil and gently rub toward the excess moisture. more soil can be removed. center. Rotate the cleaning cloth . For solid soils, remove as much to a clean area frequently to as possible prior to vacuuming. prevent forcing the soil in to the fabric. 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth. 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by club soda or plain water. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (102,1)

10-102 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel, Vinyl, and Do not use cleaners that increase Floor Mats Other Plastic Surfaces gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected glare can decrease Use a soft microfiber cloth visibility through the windshield { WARNING dampened with water to remove under certain conditions. dust and loose dirt. For a more If a floor mat is the wrong size or thorough cleaning, use a soft Notice: Use of air fresheners is not properly installed, it can microfiber cloth dampened with a may cause permanent damage to interfere with the pedals. mild soap solution. plastics and painted surfaces. Interference with the pedals can If an air freshener comes in cause unintended acceleration Notice: Soaking or saturating contact with any plastic or and/or increased stopping leather, especially perforated painted surface in the vehicle, leather, as well as other interior distance which can cause a crash blot immediately and clean with a and injury. Make sure the floor surfaces, may cause permanent soft cloth dampened with a mild damage. Wipe excess moisture mat does not interfere with the soap solution. Damage caused pedals. from these surfaces after by air fresheners would not be cleaning and allow them to dry covered by the vehicle warranty. naturally. Never use heat, steam, spot lifters or spot removers. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim and are not recommended. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (103,1)

Vehicle Care 10-103

Use the following guidelines for Removing and Replacing the 2. Reinstall by lining up the floor proper floor mat usage. Floor Mats mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping . The original equipment floor The driver side floor mat is held in into position. mats were designed for your place by two button-type retainers. vehicle. If the floor mats need The passenger side floor mat is held 3. Make sure the floor mat is replacing, it is recommended in place by one button-type retainer. properly secured and verify that that certified floor mats be it does not interfere with the purchased. Non-certified floor pedals. mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the accelerator or brake pedal. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. 1. Pull up on the rear of the floor . Do not place one floor mat on mat to unlock each retainer and top of another. remove. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (104,1)

10-104 Vehicle Care

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-1

Service and Additional Maintenance General Information and Care Maintenance Additional Maintenance Your vehicle is an important and Care ...... 11-10 investment. This section describes the required maintenance for the General Information Recommended Fluids, vehicle. Follow this schedule to General Information ...... 11-1 Lubricants, and Parts help protect against major repair Recommended Fluids and expenses resulting from neglect or Cadillac Premium Care Lubricants ...... 11-13 inadequate maintenance. It may Maintenance Maintenance Replacement also help to maintain the value of Cadillac Premium Care Parts ...... 11-15 the vehicle if it is sold. It is the Maintenance ...... 11-3 responsibility of the owner to have Maintenance Records all required maintenance performed. Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Records ...... 11-16 Maintenance Schedule ...... 11-4 Your dealer has trained technicians who can perform required Special Application Services maintenance using genuine Special Application replacement parts. They have Services ...... 11-9 up‐to‐date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

11-2 Service and Maintenance

Your dealer recognizes the Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Refer to the information in the importance of providing keep the vehicle in good working Maintenance Schedule Additional competitively priced maintenance condition, improves fuel economy, Required Services ‐ Normal chart. and repair services. With trained and reduces vehicle emissions. The Additional Required technicians, the dealer is the place Because of the way people use Services ‐ Severe are for for routine maintenance such as oil vehicles, maintenance needs vary. vehicles that are: changes and tire rotations and There may need to be more additional maintenance items like . Mainly driven in hilly or frequent checks and services. mountainous terrain. tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper The Additional Required blades. Services ‐ Normal are for . Frequently towing a trailer. Notice: Damage caused by vehicles that: . Used for high speed or improper maintenance can lead to . Carry passengers and cargo competitive driving. costly repairs and may not be within recommended limits on covered by the vehicle warranty. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery the Tire and Loading Information service. Maintenance intervals, checks, label. See Vehicle Load Limits inspections, recommended fluids, on page 9‑12. Refer to the information in the and lubricants are important to Maintenance Schedule Additional . keep the vehicle in good working Are driven on reasonable road Required Services ‐ Severe chart. condition. surfaces within legal driving limits. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are the responsibility of the . Use the recommended fuel. vehicle owner. It is recommended to See Recommended Fuel on have your dealer perform these page 9‑47. services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-3

. Engine air cleaner filter { WARNING Cadillac Premium replacement. Care Maintenance . Performing maintenance work Passenger compartment air filter replacement. can be dangerous and can Your vehicle comes with the cause serious injury. Perform Cadillac Premium Care . Multi‐point vehicle inspection maintenance work only if the Maintenance. It is a maintenance (MPVI) performed by a qualified required information, proper tools, program that covers select technician. maintenance services during and equipment are available. Cadillac requires that all Cadillac If they are not, see your dealer to the first 4 years or 80 000 km (50,000 mi), whichever comes first. Premium Care Maintenance have a trained technician do the services be performed by a work. See Doing Your Own Cadillac Premium Care Cadillac authorized service dealer. Service Work on page 10‑4. Maintenance covers routine maintenance services, when scheduled in accordance with the owner manual, including: . Oil changes based on the vehicle's oil life monitor system. . Tire rotation every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

11-4 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Engine Oil Change Tire Rotation and Schedule When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Required Services Every SOON message displays, have the 12 000 km/7,500 mi Owner Checks and Services engine oil and filter changed within Rotate the tires, if recommended the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven for the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop under the best conditions, the following services. See Tire . Check the engine oil level. engine oil life system might not Rotation on page 10‑63. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. indicate the need for vehicle service for more than a year. The engine oil . Check engine oil level and oil Once a Month and filter must be changed at least life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation once a year and the oil life system reset oil life system. See Engine pressures. See Tire Pressure on must be reset. Your trained dealer Oil on page 10‑8 and Engine Oil page 10‑56. technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset Life System on page 10‑10. . Inspect the tires for wear. accidentally, service the vehicle . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection on within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the See Engine Coolant on page 10‑63. last service. Reset the oil life page 10‑15. . Check the windshield washer system when the oil is changed. . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid on See Engine Oil Life System on level. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑20. page 10‑10. page 10‑20. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-5

. Visually inspect windshield . Check restraint system . Check parking brake and wiper blades for wear, cracking, components. See Safety automatic transmission park or contamination. See Exterior System Check on page 3‑21. mechanism. See Park Brake and Care on page 10 96. Replace P (Park) Mechanism Check on ‑ . Visually inspect fuel system for worn or damaged wiper blades. damage or leaks. page 10‑26. See Wiper Blade Replacement . Check accelerator pedal for on page 10‑26. . Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for damage, high effort, or binding. . Check tire inflation pressures. loose or damaged parts. Replace if needed. See Tire Pressure on . Visually inspect gas strut for page 10‑56. . Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care on signs of wear, cracks, or other . Inspect tire wear. See Tire damage. Check the hold open page 10‑96. Inspection on page 10‑63. ability of the strut. See your . Check starter switch. . dealer if service is required. Visually check for fluid leaks. See Starter Switch Check on . Check tire sealant expiration . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. page 10‑25. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on date, if equipped. See Tire . Check automatic transmission Sealant and Compressor Kit on page 10‑12. shift lock control function. page 10‑73. . Inspect brake system. See Automatic Transmission . Shift Lock Control Function Inspect sunroof track and seal, . Visually inspect steering, if equipped. See Sunroof on Check on page 10‑25. suspension, and chassis page 2‑27. components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear. See Exterior Care on page 10‑96. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

11-6 Service and Maintenance Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-7

Footnotes — Maintenance c) Or every four years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. Services — Normal d) Do not directly power wash the a) Or every two years, whichever transfer case output seals. High comes first. More frequent pressure water can overcome the replacement may be needed if the seals and contaminate the transfer vehicle is driven in areas with heavy case fluid. Contaminated fluid will traffic, areas with poor air quality, decrease the life of the transfer or areas with high dust levels. case and should be replaced. Replacement may also be needed e) Or every five years, whichever if there is a reduction in air flow, comes first. See Cooling System on excessive window fogging, or odors. page 10‑14. b) Check all fuel and vapor lines f) Or every 10 years, whichever and hoses for proper hook‐up, comes first. Inspect for fraying, routing, and condition. Check that excessive cracking, or damage; the purge valve, if the vehicle has replace, if needed. one, works properly. Replace as needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

11-8 Service and Maintenance Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-9

Footnotes — Maintenance d) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Schedule Additional Required transfer case output seals. High Services — Severe pressure water can overcome the Services seals and contaminate the transfer a) Or every two years, whichever . Severe Commercial Use case fluid. Contaminated fluid will comes first. Vehicles Only: Lubricate decrease the life of the transfer chassis components every b) Check all fuel and vapor lines case and should be replaced. 5 000 km/3,000 mi. and hoses for proper hook‐up, e) Or every five years, whichever routing, and condition. Check that . Have underbody flushing comes first. See Cooling System on the purge valve, if the vehicle has service performed once a year. one, works properly. Replace as page 10‑14. needed. f) Or every 10 years, whichever c) Or every four years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, comes first. excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

11-10 Service and Maintenance

Additional Battery Belts The battery supplies power to . Belts may need replacing if Maintenance and Care start the engine and operate any they squeak or show signs of Your vehicle is an important additional electrical accessories. cracking or splitting. investment and caring for it properly . To avoid break‐down or . Trained dealer technicians may help to avoid future costly failure to start the vehicle, can inspect the belts and repairs. To maintain vehicle maintain a battery with full recommend replacement performance, additional cranking power. when necessary. maintenance services may be required. It is recommended . Trained dealer technicians have Brakes that your dealer perform these the diagnostic equipment to test the battery and ensure that the Brakes stop the vehicle and are services — their trained dealer crucial to safe driving. technicians know your vehicle best. connections and cables are Your dealer can also perform a corrosion‐free. . Signs of brake wear may include thorough assessment with a chirping, grinding, or squealing multi‐point inspection to recommend noises, or difficulty stopping. when your vehicle may need . Trained dealer technicians have attention. The following list is access to tools and equipment intended to explain the services and to inspect the brakes and conditions to look for that may recommend quality parts indicate services are required. engineered for the vehicle. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-11

Fluids Lamps Shocks and Struts Proper fluid levels and approved Properly working headlamps, Shocks and struts help aid in fluids protect the vehicle’s taillamps, and brake lamps are control for a smoother ride. systems and components. important to see and be seen on . Signs of wear may include See Recommended Fluids and the road. steering wheel vibration, Lubricants on page 11 13 for ‑ . Signs that the headlamps need bounce/sway while braking, GM approved fluids. attention include dimming, failure longer stopping distance, . Engine oil and windshield to light, cracking, or damage. or uneven tire wear. washer fluid levels should be The brake lamps need to be . As part of the multi‐point checked at every fuel fill. checked periodically to ensure inspection, trained dealer that they light when braking. . Instrument cluster lights may technicians can visually inspect come on to indicate that fluids . With a multi‐point inspection, the shocks and struts for signs may be low and need to be your dealer can check the lamps of leaking, blown seals, filled. and note any concerns. or damage, and can advise when service is needed. Hoses Hoses transport fluids and should be regularly inspected to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks. With a multi‐point inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses and advise if replacement is needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

11-12 Service and Maintenance

Tires Vehicle Care Windshield Tires need to be properly inflated, To help keep the vehicle looking like For safety, appearance, and the rotated, and balanced. Maintaining new, vehicle care products are best viewing, keep the windshield the tires can save money, fuel, and available from your dealer. For clean and clear. can reduce the risk of tire failure. information on how to clean and . Signs of damage include protect the vehicle s interior and . Signs that the tires need to be ’ scratches, cracks, and chips. replaced include three or more exterior, see Interior Care on . Trained dealer technicians can visible treadwear indicators; cord page 10‑99 and Exterior Care on page 10‑96. inspect the windshield and or fabric showing through the recommend proper replacement rubber; cracks or cuts in the Wheel Alignment if needed. tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. Wheel alignment is critical for Wiper Blades ensuring that the tires deliver . Trained dealer technicians can optimal wear and performance. Wiper blades need to be cleaned inspect and recommend the right and kept in good condition to . tires. Your dealer can also Signs that the alignment may provide a clear view. provide tire/wheel balancing need to be adjusted include . Signs of wear include streaking, services to ensure smooth pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. skipping across the windshield, vehicle operation at all speeds. and worn or split rubber. Your dealer sells and services . Your dealer has the required name brand tires. equipment to ensure proper . Trained dealer technicians can wheel alignment. check the wiper blades and replace them when needed. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-13

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Use only engine oil licensed to the dexos1 specfication, or equivalent, Engine Oil of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑15. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 88863461, Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 88863462). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic TransmissioN DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

11-14 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. and Release Pawl Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Hood and Door Hinges in Canada 10953474). Power Liftgate Actuator Ball Joint Multi-Purpose Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021668, in Canada 89021674). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) Weatherstrip Conditioning or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-15

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 20897358 A3147C Engine Oil Filter 89017525 PF63 Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element 13271191 CF176 Spark Plugs 12622561 41–109 Wiper Blades Driver Side – 65.0 cm (25.6 in) 25979378 — Passenger Side – 42.5 cm (16.7 in) 25979379 — Rear – 30.0 cm (11.8 in) 20825882 — Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

11-16 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Service and Maintenance 11-17

Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

11-18 Service and Maintenance

Odometer Date Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed Reading Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Technical Data 12-1

Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-3 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the rear side cargo management cover, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This legal identifier is in the front . Model designation. corner of the instrument panel, on . the left side of the vehicle. It can be Paint information. seen through the windshield from . Production options and special outside. The VIN also appears on equipment. the Vehicle Certification and Service Do not remove this label from the Parts labels and certificates of title vehicle. and registration. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

12-2 Technical Data

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System 3.6L V6 Engine 12.8 L 13.5 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 79.5 L 21.0 gal Transmission Fluid 5.0 L 5.3 qt Wheel Nut Torque 150 Y 110 ft lb *See Automatic Transmission Fluid on page 10‑12 for information on checking fluid level. All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Technical Data 12-3

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 3.6L V6 (LFX) 3 Automatic 1.10 mm (0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

12-4 Technical Data

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

Customer Information 13-1

Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-13 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-15 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-17 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Cadillac. Normally, any concerns Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 with the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-18 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-4 resolved by your dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-19 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for Text General Motors ...... 13-19 Telephone (TTY) Users can occur. If your concern has not (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Vehicle Data Recording STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Reimbursement Program and Privacy ...... 13-20 with a member of dealership (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-20 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Service OnStar® ...... 13-21 can be quickly resolved at that level. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Navigation System ...... 13-21 If the matter has already been Roadside Service Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service or (Mexico) ...... 13-9 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-21 parts manager, contact the owner of Scheduling Service Radio Frequency your dealership or the general Appointments Statement ...... 13-21 manager. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-13 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

13-2 Customer Information

STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Cadillac, case will generally be heard within member of dealership management, remember that your concern will 40 days. If you do not agree with the it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's decision given in your case, you resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest may reject it and proceed with any further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. other venue for relief available Cadillac Customer Assistance to you. STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: Center at 1‐800‐458‐8006. Both General Motors and your You may contact the BBB Auto In Canada, call the Canadian dealer are committed to making Line Program using the toll-free Cadillac Customer Care Centre at sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them at 1-888-446-2000. with the new vehicle. However, the following address: We encourage you to call the if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program toll-free number in order to give after following the procedure Council of Better Business your inquiry prompt attention. outlined in Steps One and Two, you Bureaus, Inc. Have the following information can file with the Better Business ® 4200 Wilson Boulevard available to give the Customer Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Suite 800 Assistance representative: to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838 . Vehicle Identification The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 Number (VIN). This is available out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto from the vehicle registration or by the Council of Better Business title, or the plate at the top left of Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all the instrument panel and visible disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of through the windshield. the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage and other . Dealership name and location. be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves . Vehicle delivery date and dispute resolution program prior to the right to change eligibility present mileage. filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its program is free of charge and your participation in this program. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

Customer Information 13-3

STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Procedure (Mexico) addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer Care and Two, General Motors of Canada Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), Limited wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-7854 (French), its participation in a no-charge or write to: mediation/arbitration program. Mediation/Arbitration Program General Motors of Canada Limited c/o Customer Care Centre Did you get the Warranty Extension has committed to binding arbitration General Motors of Canada Limited Plan? This plan is recommended by of owner disputes involving Mail Code: CA1-163-005 General Motors to supplement the factory-related vehicle service 1908 Colonel Sam Drive warranty included with the new claims. The program provides for Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 vehicle purchase. the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and The inquiry should be accompanied See your dealer for details. by the Vehicle Identification may include an informal hearing Customer Assistance before the arbiter. The program is Number (VIN). designed so that the entire dispute Procedure settlement process, from the time Owner satisfaction and goodwill are you file your complaint to the final very important to your dealer and decision, should be completed in General Motors. approximately 70 days. We believe Normally, any problem with the our impartial program offers transaction, sale, or usage of the advantages over courts in most vehicle must be handled by your jurisdictions because it is informal, dealer sales or service departments. quick, and free of charge. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

13-4 Customer Information

However, we recognize that STEP THREE Customer Assistance despite the good intentions of all If your case is not resolved in a Offices (U.S. and Canada) parties involved, sometimes a reasonable amount of time by your misunderstanding may occur. dealer, please call the General Cadillac encourages customers If you have a problem that has Motors Customer Assistance to call the toll-free number for not been satisfactorily handled Center (CAC) and provide the assistance. However, if a customer through the normal means, we following information: wishes to write or e-mail Cadillac, the letter should be addressed to: suggest the following steps: . Name STEP ONE . Address United States Explain your case to your dealer . Phone number Cadillac Customer Assistance Center service agent, service manager, . Model year dealer sales agent, or sales Cadillac Motor Car Division . Brand manager, depending on your case. P.O. Box 33169 . Vehicle Identification Detroit, MI 48232-5169 Make sure that they have all Number (VIN) www.Cadillac.com necessary information. They are . interested in your continual Mileage 1-800-458-8006 satisfaction. . Delivery date 1-800-833-2622 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) . Description of the problem STEP TWO Roadside Assistance: . Dealership name If you are not satisfied, please 1-800-882-1112 contact the general manager or your . Dealership address dealership owner to ask for their See Customer Assistance Offices help. If they are not able to resolve (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or your case, ask them to contact the Customer Assistance Offices right people at General Motors for (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more support, if needed. information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

Customer Information 13-5

From Puerto Rico: Mexico, Central America and Mexico Caribbean Islands/Countries 1-800-496-9992 (English) From Mexico City 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands) 5329-0816 From U.S. Virgin Islands: General Motors de Mexico, From Other Mexico Locations 1-800-496-9994 S. de R.L. de C.V. 01-800-466-0816 Canada Customer Assistance Center Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 United States and Canada General Motors of Canada Limited Col. Granada 1-866-466-8195 Canadian Cadillac Customer Care C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Costa Rica 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 01-800-466-0805 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0805 00-800-052-1005 www.gm.ca Guatemala 1-888-446-2000 Customer Assistance 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Offices (Mexico) 1-800-999-5252 Telephone devices (TTYs)) To contact the Customer Assistance Panama Roadside Assistance: Center (CAC), use the phone 00-800-052-0001 1-800-882-1112 numbers listed in this section. Overseas Customer assistance is available Dominican Republic Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-888-751-5301 Please contact the local General 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from Motors Business Unit. 08:00 to 15:00 hours. El Salvador All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 800-6273 Assistance Center (CAC) should be sent to: [email protected]. Honduras 800-0122-6101 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

13-6 Customer Information

Customer Assistance for . Cadillac dealer locator for Here are a few of the valuable service nationwide. Text Telephone (TTY) tools and services you will have . access to: Users (U.S. and Canada) Exclusive privileges and offers. . Recall notices for your specific . My Showroom: Find and save To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle. information on vehicles and hard of hearing, or speech-impaired current offers in your area. and who use Text Telephones . OnStar and GM Cardmember . My Dealers: Save details such (TTYs), Cadillac has TTY equipment Services Earnings summaries. as address and phone number available at its Customer Assistance Other Helpful Links: for each of your preferred GM Center. Any TTY user can dealers. communicate with Cadillac by Cadillac — www.cadillac.com dialing: 1-800-833-2622. TTY users Cadillac Merchandise — . My Driveway: Access quick links in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. www.cadillaccollection.com to parts and service estimates, check trade-in values, Online Owner Center Help Center — www.cadillac.com/ or schedule a service pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do appointment by adding the Cadillac Owner Center (U.S.) . FAQ (Frequently Asked vehicles you own to your www.cadillacownercenter.com Questions) driveway profile. Information and services . Contact Us . My Preferences: Manage your customized for your specific profile and use tools and forms My GM Canada www.gm.ca vehicle — all in one convenient with greater ease. place. My GM Canada is a To sign up, visit the My GM.ca . Digital owner manual, warranty password-protected section of section within www.gm.ca. information, and more. www.gm.ca where you can save information on GM vehicles, get . Storage for online service and personalized offers, and use handy maintenance records. tools and forms with greater ease. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

Customer Information 13-7

GM Mobility Roadside Service Coverage Reimbursement Program (U.S. and Canada) Services are provided up to 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi), (U.S. and Canada) In the United States or Canada, whichever comes first. call 1-800-882-1112. In the U.S., anyone driving the Text Telephone (TTY), U.S. only, vehicle is covered. In Canada, a call 1-888-889-2438. person driving the vehicle without Service is available 24 hours a day, permission from the owner is not This program is available to 365 days a year. covered. qualified applicants for cost Calling for Service Roadside Service is not a part of the reimbursement of eligible New Vehicle Limited Warranty. aftermarket adaptive equipment When calling Roadside Service, Cadillac and General Motors of required for the vehicle, such as have the following information Canada Limited reserve the right to hand controls or a wheelchair/ ready: make any changes or discontinue scooter lift for the vehicle. . Your name, home address, and the Roadside Service program at For more information on the limited home telephone number. any time without notification. offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Telephone number of your Cadillac and General Motors of call the GM Mobility Assistance location. Canada Limited reserve the right to Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text limit services or payment to an . Location of the vehicle. Telephone (TTY) users, call owner or driver if they decide the 1-800-833-9935. . Model, year, color, and license claims are made too often, or the plate number of the vehicle. General Motors of Canada also same type of claim is made many has a Mobility Program. Call . Odometer reading, Vehicle times. 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) Identification Number (VIN), and for details. TTY users call delivery date of the vehicle. 1-800-263-3830. . Description of the problem. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

13-8 Customer Information

Cadillac Owner Privileges™ properly inflated. It is your Cadillac Technician Roadside responsibility for the repair or . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Service (U.S. only) replacement of the tire if it is not Delivery of enough fuel for the covered by the warranty. Cadillac's exceptional Roadside vehicle to get to the nearest Service is more than an auto club or service station. . Battery Jump Start: Service to towing service. It provides every jump start a dead battery. Cadillac owner in the United States . Lock‐Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are . Trip Routing Service: Detailed with the advantage of contacting locked out. A remote unlock may maps of North America are a Cadillac advisor and, where be available if you have OnStar. provided when requested either available, a Cadillac trained dealer For security reasons, the driver with the most direct route or the technician who can provide on-site must present identification most scenic route. Additional service. before this service is given. travel information is also A dealer technician will travel to available. Allow three weeks . Emergency Tow From a Public your location within a 30 mile for delivery. Road or Highway: Tow to the radius of a participating Cadillac nearest Cadillac dealer for . Trip Interruption Benefits dealership. If beyond this radius, warranty service, or if the vehicle and Service: If your trip is we will arrange to have your car was in a crash and cannot be interrupted due to a warranty towed to the nearest Cadillac driven. Assistance is also given failure, incidental expenses dealership. Each technician travels when the vehicle is stuck in the may be reimbursed during the with a specially equipped service sand, mud, or snow. 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi) vehicle complete with the necessary Powertrain warranty period. Cadillac parts and tools required to . Flat Tire Change: Service to Items considered are hotel, handle most roadside repairs. change a flat tire with spare tire. meals, and rental car. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

Customer Information 13-9

Services Not Included in . Trip Routing Service: Limit of Roadside Service six requests per year. Roadside Service (Mexico) . . Trip Interruption Benefits and Impound towing caused by As a new owner, your vehicle is violation of any laws. Service: Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a automatically enrolled in the . Legal fines. copy of the repair orders are Roadside Assistance program. The services are available at no . Mounting, dismounting, required. Once authorization has or changing of snow tires, been received, the Roadside cost under the terms and conditions chains, or other traction devices. Service advisor will help you of the program. The Roadside make arrangements and explain Assistance program is not part of, . Towing or services for vehicles how to receive payment. or included, in the coverage driven on a non-public road or provided by the new vehicle limited . highway. Alternative Service: warranty. If assistance cannot be Services Specific to provided right away, the Roadside Assistance provides Canadian‐Purchased Vehicles Roadside Service advisor may assistance to the driver and give you permission to get passengers while driving the . Fuel delivery: Reimbursement local emergency road service. vehicle within your city of residence is approximately $5 Canadian. You will receive payment, up to or on any passable road in Mexico, Diesel fuel delivery may be $100, after sending the original the United States, and Canada. restricted. Propane and other receipt to Roadside Service. Services are subject to the fuels are not provided through Mechanical failures may be limitations described in the following this service. covered, however any cost for pages. Program coverage varies . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle parts and labor for repairs not by country. registration is required. covered by the warranty are the Roadside Assistance is available owner responsibility. 24 hours a day, 365 days of the year. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

13-10 Customer Information

This program expires two years . Lock-Out Service: Service to service. When the vehicle is not from the date of the invoice for the unlock the vehicle if you are accessible to be towed, all vehicle, regardless of vehicle locked out. maneuvers required to access it mileage and changes in vehicle . Battery Jump Start: Service to will be at the owner's expense. ownership. jump start a dead battery. If the vehicle is in another city For more information about the . *Emergency Messages: outside of your residence, renewal of this program at the end Transmission of urgent phone Roadside Assistance is limited of its term, contact the Cadillac messages. to moving the vehicle to the Customer Assistance Center at nearest dealer. If you would like . 01-800-466-0805. *Emergency Calls: Call for the vehicle moved to a different emergency services. dealer, you will be asked to Services Provided . *Dealership Location cover the difference in cost at . Flat Tire Change: If unable to Assistance: Information the time of the move. change a flat tire, Roadside regarding addresses and If the vehicle cannot be received Assistance will provide towing telephone numbers for Cadillac by the nearest Cadillac dealer service to the nearest authorized dealers. due to scheduling conflicts, the Cadillac dealership. It is the . Emergency Towing: Tow to the vehicle will be taken to a safe owner's responsibility for the nearest dealer for warranty place where it will remain for up repair or replacement of the tire. service if the vehicle cannot be to 48 hours until it can be taken This service is limited to the driven. to the dealer. If the storage costs transfer of the vehicle to the exceed the amount authorized, If the vehicle is involved in an repair facility. the owner is responsible to pay accident during the commission . Emergency Fuel Delivery: the difference at the time of of a crime, administrative Delivery of enough fuel for the service. Contact Roadside violation, or breach of traffic vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance for more information regulations, Roadside service station. on authorized amounts. Assistance will not provide Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

Customer Information 13-11

. *Trip Interruption: This service A rental car will be provided for . *Complimentary is provided if you are prevented up to two days and the vehicle Transportation for Vehicle from further usage of your must be returned to its original Pick Up: Transportation to pick vehicle while traveling and it is destination, excluding vehicles up your vehicle after repairs are not possible for the nearest with a carrying capacity greater complete. Once the dealer has Cadillac dealership to repair the than 3.5 tons. reported that the vehicle has vehicle the same day, requiring been repaired, Roadside the vehicle to stay at the Complimentary Transportation: Assistance will provide bus or dealership for a night or more. If you prefer to continue your commercial airline one-way If this happens, in addition to the trip to the intended destination service (subject to availability) previously listed services and or return to your place of for the person designated by you prior to confirmation by the residence, and the trip requires to collect your vehicle at the dealership, you are entitled to more than eight hours driving on dealership's location if you or the choose one of the following the road, transportation for the designated person are not in the alternatives, within the limits of driver and passengers by first same town or city as the existing Roadside Assistance class bus or coach commercial dealership. program guidelines. If the costs airline will be provided to a location chosen by Roadside *These services are not provided exceed the amount authorized for U.S. or Canada residents. for these services, you must pay Assistance, depending on availability at the chosen All services provided in the U.S. and the difference at the time of Canada are at the owner's expense service. destination. Restrictions apply based on vehicle specifications. and will be reimbursed by Roadside Roadside Assistance Assistance. will coordinate hotel If you are on the road, taxi accommodations for all service to the nearest bus vehicle travelers for up to station or airport will be two nights. provided. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

13-12 Customer Information

Services Not Included in . Food service, beverages, Contacting Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance telephone calls, or other extra costs. Accommodation costs Roadside Assistance services Roadside Assistance does not apply only to Mexico per the are of no cost to you and available cover or reimburse services for the terms and conditions of the 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. following: Roadside Assistance program. Costs are only incurred in situations . that exceed the limits of the Events caused by fraud or bad . Any damage to the vehicle faith by the driver. program, some of which are listed without intent, derived from the previously in this section. . Vehicle immobilization situations services provided. due to a major force or To contact Roadside Assistance by . Cost of towing a trailer when phone, use the following numbers: unforeseen circumstances, choosing a Cadillac dealer that such as natural phenomena is nearest to the temporary Mexico of an extraordinary nature, storage facility for the disabled 01-800-466-0805 earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, vehicle. and other cyclonic storms. United States . Cost of all maneuvers required . Vehicle immobilization situations to access the vehicle when it is 1-866-466-8906 arising from car accidents not available to be towed. caused by the driver of the Canada vehicle or third parties. This . Cost of fuel provided. 1-800-268-6800 means any occurrence that Routine vehicle repair costs are E-mail causes physical injury to the not covered by the Roadside occupants and/or the vehicle Assistance program. For more [email protected] caused by external forces. information, see your new vehicle Cadillac reserves the right to make . Acts of terrorism, riot or uproar, warranty. any changes or discontinue the armed forces or police actions Roadside Assistance program at which prevent timely delivery of any time without notification. assistance services. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

Customer Information 13-13

Scheduling Service Courtesy Transportation Options Appointments Transportation Program Warranty service can generally be (U.S. and Canada) (U.S. and Canada) completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to wait, GM helps When the vehicle requires To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by warranty service, contact your experience, we and our participating providing several transportation dealer and request an appointment. dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the By scheduling a service Transportation, a customer support circumstances, your dealer can appointment and advising the program for vehicles with the offer one of the following: service consultant of your Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty transportation needs, your dealer Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service can help minimize your extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred inconvenience. hybrid‐specific warranties in both means of offering Courtesy If the vehicle cannot be scheduled the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide into the service department Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your immediately, keep driving it until it options are available to assist in destination with minimal interruption can be scheduled for service, reducing inconvenience when of your daily schedule. This includes unless, of course, the problem is warranty repairs are required. one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service safety related. If it is, please call within reasonable time and distance Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. your dealership, let them know this, part of the New Vehicle Limited and ask for instructions. Warranty. A separate booklet If your dealer requests you to bring entitled “Warranty and Owner the vehicle for service, you are Assistance Information” furnished urged to do so as early in the work with each new vehicle provides day as possible to allow for same detailed warranty coverage day-repair. information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

13-14 Customer Information

Public Transportation or Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Fuel Reimbursement Your dealer may arrange to provide Information If the vehicle requires overnight you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle warranty repairs, and public reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at transportation is used instead of that you obtain if the vehicle is kept every dealer. Please contact your your dealer's shuttle service, the for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information expense must be supported by Rental reimbursement will be limited about availability. All Courtesy original receipts and can only be up and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be to the maximum amount allowed by receipts. This requires that you sign administered by appropriate dealer GM for shuttle service. In addition, and complete a rental agreement personnel. for U.S. customers, should you and meet state/provincial, local, arrange transportation through and rental vehicle provider General Motors reserves the a friend or relative, limited requirements. Requirements vary right to unilaterally modify, reimbursement for reasonable and may include minimum age change, or discontinue Courtesy fuel expenses may be available. requirements, insurance coverage, Transportation at any time and to Claim amounts should reflect actual credit card, etc. You are responsible resolve all questions of claim costs and be supported by original for fuel usage charges and may also eligibility pursuant to the terms and receipts. See your dealer for be responsible for taxes, levies, conditions described herein at its information regarding the allowance usage fees, excessive mileage, sole discretion. amounts for reimbursement of fuel or rental usage beyond the or other transportation costs. completion of the repair. It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (15,1)

Customer Information 13-15

Collision Damage Repair Recycled original equipment covered by the GM New Vehicle parts may also be used for repair. Limited Warranty, and any vehicle (U.S. and Canada) These parts are typically removed failure related to such parts is not If the vehicle is involved in a from vehicles that were total losses covered by that warranty. collision and it is damaged, have the in prior crashes. In most cases, damage repaired by a qualified the parts being recycled are from Repair Facility technician using the proper undamaged sections of the vehicle. GM also recommends that you equipment and quality replacement A recycled original equipment GM choose a collision repair facility that parts. Poorly performed collision part may be an acceptable choice to meets your needs before you ever repairs diminish the vehicle resale maintain the vehicle's originally need collision repairs. Your dealer value, and safety performance can designed appearance and safety may have a collision repair center be compromised in subsequent performance; however, the history of with GM-trained technicians and collisions. these parts is not known. Such parts state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be are not covered by the GM New able to recommend a collision Collision Parts Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any repair center that has GM-trained Genuine GM Collision parts are new related failures are not covered by technicians and comparable parts made with the same materials that warranty. equipment. and construction methods as the Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts with which the vehicle was available. These are made by originally built. Genuine GM companies other than GM and may Protect your investment in the Collision parts are the best choice to not have been tested for the vehicle. GM vehicle with comprehensive ensure that the vehicle's designed As a result, these parts may fit and collision insurance coverage. appearance, durability, and safety poorly, exhibit premature durability/ There are significant differences in are preserved. The use of Genuine corrosion problems, and may not the quality of coverage afforded by GM parts can help maintain the GM perform properly in subsequent various insurance policy terms. New Vehicle Limited Warranty. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (16,1)

13-16 Customer Information

Many insurance policies provide If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle license plate number. reduced protection to the GM . If there has been an injury, call Vehicle make, model, and vehicle by limiting compensation emergency services for help. Do not model year. for damage repairs by using leave the scene of a crash until all . aftermarket collision parts. Some Vehicle Identification matters have been taken care of. insurance companies will not Number (VIN). Move the vehicle only if its position specify aftermarket collision parts. . Insurance company and policy puts you in danger, or you are When purchasing insurance, we number. instructed to move it by a police recommend that you ensure that the officer. . General description of the vehicle will be repaired with GM damage to the other vehicle. original equipment collision parts. Give only the necessary information If such insurance coverage is not to police and other parties involved Choose a reputable repair facility available from your current in the crash. that uses quality replacement parts. See Collision Parts earlier in this insurance carrier, consider switching For emergency towing see “ ” section. to another insurance carrier. Roadside Service (U.S. and If the vehicle is leased, the leasing Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside If the airbag has inflated, see company may require you to have Service (Mexico) on page 13‑9. What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? on page 3 28. insurance that ensures repairs with Gather the following information: ‑ Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or . Driver name, address, and Genuine Manufacturer replacement telephone number. parts. Read the lease carefully, as . Driver license number. you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs. . Owner name, address, and telephone number. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (17,1)

Customer Information 13-17

Managing the Vehicle Damage the repair professional, and insist on Service Publications Repair Process Genuine GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is leased, you may be Ordering Information In the event that the vehicle requires obligated to have the vehicle Service Manuals damage repairs, GM recommends repaired with Genuine GM parts, that you take an active role in its even if your insurance coverage Service Manuals have the diagnosis repair. If you have a pre-determined does not pay the full cost. and repair information on the repair facility of choice, take the engines, transmission, axle, vehicle there, or have it towed there. If another party's insurance suspension, brakes, electrical, Specify to the facility that any company is paying for the repairs, steering, body, etc. required replacement collision parts you are not obligated to accept a be original equipment parts, either repair valuation based on that Service Bulletins new Genuine GM parts or recycled insurance company's collision Service Bulletins give additional original GM parts. Remember, policy repair limits, as you have technical service information recycled parts will not be covered no contractual limits with that needed to knowledgeably service by the GM vehicle warranty. company. In such cases, you can General Motors cars and trucks. have control of the repair and parts Insurance pays the bill for the Each bulletin contains instructions choices as long as the cost stays to assist in the diagnosis and repair, but you must live with the within reasonable limits. repair. Depending on your policy service of the vehicle. limits, your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (18,1)

13-18 Customer Information

Owner Information Current and Past Models Reporting Safety Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and Defects specifically for owners and Manuals are available for current intended to provide basic and past model GM vehicles. operational information about Reporting Safety Defects the vehicle. The Owner Manual ORDER TOLL FREE: to the United States 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday includes the Maintenance Schedule 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time Government for all models. For Credit Card Orders Only If you believe that your vehicle In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Owner Manual, and Warranty has a defect which could cause Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Booklet. a crash or could cause injury or Or write to: death, you should immediately RETAIL SELL PRICE: inform the National Highway Helm, Incorporated $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and Traffic Safety Administration shipping fees. P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Without Portfolio: Owner General Motors. Manual only. Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring If NHTSA receives similar RETAIL SELL PRICE: obligation. Allow ample time for complaints, it may open an $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and delivery. shipping fees. investigation, and if it finds that All listed prices are quoted in a safety defect exists in a group U.S. funds. Make checks payable of vehicles, it may order a in U.S. funds. recall and remedy campaign. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (19,1)

Customer Information 13-19

However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian to General Motors problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation To contact NHTSA, you may If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a like this, notify General Motors. call the Vehicle Safety Hotline safety defect, notify Transport Call 1-800-458-8006, or write: toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Canada immediately, and notify Cadillac Customer (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to General Motors of Canada Limited. Assistance Center http://www.safercar.gov; or Call Transport Canada at Cadillac Motor Car Division write to: 1-800-333-0510 or write to: P.O. Box 33169 Administrator, NHTSA Transport Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5169 Road Safety Branch 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. In Canada, call 1 888 446 2000, 80 rue Noel ‐ ‐ ‐ Washington, D.C. 20590 or write: Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 You can also obtain other Canadian Cadillac Customer Care information about motor Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 vehicle safety from General Motors of Canada Limited http://www.safercar.gov. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (20,1)

13-20 Customer Information

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data in which crashes and injuries occur. Recorder (EDR). The main purpose Privacy of an EDR is to record, in certain Important: EDR data is recorded crash or near crash-like situations, by the vehicle only if a non-trivial This GM vehicle has a number of crash situation occurs; no data is sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that recorded by the EDR under normal information about the vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal performance and how it is driven. will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. data (e.g., name, gender, age, and For example, the vehicle uses crash location) is recorded. computer modules to monitor and The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and However, other parties, such as law control engine and transmission enforcement, could combine the performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. EDR data with the type of conditions for airbag deployment personally identifying data routinely and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: acquired during a crash if so equipped, to provide antilock investigation. braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the To read data recorded by an EDR, vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. data to help your dealer technician special equipment is required, and . service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and access to the vehicle or the EDR is may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were needed. In addition to the vehicle operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or special equipment, can read the information if they have access to owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. as radio presets, seat positions, and the vehicle or the EDR. . How fast the vehicle was temperature settings. GM will not access this data or traveling. share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (21,1)

Customer Information 13-21

if the vehicle is leased, with the Navigation System Radio Frequency consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or If the vehicle has a navigation Statement similar government office; as part of system, use of the system may This vehicle has systems that GM's defense of litigation through result in the storage of destinations, operate on a radio frequency that the discovery process; or, as addresses, telephone numbers, and comply with Part 15 of the Federal required by law. Data that GM other trip information. Refer to the Communications Commission (FCC) collects or receives may also be navigation manual for information rules and with Industry Canada used for GM research needs or may on stored data and for deletion Standards RSS‐GEN/210/220/310. be made available to others for instructions. Operation is subject to the following research purposes, where a need is two conditions: shown and the data is not tied to a Radio Frequency specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Identification (RFID) 1. The device may not cause harmful interference. OnStar® RFID technology is used in some vehicles for functions such as tire 2. The device must accept any If the vehicle is equipped with an pressure monitoring and ignition interference received, including active OnStar system, that system system security, as well as in interference that may cause may also record data in crash or connection with conveniences undesired operation of the near crash‐like situations. The such as key fobs for remote door device. OnStar Terms and Conditions locking/unlocking and starting, and Changes or modifications to any of provides information on data in-vehicle transmitters for garage these systems by other than an collection and use and is available door openers. RFID technology in authorized service facility could void at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or GM vehicles does not use or record authorization to use this equipment. www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by personal information or link with pressing the Q button and any other GM system containing speaking to an advisor. See OnStar personal information. Overview on page 14‑1 for more information. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (22,1)

13-22 Customer Information

2 NOTES Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

OnStar 14-1

OnStar OnStar Overview Push Q or call 1‐888‐4‐ONSTAR (1‐888‐466‐7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Overview Push X to: OnStar Overview ...... 14-1 . Make a call, end a call, OnStar Services or answer an incoming call. Emergency ...... 14-2 . Security ...... 14-2 If equipped, this vehicle has a Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling Navigation ...... 14-2 comprehensive, in-vehicle system voice commands. Connections ...... 14-4 that can connect to a live Advisor . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Diagnostics ...... 14-5 for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Navigation voice commands. OnStar Additional Information Connection, and Diagnostic Requires the available Directions Services. and Connections service plan. OnStar Additional Information ...... 14-5 The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: . Solid Green: System is ready. . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

14-2 OnStar

Push Q to connect to a live OnStar Services Navigation Advisor to: OnStar navigation requires the . Verify account information or Emergency Directions and Connections update contact information. With Automatic Crash Response, service plan. the built-in system can automatically . Get driving directions. Requires Push Q to receive directions or the available Directions and connect to help in a crash even if you cannot ask for it. have them sent to the vehicle Connections service plan. navigation screen. Destinations . Receive On-Demand Push ] to connect to an can also be forwarded to the Diagnostics for a check on the Emergency Advisor. GPS vehicle from Google Maps™ or vehicle’s key operating systems. technology is used to identify the MapQuest.com. The OnStar vehicle location and can provide mapping database is continuously . Receive Roadside Assistance. critical information to emergency updated. Visit www.onstar.com for Push ] to get a priority connection personnel. The Advisor is also coverage maps. trained to offer critical assistance to an Emergency Advisor available Turn by Turn Navigation 24/7 to: in emergency situations. ‐ ‐ Q . Get help for an emergency. 1. Push to connect to a live Security Advisor. . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert. OnStar provides services like Stolen 2. Request directions. Vehicle Assistance, Remote Ignition 3. Directions are downloaded to . Get crisis assistance and Block, and Roadside Assistance, the vehicle. evacuation routes. if the vehicle is equipped with these services. OnStar can unlock the 4. Follow the voice-guided vehicle doors remotely, if it is commands. equipped with automatic door locks, and can help police locate the vehicle if it is stolen. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

OnStar 14-3

Using Voice Commands Repeat Other Navigation Services During a Planned Route Available from OnStar 1. Push X. System responds: Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. OnStar eNav: Allows subscribers to send destinations from Google 2. Say Repeat. System responds 1. Push X. System responds: “ ” Maps and MapQuest.com to with the last direction given, then ™ “OnStar ready,” then a tone. their Turn-by-Turn Navigation or responds with OnStar ready, Say “Cancel route.” System “ ” screen-based navigation system. then a tone. responds: “Would you like to When ready, the directions will be cancel route directions to your 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice downloaded to the vehicle. destination?” commands. Destination Download: Push Q, 2. Say “Yes.” System responds: Get My Destination then request the Advisor to “OK, route canceled.” 1. Push X. System responds: download directions to the 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice navigation system in the vehicle. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. commands. After the call ends, push the “Go” 2. Say “Get my destination.” button on the navigation screen to Route Preview System responds with miles to begin driving directions. the destination, then responds 1. Push X. System responds: Destinations can also be with OnStar ready, then a tone. “OnStar ready,” then a tone. “ ” downloaded on the go. 2. Say “Route Preview.” System 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice For information about eNav, responds with the next three commands. Destination Download, and maneuvers. coverage maps visit www.onstar.com. 3. Say “Goodbye.” Exits voice commands. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

14-4 OnStar

Connections Retrieve My Number 4. Pick a name tag. “System X responds: ”About to store . Does that sound OK?” calls to be made and received from “OnStar ready.” the vehicle. The vehicle can also 5. Say “Yes” or “No” to try again. 2. Say My Number. System be controlled from a cell phone “ ” System responds: “OK, storing responds: Your OnStar through the OnStar mobile app. “ .” Hands-Free Calling number is.” See www.onstar.com for Place a Call Using a Stored coverage maps. End a Call Number Hands-Free Calling Push X. System responds: “Call 1. Push X. System responds: 1. Push X. System responds: ended.” “OnStar ready.” “OnStar ready.” Store a Name Tag for Speed 2. Say “Call .” 2. Say “Dial.” System responds: Dialing System responds: “OK, calling Please say the name or number .” “ 1. Push X. System responds: to call.” “OnStar ready.” Verify Minutes and Expiration 3. Say the entire number without 2. Say Store. System responds: X pausing, including a “1” and the “ ” Push and say “minutes” then area code. System responds: “Please say the number you “verify” to check how many minutes would like to store. “OK calling.” ” remain and their expiration date. 3. Say the entire number without pausing. System responds: “Please say the name tag.” Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

OnStar 14-5

OnStar Mobile App OnStar Additional How OnStar Service Works With an iPhone® or Information Automatic Crash Response, Android™-based mobile device, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, an OnStar mobile app can be Transferring Service Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle downloaded. The vehicle can be Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, remote started, if equipped, or the Push Q to request account transfer Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn doors can be unlocked from eligibility information. The Advisor Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling anywhere there is cell phone can assist in canceling or removing are available on most vehicles. service. It can also check the fuel account information. If OnStar Not all OnStar services are level, tire pressure, and oil life. receives information that vehicle available everywhere or on all It can connect to an OnStar Advisor ownership has changed, OnStar vehicles. For more information, anytime. For OnStar mobile app may send a voice message to the a full description of OnStar compatibility or further information, vehicle, requesting updated account services, system limitations, and see www.onstar.com. information. OnStar terms and conditions, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Diagnostics Reactivation for Subsequent www.onstar.ca (Canada); contact Owners OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics will (1 888 466 7827) or TTY perform a vehicle check every Push Q and follow the prompts to ‐ ‐ ‐ month. It will check the engine, speak to an Advisor as soon as 1‐877‐248‐2080; or push Q to transmission, antilock brakes, and possible after acquiring the vehicle. speak with an Advisor. OnStar major vehicle systems. It also The Advisor will update vehicle services require a vehicle electrical checks the tire pressures, if the records and will explain the OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS vehicle is equipped with the service offers and options available. satellite technologies to be available Tire Pressure Monitoring System. and operating for features to If a diagnostics check is needed function properly. These systems between e-mails, push Q, and an may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected. Advisor can run a check. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

14-6 OnStar

OnStar service cannot work unless See Radio Frequency Statement on TTY Users your vehicle is in a place where page 13 21 for information ‑ OnStar has the ability to OnStar has an agreement with a regarding Part 15 of the Federal communicate to the deaf, wireless service provider for service Communications Commission (FCC) hard of hearing, or speech impaired in that area, and the wireless rules and Industry Canada ‐ ‐ ‐ customers while in the vehicle. service provider has coverage, Standards RSS-GEN/210/220/310. The available dealer installed network capacity, reception, and ‐ TTY system can provide in-vehicle technology compatible with OnStar s Services for People with ’ access to all of the OnStar services, service. Service involving location Disabilities except Virtual Advisor and OnStar information about the vehicle cannot Advisors provide services to help Turn‐by‐Turn Navigation. work unless GPS signals are subscribers with physical disabilities available, unobstructed, and and medical conditions. Onstar.com compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar service may not Push Q for help with: The website provides access to work if the OnStar equipment is not account information, manages . Locating a gas station with an the OnStar subscription, and properly installed or it has not been attendant to pump gas. properly maintained. If equipment or allows viewing of videos of each software is added, connected, . Finding a hotel, restaurant, etc., service. Get subscription plan or modified, OnStar service may not that meets accessibility needs. pricing and sign up for OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics. Click on work. Other problems beyond . Providing directions to the the My Account tab on the OnStar’s control may prevent “ ” closest hospital or pharmacy in home page. service such as hills, tall buildings, urgent situations. tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

OnStar 14-7

OnStar Personal Identification Potential Issues . In emergency situations, OnStar Number (PIN) can use the last stored GPS Some OnStar services are disabled location to send to emergency A PIN is needed to access some of after five days. OnStar cannot responders. the OnStar services, like Remote perform Remote Door Unlock or . Door Unlock and Stolen Vehicle Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the A temporary loss of GPS can Assistance. You will be prompted vehicle has been off continuously cause loss of the ability to send to change the PIN the first time for five days. After five days, OnStar a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. when speaking with an Advisor. can contact Roadside Assistance The Advisor may give a verbal To change the OnStar PIN, and a locksmith to help gain access route or may ask for a call back call OnStar and provide the to the vehicle. after the vehicle is driven into an Advisor with the current number. open area. Global Positioning Warranty System (GPS) Cellular and GPS Antennas Avoid placing items over or near the OnStar equipment may be . Obstruction of the GPS can warranted as part of the new-vehicle occur in a large city with tall antenna to prevent blocking cellular limited warranty. The manufacturer buildings; in parking garages; and GPS signal reception. Cellular of the vehicle furnishes detailed around airports; in tunnels, reception is required for OnStar to warranty information. underpasses, or parking send remote signals to the vehicle. garages; or in an area with very Languages dense trees. If GPS signals are The vehicle can be programmed not available, the OnStar system to respond in French or Spanish. should still operate to call Push Q and ask an Advisor. OnStar. However, OnStar could Advisors can speak French or have difficulty identifying the Spanish. exact location. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

14-8 OnStar

Unable to Connect to OnStar Add-on Electrical Equipment Message The OnStar system is integrated If there is limited cellular coverage into the electrical architecture of the or the cellular network has reached vehicle. Do not add any electrical maximum capacity, this message equipment. See Add-On Electrical may come on. Push Q to try the Equipment on page 9‑60. Added call again or try again after driving a electrical equipment may interfere few miles into another cellular area. with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate. Vehicle and Power Issues Privacy OnStar services require a vehicle electrical system, wireless service, The complete OnStar Privacy and GPS satellite technologies to be Statement may be found at available and operating for features www.onstar.com. Privacy-sensitive to function properly. These systems users of wireless communications may not operate if the battery is are cautioned that the privacy of any discharged or disconnected. information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (1,1)

INDEX i-1

A Airbag System Anti-theft Check ...... 3-35 Alarm System ...... 2-18 Accessories and How Does an Airbag Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-38 Modifications ...... 10-3 Restrain? ...... 3-28 Antilock Brake Accessory Power ...... 9-22 Passenger Sensing System (ABS) ...... 9-30 Adaptive Forward System ...... 3-30 Warning Light ...... 5-22 Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care Adaptive Forward Lighting Inflate? ...... 3-27 Exterior ...... 10-96 (AFL) Light ...... 5-27 What Will You See after an Interior ...... 10-99 Add-On Electrical Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-28 Armrest Storage ...... 4-2 Equipment ...... 9-60 When Should an Airbag Ashtrays ...... 5-10 Additional Information, Inflate? ...... 3-26 Audio Players ...... 7-19 OnStar® ...... 14-5 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-25 CD ...... 7-19 Adjustable Throttle and Airbags CD/DVD ...... 7-21 Brake Pedal ...... 9-17 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-17 Audio System Adjustments Readiness Light ...... 5-16 Radio Reception ...... 7-18 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-5 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-45 Thigh Support ...... 3-5 Vehicles ...... 3-34 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12 System Check ...... 3-23 Automatic Air Filter, Passenger Alarm System Dimming Mirrors ...... 2-21 Compartment ...... 8-7 Anti-theft ...... 2-18 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-26 Air Vents ...... 8-6 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-24, 9-30 Fluid ...... 10-12 Airbag AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Adding Equipment to the Antenna Shift Lock Control Vehicle ...... 3-34 Multi-band ...... 7-18 Function Check ...... 10-25 Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-28, 7-33 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (2,1)

i-2 INDEX

B Bulb Replacement (cont.) Cargo Headlamps ...... 10-31, 10-32 Cover ...... 4-3 Battery ...... 10-24 High Intensity Discharge Management System ...... 4-4 Jump Starting ...... 10-88 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 Tie-Downs ...... 4-4 Load Management ...... 6-8 License Plate Lamps ...... 10-40 Cargo Lamp ...... 6-7 Voltage and Charging Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-37 Cargo Net ...... 4-9 Messages ...... 5-33 Buying New Tires ...... 10-65 Cautions, Danger, and Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-26 Warnings ...... iv Bluetooth ...... 7-47, 7-49, 7-53, 7-59 C CD Player ...... 7-19 Brake Calibration ...... 5-7 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Pedal and Adjustable California Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Throttle ...... 9-17 Fuel Requirements ...... 9-48 Chains, Tire ...... 10-70 Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-21 Perchlorate Materials Charging System Light ...... 5-18 Brakes ...... 10-21 Requirements ...... 10-3 Check Antilock ...... 9-30 Warning ...... 10-3 Engine Light ...... 5-18 Assist ...... 9-33 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-43 Child Restraints Fluid ...... 10-22 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Infants and Young Parking ...... 9-31 Capacities and Children ...... 3-38 System Messages ...... 5-33 Specifications ...... 12-2 Lower Anchors and Braking ...... 9-4 Carbon Monoxide Tethers for Children ...... 3-45 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-16 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-24 Older Children ...... 3-36 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-40 Liftgate ...... 2-14 Securing ...... 3-54, 3-56 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-38 Winter Driving ...... 9-9 Systems ...... 3-41 Fog Lamps ...... 10-37 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-9 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-41 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-28 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (3,1)

INDEX i-3

Cleaning Cooling System ...... 10-14 D Exterior Care ...... 10-96 Engine Messages ...... 5-34 Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-15 Interior Care ...... 10-99 Courtesy Lamps ...... 6-7 Danger, Warnings, and Climate Control Systems Courtesy Transportation Cautions ...... iv Dual Automatic ...... 8-1 Program ...... 13-13 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-20 Rear ...... 8-5 Cover Daytime Running Clock ...... 5-7 Cargo ...... 4-3 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-11 Engine ...... 10-8 Defensive Driving ...... 9-3 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-15 Cruise Control ...... 9-37 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-28, 7-33 Compact Spare Tire ...... 10-87 Light ...... 5-28 ® Diagnostics, OnStar ...... 14-5 Compass ...... 5-7 Messages ...... 5-34 Distracted Driving ...... 9-2 Messages ...... 5-34 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Dome Lamps ...... 6-7 Compressor Kit, Tire Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Door Sealant ...... 10-73 Offices ...... 13-4, 13-5 Ajar Messages ...... 5-34 Connections, OnStar® ...... 14-4 Text Telephone (TTY) Locks ...... 2-11 Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-4 Users ...... 13-6 Power Locks ...... 2-12 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Customer Information Rear Seat Pass-through ...... 3-13 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-20 Service Publications Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-3 Coolant Ordering Information ...... 13-17 Drive Systems Customer Satisfaction Engine ...... 10-15 All-Wheel Drive ...... 10-24, 9-30 Engine Temperature Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Driver Information Gauge ...... 5-14 Center (DIC) ...... 5-28 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (4,1)

i-4 INDEX

Driving E Engine (cont.) Characteristics and Coolant Temperature E85 Fuel ...... 9-49 Towing Tips ...... 9-53 Gauge ...... 5-14 ECO Button ...... 9-29 Defensive ...... 9-3 Cooling System ...... 10-14 Economy Mode Drunk ...... 9-3 Cooling System Messages . . .5-34 Fuel ...... 9-29 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-23 Cover ...... 10-8 Electric Parking Brake Light . . . 5-21 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-3 Electrical Equipment, Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Exhaust ...... 9-24 Add-On ...... 9-60 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-11 Gasoline Starting ...... 9-20 Electrical System Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Heater ...... 9-22 Engine Compartment Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Overheating ...... 10-18 Fuse Block ...... 10-42 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-12 Power Messages ...... 5-35 Fuses and Circuit Wet Roads ...... 9-6 Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Breakers ...... 10-41 Winter ...... 9-9 Running While Parked ...... 9-25 Instrument Panel Fuse Dual Automatic Climate Engine Oil Block ...... 10-44 Control System ...... 8-1 Life System ...... 10-10 Overload ...... 10-41 DVD Messages ...... 5-35 Rear Compartment Fuse Rear Seat Entertainment Entry Lighting ...... 6-8 Block ...... 10-46 System ...... 7-35 ® Equipment, Towing ...... 9-59 Emergency, OnStar ...... 14-2 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-21 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-20 Engine Exit Lighting ...... 6-8 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-12 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-21 Check and Service Engine Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Soon Light ...... 5-18 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Coolant ...... 10-15 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (5,1)

INDEX i-5

F Front Seats Fuses Adjustment ...... 3-4 Engine Compartment Features Heated and Ventilated ...... 3-10 Fuse Block ...... 10-42 Memory ...... 1-8 Front Storage ...... 4-2 Fuses and Circuit Filter, Fuel ...... 9-46 Breakers ...... 10-41 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-12 Additives ...... 9-48 Instrument Panel Fuse Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-49 Block ...... 10-44 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Economy Light ...... 5-25 Rear Compartment Fuse Flat Tire ...... 10-71 Filling a Portable Fuel Block ...... 10-46 Changing ...... 10-81 Container ...... 9-52 Floor Mats ...... 10-102 Filling the Tank ...... 9-50 Fluid G Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-48 Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-12 Garage Door Opener ...... 5-46 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-47 Brakes ...... 10-22 Programming ...... 5-46 Gauge ...... 5-12 Power Steering ...... 10-20 Gasoline Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 Washer ...... 10-20 Specifications ...... 9-47 Recommended ...... 9-47 Fog Lamps Gasoline Engine, Starting ...... 9-20 Requirements, California . . . . .9-48 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-37 Gauges System Messages ...... 5-36 Front ...... 6-6 Engine Coolant Fuel Economy Folding Mirrors ...... 2-21 Temperature ...... 5-14 Driving ...... 1-23 Front Fog Lamp Fuel ...... 5-12 Fuel Economy Gauge ...... 5-13 Light ...... 5-27 Fuel Economy ...... 5-13 Fuel Economy Mode ...... 9-29 Odometer ...... 5-12 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Tachometer ...... 5-12 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 5-10 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (6,1)

i-6 INDEX

General Information Headlamps (cont.) I Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Ignition Positions ...... 9-18 Towing ...... 9-52 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Lamps On Reminder ...... 5-27 Infants and Young Children, Glove Box ...... 4-1 Turn Signal Lamps ...... 10-37 Restraints ...... 3-38 GM Mobility Reimbursement Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Program ...... 13-7 Washer ...... 5-6 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-11 Heated Introduction ...... iii H Rear Seats ...... 3-13 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-31 Steering Wheel ...... 5-3 J Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 Heated and Ventilated Front Jump Starting ...... 10-88 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Seats ...... 3-10 Headlamps ...... 10-32 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-21 Adaptive Forward Heater K Lighting (AFL) ...... 6-3 Engine ...... 9-22 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-36 Aiming ...... 10-28 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-26 Keyless Entry Bulb Replacement ...... 10-31 High-Speed Operation ...... 10-57 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Daytime Running Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-8 Keys ...... 2-2 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-8 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-33 High Intensity Discharge Hood ...... 10-5 (HID) Lighting ...... 10-31 Horn ...... 5-3 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ...... 3-15 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (7,1)

INDEX i-7

L Light Lights (cont.) Adaptive Forward Lighting High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-2 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-50 (AFL) Light ...... 5-27 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-26 Lamp Messages ...... 5-36 StabiliTrak® OFF ...... 5-23 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-15 Lamps Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-9 Security ...... 5-26 Cargo ...... 6-7 Lighting Tire Pressure ...... 5-24 Courtesy ...... 6-7 Adaptive Forward ...... 6-3 Traction Control System Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Entry ...... 6-8 (TCS)/StabiliTrak® ...... 5-24 Dome ...... 6-7 Exit ...... 6-8 Traction Off ...... 5-23 Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Illumination Control ...... 6-7 Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Front Fog ...... 6-6 Lights Locks License Plate ...... 10-40 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-16 Door ...... 2-11 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-18 Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 2-12 On Reminder ...... 5-27 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-22 Safety ...... 2-13 Reading ...... 6-7 Brake System Warning ...... 5-21 Loss of Control ...... 9-5 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-16 Charging System ...... 5-18 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-26 LATCH System Cruise Control ...... 5-28 Lower Anchors and Tethers Replacing Parts after a Electric Parking Brake ...... 5-21 for Children (LATCH Crash ...... 3-53 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-25 System) ...... 3-45 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-5 Tethers for Children ...... 3-45 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-2 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-27 Front Seats ...... 3-5 Liftgate Fuel Economy ...... 5-25 Carbon Monoxide ...... 2-14 High-Beam On ...... 5-26 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (8,1)

i-8 INDEX

M Messages (cont.) N Ride Control System ...... 5-37 Maintenance Navigation Safety Belt ...... 5-38 Records ...... 11-16 Vehicle Data Recording Service Vehicle ...... 5-38 Maintenance Schedule and Privacy ...... 13-21 Starting the Vehicle ...... 5-38 Recommended Fluids Navigation, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Tire ...... 5-38 and Lubricants ...... 11-13 Net Transmission ...... 5-39 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-18 Cargo ...... 4-9 Vehicle ...... 5-32 Manual Mode ...... 9-28 Net, Convenience ...... 4-10 Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-40 Mass Storage Media (MEM) . . . 7-24 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-16 Vehicle Speed ...... 5-40 Memory Features ...... 1-8 Washer Fluid ...... 5-40 Memory Seats ...... 3-7 Mirrors O Messages Automatic Dimming ...... 2-21 Object Detection System Airbag System ...... 5-38 Automatic Dimming Messages ...... 5-37 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-38 Rearview ...... 2-22 Odometer ...... 5-12 Battery Voltage and Convex ...... 2-20 Off-Road Charging ...... 5-33 Folding ...... 2-21 Recovery ...... 9-5 Brake System ...... 5-33 Heated ...... 2-21 Oil Compass ...... 5-34 Manual Rearview ...... 2-22 Engine ...... 10-8 Door Ajar ...... 5-34 Power ...... 2-20 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-10 Engine Cooling System ...... 5-34 Tilt in Reverse ...... 2-22 Messages ...... 5-35 Engine Oil ...... 5-35 Monitor System, Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-25 Engine Power ...... 5-35 Pressure ...... 10-58 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-36 Fuel System ...... 5-36 Multi-band Antenna ...... 7-18 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Key and Lock ...... 5-36 Lamp ...... 5-36 Object Detection System . . . . .5-37 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (9,1)

INDEX i-9

OnStar® P Power Additional Information ...... 14-5 Door Locks ...... 2-12 Park Connections ...... 14-4 Mirrors ...... 2-20 Shifting into ...... 9-22 Diagnostics ...... 14-5 Outlets ...... 5-8 Shifting out of ...... 9-24 Emergency ...... 14-2 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-22 Parking Navigation ...... 14-2 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-4 Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-40 Overview ...... 14-1 Steering Fluid ...... 10-20 Brake ...... 9-31 Security ...... 14-2 Windows ...... 2-24 Brake and P (Park) OnStar® System ...... 1-24 Pregnancy, Using Safety Mechanism Check ...... 10-26 Operation, Infotainment Belts ...... 3-21 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-24 System ...... 7-7 Privacy Passenger Airbag Status Ordering Radio Frequency Indicator ...... 5-17 Service Publications ...... 13-17 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-21 Passenger Compartment Air Outlets Program Filter ...... 8-7 Power ...... 5-8 Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-13 Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-30 Overheating, Engine ...... 10-18 Proposition 65 Warning, Perchlorate Materials Overview, Infotainment California ...... 10-3 Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 System ...... 7-3, 7-5 Personalization Overview, OnStar® ...... 14-1 Vehicle ...... 5-40 Phone Bluetooth ...... 7-47, 7-49, 7-53, 7-59 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (10,1)

i-10 INDEX

R Rearview Mirror Replacing Safety Belt Automatic Dimming ...... 2-22 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-22 Radio Frequency Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-22 Reporting Safety Defects Identification (RFID) ...... 13-21 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Canadian Government ...... 13-19 Statement ...... 13-21 Recommended General Motors ...... 13-19 Radios Fuel ...... 9-47 U.S. Government ...... 13-18 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-11 Recommended Fluids and Restraints CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Lubricants ...... 11-13 Where to Put ...... 3-43 Reception ...... 7-18 Records Retained Accessory Satellite ...... 7-14 Maintenance ...... 11-16 Power (RAP) ...... 9-22 Reading Lamps ...... 6-7 Recreational Vehicle Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-22 Rear Axle Towing ...... 10-92 Ride Control Systems Limited-Slip ...... 9-37 Reimbursement Program, Limited Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Rear Climate Control System . . . 8-5 GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Messages ...... 5-37 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Selective ...... 9-37 System ...... 7-45 System ...... 2-3 Roads Rear Seat Entertainment Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-9 Driving, Wet ...... 9-6 System ...... 7-35 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-40 Roadside Service ...... 13-7, 13-9 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-45 Replacement Parts Roof Rear Seat Airbags ...... 3-35 Sunroof ...... 2-27 Pass-through Door ...... 3-13 Maintenance ...... 11-15 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-35 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-63 Heated ...... 3-13 Replacing LATCH System Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-3 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-43 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-53 Running the Vehicle While Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-6 Parked ...... 9-25 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (11,1)

INDEX i-11

S Seats Service Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Accessories and Safety Belts ...... 3-14 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Modifications ...... 10-3 Care ...... 3-22 Heated and Ventilated Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Extender ...... 3-21 Front ...... 3-10 Engine Soon Light ...... 5-18 How to Wear Safety Belts Heated, Rear ...... 3-13 Maintenance Records ...... 11-16 Properly ...... 3-15 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-5 Maintenance, General Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-16 Memory ...... 3-7 Information ...... 11-1 Messages ...... 5-38 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-4 Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Reminders ...... 5-15 Rear ...... 3-11 Publications Ordering Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-22 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-6 Information ...... 13-17 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-21 Securing Child Scheduling Appointments . . . 13-13 Safety Defects Reporting Restraints ...... 3-54, 3-56 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-38 Canadian Government ...... 13-19 Security Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-34 General Motors ...... 13-19 Light ...... 5-26 Shift Lock Control Function U.S. Government ...... 13-18 Vehicle ...... 2-18 Check, Automatic Safety Locks ...... 2-13 Security, OnStar® ...... 14-2 Transmission ...... 10-25 Safety System Check ...... 3-21 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 13-13 Sealant Kit, Tire ...... 10-73 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (12,1)

i-12 INDEX

Shifting Steering ...... 9-4 Sunroof ...... 2-27 Into Park ...... 9-22 Fluid, Power ...... 10-20 Symbols ...... iv Out of Park ...... 9-24 Heated Wheel ...... 5-3 System Signals, Turn and Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Lane-Change ...... 6-6 Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Roof Rack ...... 4-11 Spare Tire Storage Compact ...... 10-87 Mass Media (MEM) ...... 7-24 T Specifications and Storage Areas Tachometer ...... 5-12 Capacities ...... 12-2 Armrest ...... 4-2 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Speedometer ...... 5-12 Cargo Cover ...... 4-3 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-19 StabiliTrak Cargo Management System . . . 4-4 Immobilizer ...... 2-19 OFF Light ...... 5-23 Center Console ...... 4-2 Thigh Support Adjustment ...... 3-5 System ...... 9-35 Convenience Net ...... 4-10 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-17 Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-33 Front ...... 4-2 Time ...... 5-7 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-9 Glove Box ...... 4-1 Tires Starter Switch Check ...... 10-25 Roof Rack System ...... 4-11 Buying New Tires ...... 10-65 Starting the Gasoline Storing the Tire Sealant Chains ...... 10-70 Engine ...... 9-20 and Compressor Kit ...... 10-80 Changing ...... 10-81 Starting the Vehicle Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-11 Compact Spare ...... 10-87 Messsages ...... 5-38 Sun Visors ...... 2-26 Designations ...... 10-52 Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (13,1)

INDEX i-13

Tires (cont.) Tires (cont.) Trailer Different Size ...... 10-67 Wheel Alignment and Tire Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-60 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-71 Balance ...... 10-69 Trailer Towing ...... 9-56 Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-59 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-70 Transmission Inspection ...... 10-63 When It Is Time for New Automatic ...... 9-26 Messages ...... 5-38 Tires ...... 10-64 Fluid, Automatic ...... 10-12 Pressure ...... 10-57 Towing Messages ...... 5-39 Pressure Light ...... 5-24 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-53 Transportation Program, Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-58 Equipment ...... 9-59 Courtesy ...... 13-13 Rotation ...... 10-63 General Information ...... 9-52 Turn and Lane-Change Sealant and Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-92 Signals ...... 6-6 Compressor Kit ...... 10-73 Trailer ...... 9-56 Twilight Sentinel ...... 6-4 Sealant and Compressor Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . .9-60 Kit, Storing ...... 10-80 Vehicle ...... 10-92 U Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-50 Traction Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-40 Terminology and Control System (TCS) ...... 9-34 Uniform Tire Quality Definitions ...... 10-53 Control System (TCS)/ ® Grading ...... 10-67 Uniform Tire Quality StabiliTrak Light ...... 5-24 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-46 Grading ...... 10-67 Limited-Slip Rear Axle ...... 9-37 Operation ...... 5-49 Off Light ...... 5-23 Programming ...... 5-46 Selective Ride Control ...... 9-37 Using This Manual ...... iv Cadillac SRX Owner Manual (Include Mex) - 2012 Black plate (14,1)

i-14 INDEX

V Vehicle Care Wheels Storing the Tire Sealant Alignment and Tire Vehicle and Compressor Kit ...... 10-80 Balance ...... 10-69 Canadian Owners ...... iii Tire Pressure ...... 10-56 Different Size ...... 10-67 Control ...... 9-4 Vehicle Identification Replacement ...... 10-70 Identification Service Parts Identification When It Is Time for New Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Label ...... 12-1 Tires ...... 10-64 Load Limits ...... 9-12 Ventilation, Air ...... 8-6 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-43 Messages ...... 5-32 Visors ...... 2-26 Windows ...... 2-23 Personalization ...... 5-40 Power ...... 2-24 Reminder Messages ...... 5-40 Windshield Remote Start ...... 2-9 W Wiper/Washer ...... 5-4 Security ...... 2-18 Warning Winter Speed Messages ...... 5-40 Brake System Light ...... 5-21 Driving ...... 9-9 Towing ...... 10-92 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 5-10 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-26 Warnings ...... iv Wipers Cautions and Danger ...... iv Rear Washer ...... 5-6 Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Washer Fluid ...... 10-20 Washer Fluid Messages ...... 5-40 Washer, Headlamps ...... 5-6